MTECH CSE(Business Analytics)-INTEGRATED

CURRICULUM AND SYLLABI

From Academic Year 2019-20 Onwards

VISION STATEMENT OF VELLORE INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

Transforming life through excellence in education and research.

MISSION STATEMENT OF VELLORE INSTITUTE OF

TECHNOLOGY

World class Education: Excellence in education, grounded in ethics and critical

thinking, for improvement of life.
Cutting edge Research: An innovation ecosystem to extend knowledge and
solve critical problems.
Impactful People: Happy, accountable, caring and effective workforce and
students.
Rewarding Co-creations: Active collaboration with national & international
industries & universities for productivity and economic development.
Service to Society: Service to the region and world through knowledge and
compassion.

VISION STATEMENT OF THE SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

AND ENGINEERING

To be a world-renowned centre of education, research and service in computing

and allied domains.

MISSION STATEMENT OF THE SCHOOL OF COMPUTER SCIENCE

AND ENGINEERING

• To offer computing education programs with the goal that the students
become technically competent and develop lifelong learning skills.
• To undertake path-breaking research that creates new computing
technologies and solutions for industry and society at large.
• To foster vibrant outreach programs for industry, research organizations,
academia and society.
 M. Tech CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics -
Integrated

PROGRAMME EDUCATIONAL OBJECTIVES (PEOs)

1. PEO1: Graduate will acquire fundamental knowledge and expertise

essential for professional practice in computer engineering.
2. PEO2: Graduates will use suitable principle, hypothesis, mathematics and
computational technology to analyze and solve problems encountered in
the applications of computer systems.
3. PEO3: Graduates will own a professional attitude as an individual or a team
member with contemplation for society, professional ethics, environmental
factors and motivation for lifelong learning.
4. PEO4: Graduates will communicate, using oral, written and computer
based communication technology, as well as function effectively as an
individual and a team member in professional environment.
5. PEO5: Graduates will realise the local, national and global issues related
to the growth and applications of computer systems and to be solicitous of
the impact of these issues on different cultures.
 M. Tech CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics -
Integrated

PROGRAMME OUTCOMES (POs)

PO_1 Having an ability to apply mathematics and science in engineering
applications
PO_2 Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of
contemporary issues
PO_3 Having an ability to design a component or a product applying all the
relevant standards and with realistic constraints
PO_4 Having an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to
analyze and interpret data
PO_5 Having an ability to use techniques, skills and modern engineering tools
necessary for engineering practice
PO_6 Having problem solving ability-solving social issues and engineering
problems
PO_7 Having adaptive thinking and adaptability
PO_8 Having a clear understanding of professional and ethical responsibility
PO_9 Having cross cultural competency exhibited by working in teams
PO_10 Having a good working knowledge of communicating in English
PO_11 Having a good cognitive load management [discriminate and filter the
available data] skills
PO_12 Having interest in lifelong learning
 M. Tech CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics -
Integrated
PROGRAMME SPECIFIC OUTCOMES (PSOs)

On completion of M. Tech. CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics

programme, graduates will be able to

PSO_1: Graduates will be able to apply their mathematical, analytical,

computational, managerial, operational and communication skills to process,
model, analyze and visualize the data for uncovering the data-driven latent
insights pertaining to any real world business application.

PSO_2: Graduates will have judicious knowledge of data science and business
analytics to apply appropriate strategies to solve industry’s technological and
managerial problems.
 M. Tech CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics -
Integrated

CREDIT STRUCTURE
Category-wise Credit distribution
Category Credits
University Core (UC) 59
University Elective (UE) 12
Program Core (PC) 84
Program Elective (PE) 67
Total 222

Category Number of Credits Credit Distribution (%)

Engineering 134 60

Sciences 18 8

Humanities 20 9

Management 50 23

Total 222 100

 M. Tech CSE with Specialization in Business Analytics –
Integrated

DETAILED CURRICULUM

University Core(UC) – (59 Credits)

Sl.No. Course Course Title Course Pre- L T P J C

Code Type requisite
1. CSE1013 Problem Solving and Programming in C LO 0 0 6 0 3
2. CSE1018 Problem Solving and Object Oriented LO 0 0 6 0 3
Programming in JAVA
3. CSE1905 Technical Answers for Real World ETP 1 0 0 4 2
Problems (TARP)
4. CSE1907 Comprehensive Exam PJT 0 0 0 0 1
5. MAT5015 Mathematics for Engineers TH 3 1 0 0 4
6. MAT1021 Probability & Statistics for Engineers ETL 3 0 2 0 4
7. PHY1701 Engineering Physics ETL 3 0 2 0 4
8. ENG1901 Technical English - I LO 0 0 4 0 2
9. ENG1902 Technical English - II LO 0 0 4 0 2
10. ENG1903 Advanced Technical English LO 0 0 2 4 2

11. FLC4097 Foreign Language Course Basket CDB 2 0 0 0 2

12. HUM1021 Ethics and Values TH 2 0 0 0 2
13. MAT2008 Accounting for Engineers ETP 3 0 0 4 4
14. STS4097 Soft Skills # CDB 8
15. CSE1908 Capstone Project PJT 0 0 0 0 16
16. CSE1906 Mini Project PJT 0 0 0 0 4
Non Credit Courses
17. CHY1002 Environmental Sciences TH 3 0 0 0 3
18. ENG1000 Foundation English - I LO 0 0 4 0 2
19. ENG2000 Foundation English - II LO 0 0 4 0 2
20. EXC4097 Co-Extra Curricular Basket CDB 0 0 0 0 2
# Soft Skills –Totally 8 Credits
Programme Core (PC) – (84 Credits)
Sl.No. Course Course Title Course Pre- L T P J C
Code Type requisite
1. MAT3008 Linear Algebra & Transform TH 3 0 0 0 3
Techniques
2. MAT3009 Optimization Techniques TH MAT3008 3 0 0 0 3
3. EEE1019 Foundations of Electrical and ETL 3 0 2 0 4
Electronics Engineering
4. CSE1021 Digital Logic and Computer TH 3 0 0 0 3
Organization
5. SWE2001 Data Structures and Algorithms ETL CSE1013 3 0 2 0 4
6. SWE1004 Database Management Systems ETL 3 0 2 0 4
7. CSE3036 Software Engineering ETL 3 0 2 0 4
8. SWE3001 Operating Systems ETL SWE2001 3 0 2 0 4
9. CSE3037 Design and Analysis of Algorithms TH 3 0 0 0 3
11. CSE3038 Theory of Computation and Compiler TH 3 0 0 0 3
Design
12. CSE3039 Computer Networks essentials ETL 2 0 2 0 3
13. CSE3040 Exploratory Data Analysis ETP MAT1021 3 0 0 4 4
10. CSE3041 Programming for Data Science LO 0 0 6 0 3
14. MGT1057 Introduction to Data Science and TH 3 0 0 0 3
Business Analytics
15. CSE4036 Machine Learning ETLP CSE3040, 2 0 2 4 4
CSE3041
16. CSE3120 Big Data Frameworks ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
17. CSE3121 Information Visualization ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
18. CSE1029 Network security and cryptography ETP 2 0 0 4 3
fundamentals
19. CSE4037 Deep learning ETLP CSE4036 2 0 2 4 4
20. MGT1058 Business analytics with spread sheet TH 2 0 0 0 2
modelling
21. MGT1059 Human Resource Management TH 3 0 0 0 3
22. MGT1060 Operations research and Management TH 3 0 0 0 3
23. MGT1061 Marketing Management TH 3 0 0 0 3
24. MGT1062 Big data computing for Business ETL 2 0 2 0 3
Analytics
25. MGT1063 Financial Management TH 3 0 0 0 3
 Program Electives (PE) – (67 Credits)

Sl.No. Course Course Title Course Pre- L T P J C

Code Type requisite
1. SWE2017 Parallel Programming ETL CSE1018 3 0 2 0 4
2. CSE4078 Blockchain Technologies TH 3 0 0 0 3
3. CSE4047 Cloud Application ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
Development
4. CSE3091 Cloud Ecosystem ETL 3 0 2 0 4
5. CSE3066 Internet of Things ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
6. SWE1010 Digital Image Processing ETLP MAT5015 3 0 0 4 4
7. CSE3087 Information Retrieval and ETP 2 0 0 4 3
Organization
8. SWE1017 Natural Language ETP CSE3038 2 0 0 4 3
Processing
9. CSE4079 DevOps ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
10. CSE3088 Artificial Intelligence & ETP 3 0 0 4 4
Knowledge-Based Systems
11. CSE4066 Speech Processing ETP 3 0 0 4 4
12. CSE4067 Bioinformatics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
13. CSE3089 Computer Vision ETP 3 0 0 4 4
14. CSE3085 Predictive Analytics with ETP 3 0 0 4 4
Case Studies
15. CSE4074 Forensics analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
16. CSE3084 Big Data Ecosystem ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
17. CSE3090 Data Privacy TH 3 0 0 0 3
18. CSE4068 Healthcare Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
19. CSE3069 Real-Time Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
20. CSE4076 Image and Video Analytics ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
21. CSE4069 Social Media Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
22. CSE3067 Text & Web Mining ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
23. CSE4075 Massive Data Mining ETLP CSE3120 2 0 2 4 4
24. CSE3086 NoSQL Databases ETLP SWE1004 2 0 2 4 4
25. SWE1011 Soft Computing ETP MAT5015 3 0 0 4 4
26. CSE4077 Recommender Systems ETP 3 0 0 4 4
27. CSE3068 Sequential and Spatial data TH 3 1 0 0 4
mining
28. MGT3014 Operations Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
29. MGT4003 Lean Six Sigma Principles ETP 3 0 0 4 4
30. MGT3011 Econometrics ETL 3 0 2 0 4
31. MGT3015 Supply Chain Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
32. MGT3006 Neuro Marketing ETP 3 0 0 4 4
33. MGT3012 Financial Analytics ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
34. MGT3003 Customer Relationship ETP 3 0 0 4 4
Management
35. MGT3010 Accounting Analytics ETL 3 0 2 0 4
36. MGT3013 Risk and Fraud Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
37. MGT3005 Marketing Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
38. MGT3004 Digital and Social Media ETP 3 0 0 4 4
Marketing
39. MGT3009 Behavioural Analytics ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
40. MGT3007 Retail Analytics ETP 3 0 0 4 4
41. MGT4001 Product Lifecycle TH 3 0 0 0 3
Management
42. MGT4002 Investment and Banking ETP 3 0 0 4 4
analytics
43. MGT3008 HR Analytics ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
44. CSE3501 Information Security ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
Analysis and Audit
45. CSE3502 Information Security ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
Management
46. CSE3505 Foundations of Data ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
Analytics
47. CSE3506 Essentials of Data Analytics ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
48. ECE3501 IoT Fundamentals ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
49. ECE3502 IoT Domain Analyst ETLP 2 0 2 4 4
University Electives (UE) – (12 Credits)
Sl.No. Course Title
1. University Elective - I
2. University Elective - II
3. University Elective – III
4. University Elective - IV
CSE1013 Problem Solving and Programming in C L T P J C
0 0 6 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
• To develop C Programs using basic programming concepts
• To develop C programs using arrays and strings
• To develop applications in C using functions , pointers , structures and files

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand basic programming paradigms and system softwares required for developing C
programs
2. Write simple programs in C using basic constructs and Loops
3. Solve problems with a collection of data
4. Memory allocation for variables and Dynamic memory allocation
5. Modular programming and its importance
6. Creating user defined datatypes as per requirements
7. Solve real time applications using C language.
Sl. No
Topics Lab Hrs

Problems which require the following concepts for a solution

1. Introduction to programming paradigms - Programming environment
2
Demonstration of Assemblers, Compilers, interpreters, Linker, Loaders
2. Algorithm writing. Structure of C program - C programming: Data Types –
2
Storage classes
3. Constants – Enumeration Constants - Keywords – Operators: Precedence and
Associativity - Expressions - Input/Output statements, Assignment statements 4
– Pre-processor directives - Compilation process-Execution of the C Program.
4. Decision making statements - Switch statement - Looping statements 4
5. Arrays- one dimensional, two dimensional arrays. Strings and string
6
Operations
6. Pointers & address, Pointers & arrays, Address arithmetic, Character pointers 4
7. Array of pointers, Initialization of pointer arrays, Pointers to pointers 4
8. Multidimensional arrays, Pointers to multidimensional array, Dynamic
8
memory allocation for 1D and 2D arrays. command-line arguments
9. Built-in functions (string functions, math functions) 2
10. User defined functions: Function prototype, function definition, function call 4
11. Parameter passing: Pass by value and address - Recursion 8
12. Structures -Arrays of structures 4
13. Structure within structure. Passing structure to function 4
14. Typedef, Unions, Bit-fields, Type casting- Macros 6
15. Pointers to structures- Self-referential structures 4
16. Pointers & functions-pass by reference 6
17. Pointers to functions, error handling 4
18. File Input/Output -open, close, read,write 6
19. File Access-sequential and random access 8
Total hours: 90
Text Book(s)
Brian W. Kernighan & Dennis M. Ritchie,The C programming Language, Second edition,
2006.
Reema Thareja, ―Programming in Cǁ, Oxford University Press, Second Edition, 2016.
Paul Deitel and Harvey Deitel, ―C How to Programǁ, Seventh edition, Pearson
Publication,2013
Mode of Evaluation: PAT / CAT / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 07.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
CSE1018 Problem Solving and Object Oriented Programming in L T P J C
Java
0 0 6 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
To Understand the core language features of Java and its application programming interfaces(API)
for implementing threads, exceptions, database connections, file management, Lambda expressions

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to:
1. Write Java programs to solve problems
2. Object Oriented Programming (OOP) features in Java and choose of appropriate OOP concepts to
design a solution for complex problems
3. Use and Create Packages in Java
4. Design and build Multi-threaded Java applications and exception handling
5. Use prepackaged data structures and algorithms to quickly solve problems and file handling in
Java
6. Develop database applications using Java
Sl. No
Topics Lab Hrs

Problems which require the following concepts for a solution

1 Introduction to Java programming, C++ verses Java, JVM, Bytecode 2
2 Elements of Java Program (Syntax, Semantics, Naming Conventions) 2
3 Introduction to Object oriented Programming 4
4 Java Classes and Objects 4
5 Java Keywords, Operators, Expression, Java Data types, Unicode System 2
6 Java Control Structures (Conditional Statements and Looping Statements),
4
Enhanced for Loop
7 Java I/O Methods, Garbage Collections 2
8 Java Methods (Constructors, Static, Arguments in a method, Libraries), Static
6
and This keyword, Recursion
9 Abstraction and Encapsulation 4
10 Inheritance(IS-A and HAS-A) and its types 4
11 Java Abstract Classes and Interfaces 4
12 Polymorphism (Method Overloading and Method Overriding, Final and Super
6
keywords)
13 Arrays (One-Dimension and Multi-Dimension) 4
14 Java Strings and String Methods, StringBuffer, StringBuilder 6
15 Wrapper classes (Type Conversion and Casting) 4
16 Java Exception handling (Checked and Unchecked Exceptions) 4
17 Java Threads (Single / Multi ) 6
18 Java Packages (System Defined/ User Defined) 6
19 Java Files (Sequential / Random) 6
20 Java Collections 6
21 Java JDBC 4

Total hours: 90
Text Book(s)
1. Herbert Schildt, The Complete Reference – java, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 10th
Edition, 2017
2. Paul J. Deitel, Harvey Deitel, Java SE8 for programmers (Deitel Developer Series)
3rd Edition, 2014
3. Y. Daniel Liang, Introduction to Java Programming-Comprehensive Version-10th
Edition, Pearson Ltd, 2015.
Reference Book(s)
4. Kathy Sierra, Bert Bates , Head First Java, 2nd Edition 2nd Edition , O'Reilly Media;
2nd edition (February 19, 2005)
5. Cay S. Horstmann, Core Java Volume I—Fundamentals 9th Edition, Prentice Hall; 9
edition (December 7, 2012)
Joshua Bloch, Effective Java-2nd Edition, Addison-Wesley; (May 28, 2008).
Mode of Evaluation: PAT / CAT / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 07.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
MAT5015 Mathematics for Engineers L T P J C
3 1 0 0 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
[1] To provide the basic notions of set theory and counting principles
[2] To introduce important topics of applied mathematics, namely single and multivariable
calculus and vector calculus.
Expected Course Outcome:
At the end of this course the students are expected to learn

[1] the concepts of set Theory

[2] basic combinatorial counting techniques
[3] differentiation methods and their applications
[4] to evaluate single integrals, and multiple integrals in Cartesian, cylindrical and spherical
coordinate systems
[5] to evaluate the derivatives and integrals of vector functions with applications in engineering.
Module:1 Set Theory 5 hours
Sets, Set Operations, Power Sets, Functions– one-one, onto functions-relations- equivalence
relations-partial ordering.

Module:2 Counting 5 hours

The Basics of Counting, The Pigeonhole Principle, Permutations and Combinations, Binomial
Coefficients
and Identities.

Module:3 Differentiation 5 hours

Differentiation of functions of single variable – differentiation techniques - physical
interpretations - differentiation of implicit functions – higher order derivatives –maxima and
minima for functions of a single variable

Module:4 Integration 7 hours

Integration- integration techniques- integration by parts - definite integrals – properties- evaluation
of area and volume by integration

Module:5 Functions of several variables 7 hours

Functions of two variables- partial derivatives –total differentials- Jacobian-Maxima and Minima
–Lagrange’s multiplier method.

Module:6 Multiple integrals 7 hours

Evaluation of double integrals–change of order of integration–change of variables between
Cartesian and polar co-ordinates- Evaluation of triple integrals-change of variables between
Cartesian and cylindrical and spherical co-ordinates.
Module:7 Vector Calculus 7 hours
Scalar and vector valued functions – gradient -divergence and curl–scalar and vector potentials.
Line, surface and volume integrals - Statement of Green’s, Stoke’s and Gauss divergence theorems -
verification and evaluation of vector integrals using them.

Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Applications of Discrete Mathematics in Computer Science Engineering

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Total Tutorial hours: 15 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Discrete Mathematics and Its Applications by Kenneth H. Rosen, 7th edition 2012, Mc Graw Hill.
2. Thomas Calculus by George B.Thomas, D.Weir and J.Hass, 12th edition 2010, Pearson.
Reference Books
1. Discrete Mathematical structures by Kolman, R.C. Busby and S. C. Ross, 6th Edition, PHI,
2009.
2. Discrete Mathematics by Richard Johnsonbaugh, 7th Edition, Prentice Hall, 2009.
3. Elements of Discrete Mathematics–A Computer Oriented Approach by C. L. Liu, Tata McGraw Hill
India,2008
4. Higher Engineering Mathematics by B.S.Grewal, 42nd Edition, Khanna Publishers, India,2012.
5. Advanced Engineering Mathematics by Erwin Kreyszig, 10th Edition, John Wiley India, 2015
6. Higher Engineering Mathematics by John Bird, 5th Edition, Elsevier Limited, 2006.
7. K.A.Stroud and Dexter J. Booth, Engineering Mathematics, 6th Edition, Palgrave Macmillan ,2007.

Mode of Evaluation: CAT, FAT, Assignments

Digital Assignments (Solutions by using soft skills), Continuous Assessment Tests, Quiz, Final
Assessment Test.
Recommended by Board of Studies 07.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
MAT1021 Probability and Statistics for Engineers L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
[1] To identify the association between various types of data.
[2] To apply statistical inference techniques.
[3] To apply methods of inference for business situations.
[4] To identify, build and validate appropriate statistical regression models.
Expected Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the students are able to

[1] Compute and interpret descriptive statistics using numerical and graphical techniques.
[2] Understand the basic concepts of probability and to find an appropriate distribution for
analyzing data specific to an experiment.
[3] Apply statistical methods like correlation, regression analysis in analyzing, interpreting
experimental data.
[4] Make appropriate decisions using statistical inference that is the central to experimental
research.
[5] Applications in computer science and engineering
Module 1 Introduction to Statistics & Data Analysis 5 hours
Data -Data Tables - Data Measurement – Nominal-Ordinal-Interval-Ratio- Discrete and Continuous
Data - Describing Categorical Data - Charts of Categorical Data - Describing numerical data
Summaries of Numerical Variables -Histograms and the Distribution of Numerical Data - Boxplot
- Shape of a Distribution- Measures of central tendency and dispersion- coefficient of variation –
Skewness- Kurtosis
Module 2 Probability 7 hours
Introduction to Probability - Conditional Probability –Bayes Theorem- Random variables-
Probability mass Function, distribution and density functions - joint Probability distribution and
joint density functions- Marginal, conditional distribution and density functions- Mathematical
expectation, and its properties Covariance , moment generating function – characteristic function.-
Managing Financial Risk -Modelling Sampling Variation(one dimension)
Module 3 Correlation and Regression 5 hours
The Scatter Plot- Correlation-Types-Karl Pearson’s Coefficient of Correlation-Spearman’s Rank
Correlation –Regression lines and coefficients- the coefficient of Determination- Partial and
Multiple correlation- Multiple regression -Residuals-the standard error of Estimate.
Module 4 Discrete Probability Distributions 6 hours
Probability Distribution for a Discrete Random Variable Properties: Expectation, Variance -
Binomial Distribution- Poisson Distribution – Hyper-geometric Distribution – Multi-nominal
distribution- Discrete Bivariate Distributions: Covariance - Moments-Moment Generating
Functions - Financial Portfolios
Module 5 Continuous Probability Distribution 7 hours
Uniform Probability Distributions - Normal Probability Distribution - Normal Approximation to
Binomial Probabilities - Exponential Probability Distribution –Weibull distribution-Beta
distribution - Gamma Distribution.

Module 6 Hypothesis Testing I 7 hours

Sampling – Random sampling- Stratified Sampling- Cluster sampling-Systematic Sampling - Types
of errors, critical region, procedure of testing hypothesis- Large sample tests - Z test of Hypothesis
for the Mean (σ known)- t test of Hypothesis for the Mean (σ unknown) - Z test of Hypothesis for
the Proportion Decision Making, Single mean and proportion- Probability of Type-II Errors -
Sample Size Determination- Two-Sample Tests Comparing Means of two Independent Populations
and Related Populations - Comparing Two Population Proportions
Module 7 Hypothesis Testing II 6 hours
Inferences about Population mean, variances - Student t test – F test -Tests of Goodness of Fit and
Independence test for attributes – Experimental Design and ANOVA - Completely Randomized
Design - Randomized Block Design - Latin Square Design
Module 8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Applications of Statistics in Computer Science Engineering – Applications such as Finance
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Lab 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Probability and Statistics for engineers and scientists by R.E.Walpole, R.H.Mayers,
S.L.Mayers and K.Ye, 9th Edition, Pearson Education, 2012.
2. Probability and Statistics for Engineers by R.A.Johnson, Miller & Freund’s, 8th edition,
Prentice Hall India ,2010.
3. Business Statistics, Ken Black, John Wiley publishers, 6th edition,2010.
Reference Books
1. Robert Stine, Dean Foster, "Statistics for Business: Decision Making and Analysis", Pearson
Education, 2nd edition, 2013.
2. Probability, Statistics and Reliability for Engineers and Scientists by Bilal M. Ayub and Richard
H. McCuen, 3rd edition, CRC press, 2011.
3. Probability and Statistics by J.L.Devore, 8th Edition, Brooks/Cole, Cengage Learning, 2012.
Mode of Evaluation
Digital Assignments (Solutions by using soft skills), Continuous Assessment Tests, Quiz, Final
Assessment Test.
Recommended by Board of Studies 07.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
 L T P J C
PHY1701 ENGINEERING PHYSICS
3 0 2 0 4
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Physics of 12th standard or equivalent
1.0
Course Objectives:
To enable the students to understand the basics of the latest advancements in Physics viz., Quantum
Mechanics, Nanotechnology, Lasers, Electro Magnetic Theory and Fiber Optics.
Expected Course Outcome:
On completion of this course the students will be able to:
1. To understand the dual nature of radiation and matter.
2. To apply Schrodinger’s equations to solve finite and infinite potential problems.
3. To apply quantum ideas at the nanoscale.
4. To apply quantum ideas for understanding the operation and working principle of
optoelectronic devices.
5. To analyze the Maxwell’s equations in differential and integral form.
6. To classify the optical fiber for different Engineering applications.
7. To apply concept of Lorentz Transformation for engineering applications.
8. To demonstrate the quantum mechanical ideas – Lab
Module: 1 Introduction to Modern Physics 6 hours
Planck’s concept (hypothesis), Compton Effect, Particle properties of wave: Matter Waves, Davisson
Germer Experiment, Heisenberg Uncertainty Principle, Wave function, and Schrodinger equation
(time dependent & independent).
Module: 2 Applications of Quantum Physics 5 hours
Particle in a 1-D box (Eigen Value and Eigen Function), 3-D Analysis (Qualitative), Tunneling Effect
(Qualitative) (AB 205), Scanning Tunneling Microscope (STM).
Module: 3 Nanophysics 5 hours
Introduction to Nano-materials, Moore’s law, Properties of Nano-materials, Quantum confinement,
Quantum well, wire & dot, Carbon Nano-tubes (CNT), Applications of nanotechnology in industry.
Module: 4 Laser Principles and Engineering Application 6 hours
Laser Characteristics, Spatial and Temporal Coherence, Einstein Coefficient & its significance,
Population inversion, Two, three & four level systems, Pumping schemes, Threshold gain coefficient,
Components of laser, Nd-YAG, He-Ne, CO2 and Dye laser and their engineering applications.
Module: 5 Electromagnetic Theory and its application 6 hours
Physics of Divergence, Gradient and Curl, Qualitative understanding of surface and volume integral,
Maxwell Equations (Qualitative), Wave Equation (Derivation), EM Waves, Phase velocity, Group
velocity, Group index , Wave guide (Qualitative)

Propagation of EM waves in Optical fibers and

Module: 6 6 hours
Optoelectronic Devices
Light propagation through fibers, Acceptance angle, Numerical Aperture, Types of fibers - step index,
graded index, single mode & multimode, Attenuation, Dispersion-intermodal and intramodal.
Sources-LED & Laser Diode, Detectors-Photodetectors- PN & PIN - Applications of fiber optics in
communication- Endoscopy.
Module: 7 Special Theory of Relativity 9 hours
Frame of reference, Galilean relativity, Postulate of special theory of relativity, Simultaneity, length
contraction and time dilation.
Module: 8 Contemporary issues 2 hours
Lecture by Industry Experts
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book (s)
Arthur Beiser et al., Concepts of Modern Physics, 2013, Sixth Edition, Tata McGraw Hill.
1.
William Silfvast,
2. Laser Fundamentals, 2008, Cambridge University Press
3. D. J. Griffith, Introduction to Electrodynamics, 2014, 4th Edition, Pearson
Djafar K. Mynbaev and Lowell L.Scheiner, Fiber Optic Communication Technology, 2011,
4.
Pearson
Reference Books
Raymond A. Serway, Clement J. Mosses, Curt A. Moyer Modern Physics, 2010, 3rd Indian
1.
Edition Cengage learning.
John R. Taylor, Chris D. Zafiratos and Michael A. Dubson, Modern Physics for Scientists and
2.
Engineers, 2011, PHI Learning Private Ltd.
3. Kenneth Krane Modern Physics, 2010, Wiley Indian Edition.
Nityanand Choudhary and RichaVerma, Laser Systems and Applications, 2011, PHI Learning
4.
Private Ltd.
S. Nagabhushana and B. Sathyanarayana, Lasers and Optical Instrumentation, 2010, I.K.
5.
International Publishing House Pvt. Ltd.
6. R. Shevgaonkar, Electromagnetic Waves, 2005, 1st Edition, Tata McGraw Hill
7. Principles of Electromagnetics, Matthew N.O. Sadiku, 2010, Fourth Edition, Oxford
Ajoy Ghatak and K. Thyagarajan, Introduction to Fiber Optics, 2010, Cambridge University
8.
Press
Mode of Evaluation: Quizzes , Digital Assignments, CAT-I and II and FAT
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Determination of Planck’s constant using electrolumine scence process 2 hrs
2. Electron diffraction 2 hrs
3. Determination of wave length of laser source (He-Ne laser and diodelasers of 2 hrs
Different wave lengths) using diffraction technique
4. Determination of size offine particle using laser diffraction 2 hrs
5. Determination of the track width (periodicity) in a written CD 2 hrs
6. Optical Fiber communication (source+optical fiber+detector) 2 hrs
7. Analysis of crystallite size and strain in a nano-crystalline film using X-ray 2 hrs
diffraction
8. Numerical solutions of Schrödinger equation (e.g. particle in a box problem) 2 hrs
(can be given as an assignment)
9. Laser coherence length measurement 2 hrs
10. Proof for transverse nature of E.M. waves 2 hrs
11. Quantum confinement and Heisenberg's uncertainty principle 2 hrs
12. Determination of angle of prism and refractive index for various colour – 2 hrs
Spectrometer
13. Determination of divergence of a laser beam 2 hrs
14. Determination of crystalline size for nanomaterial (Computer simulation) 2 hrs
15. Demonstration of phase velocity and group velocity (Computer simulation) 2 hrs
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: CAT / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 04.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 46th ACM Date 24.08.2017
 ENG1901 Technical English - I L T P J C
0 0 4 0 2
Pre-requisite Foundation English-II Syllabus Version
1
Course Objectives:
1. To enhance students’ knowledge of grammar and vocabulary to read and write error-free language
in real life situations.
2. To make the students’ practice the most common areas of written and spoken communications
skills.
3. To improve students’ communicative competency through listening and speaking activities in the
classroom.
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Develop a better understanding of advanced grammar rules and write grammatically correct
sentences.
2. Acquire wide vocabulary and learn strategies for error-free communication.
3. Comprehend language and improve speaking skills in academic and social contexts.
4. Improve listening skills so as to understand complex business communication in a variety of
global English accents through proper pronunciation.
5. Interpret texts, diagrams and improve both reading and writing skills which would help them in
their academic as well as professional career.
Module:1 Advanced Grammar 4 hours
Articles, Tenses, Voice and Prepositions
Activity: Worksheets on Impersonal Passive Voice, Exercises from the prescribed text

Module:2 Vocabulary Building I 4 hours

Idioms and Phrases, Homonyms, Homophones and Homographs
Activity: Jigsaw Puzzles; Vocabulary Activities through Web tools

Module:3 Listening for Specific Purposes 4 hours

Gist, monologues, short conversations, announcements, briefings and discussions
Activity: Gap filling; Interpretations

Module:4 Speaking for Expression 6 hours

Introducing oneself and others, Making Requests & responses, Inviting and Accepting/Declining
Invitations
Activity: Brief introductions; Role-Play; Skit.

Module:5 Reading for Information 4 hours

Reading Short Passages, News Articles, Technical Papers and Short Stories
Activity: Reading specific news paper articles; blogs

Module:6 Writing Strategies 4 hours

Joining the sentences, word order, sequencing the ideas, introduction and conclusion
Activity: Short Paragraphs; Describing familiar events; story writing
Module:7 Vocabulary Building II 4 hours
Enrich the domain specific vocabulary by describing Objects, Charts, Food, Sports and
Employment.
Activity: Describing Objects, Charts, Food, Sports and Employment

Module:8 Listening for Daily Life 4 hours

Listening for statistical information, Short extracts, Radio broadcasts and TV interviews
Activity: Taking notes and Summarizing

Module:9 Expressing Ideas and Opinions 6 hours

Telephonic conversations, Interpretation of Visuals and describing products and processes.
Activity: Role-Play (Telephonic); Describing Products and Processes

Module: 10 Comprehensive Reading 4 hours

Reading Comprehension, Making inferences, Reading Graphics, Note-making, and Critical
Reading.
Activity: Sentence Completion; Cloze Tests

Module: 11 Narration 4 hours

Writing narrative short story, Personal milestones, official letters and E-mails.
Activity: Writing an E-mail; Improving vocabulary and writing skills.

Module:12 Pronunciation 4 hours

Speech Sounds, Word Stress, Intonation, Various accents
Activity: Practicing Pronunciation through web tools; Listening to various accents of English

Module:13 Editing 4 hours

Simple, Complex & Compound Sentences, Direct & Indirect Speech, Correction of Errors,
Punctuations.
Activity: Practicing Grammar

Module:14 Short Story Analysis 4 hours

“The Boundary” by Jhumpa Lahiri
Activity: Reading and analyzing the theme of the short story.

Total Lecture hours 60 hours

Text Book / Workbook
1. Wren, P.C.; Martin, H.; Prasada Rao, N.D.V. (1973–2010). High School English Grammar
& Composition. New Delhi: Sultan Chand Publishers.
2 Kumar, Sanjay,; Pushp Latha. (2018) English Language and Communication Skills for
Engineers, India: Oxford University Press.
Reference Books

1. Guptha S C, (2012) Practical English Grammar & Composition, 1st Edition, India: Arihant
Publishers
2. Steven Brown, (2011) Dorolyn Smith, Active Listening 3, 3rd Edition, UK: Cambridge
University Press.
 3. Liz Hamp-Lyons, Ben Heasley, (2010) Study Writing, 2nd Edition, UK: Cambridge
University Pres.
4. Kenneth Anderson, Joan Maclean, (2013) Tony Lynch, Study Speaking, 2nd Edition, UK:
Cambridge, University Press.
5. Eric H. Glendinning, Beverly Holmstrom, (2012) Study Reading, 2nd Edition, UK:
Cambridge University Press.
6. Michael Swan, (2017) Practical English Usage (Practical English Usage), 4th edition, UK:
Oxford University Press.
7. Michael McCarthy, Felicity O'Dell, (2015) English Vocabulary in Use Advanced (South
Asian Edition), UK: Cambridge University Press.
8. Michael Swan, Catherine Walter, (2012) Oxford English Grammar Course Advanced, Feb,
4th Edition, UK: Oxford University Press.
9. Watkins, Peter. (2018) Teaching and Developing Reading Skills: Cambridge Handbooks for
Language teachers, UK: Cambridge University Press.
10. (The Boundary by Jhumpa Lahiri) URL:
https://www.newyorker.com/magazine/2018/01/29/the-
boundary?intcid=inline_amp
Mode of evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role play, Assignments and FAT
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Self-Introduction 12 hours
2. Sequencing Ideas and Writing a Paragraph 12 hours
3. Reading and Analyzing Technical Articles 8 hours
4. Listening for Specificity in Interviews (Content Specific) 12 hours
5. Identifying Errors in a Sentence or Paragraph 8 hours
6. Writing an E-mail by narrating life events 8 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 60 hours
Mode of evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role play, Assignments and FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 08.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55 Date: 13-06-2019
 ENG1902 Technical English - II L T P J C
0 0 4 0 2
Pre-requisite 71% to 90% EPT score Syllabus Version
1
Course Objectives:
1. To acquire proficiency levels in LSRW skills on par with the requirements for placement interviews
of high-end companies / competitive exams.
2. To evaluate complex arguments and to articulate their own positions on a range of technical and
general topics.
3. To speak in grammatical and acceptable English with minimal MTI, as well as develop a
vast and active vocabulary.
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Communicate proficiently in high-end interviews and exam situations and all social
situations
2. Comprehend academic articles and draw inferences
3. Evaluate different perspectives on a topic
4. Write clearly and convincingly in academic as well as general contexts
5. Synthesize complex concepts and present them in speech and writing

Module:1 Listening for Clear Pronunciation 4 hours

Ice-breaking, Introduction to vowels, consonants, diphthongs.
Listening to formal conversations in British and American accents (BBC and CNN) as well as other
‘native’ accents
Activity: Factual and interpretive exercises; note-making in a variety of global English accents
Module:2 Introducing Oneself 4 hours
Speaking: Individual Presentations
Activity: Self-Introductions, Extempore speech
Module:3 Effective Writing 6 hours
Writing: Business letters and Emails, Minutes and Memos
Structure/ template of common business letters and emails: inquiry/ complaint/ placing an order;
Formats of Minutes and Memos
Activity: Students write a business letter and Minutes/ Memo
Module:4 Comprehensive Reading 4 hours
Reading: Reading Comprehension Passages, Sentence Completion (Technical and General Interest),
Vocabulary and Word Analogy
Activities: Cloze tests, Logical reasoning, Advanced grammar exercises
Module:5 Listening to Narratives 4 hours
Listening: Listening to audio files of short stories, News, TV Clips/ Documentaries, Motivational
Speeches in UK/ US/ global English accents.
Activity: Note-making and Interpretive exercises
Module:6 Academic Writing and Editing 6 hours
Writing: Editing/ Proofreading symbols
Citation Formats
Structure of an Abstract and Research Paper
Activity: Writing Abstracts and research paper; Work with Editing/ Proofreading exercise
Module:7 Team Communication 4 hours
Speaking: Group Discussions and Debates on complex/ contemporary topics
Discussion evaluation parameters, using logic in debates
Activity: Group Discussions on general topics
Module:8 Career-oriented Writing 4 hours
Writing: Resumes and Job Application Letters, SOP
Activity: Writing resumes and SOPs
Module:9 Reading for Pleasure 4 hours
Reading: Reading short stories
Activity: Classroom discussion and note-making, critical appreciation of the short story
Module: 10 Creative Writing 4 hours
Writing: Imaginative, narrative and descriptive prose
Activity: Writing about personal experiences, unforgettable incidents, travelogues
Module: 11 Academic Listening 4 hours
Listening: Listening in academic contexts
Activity: Listening to lectures, Academic Discussions, Debates, Review Presentations, Research
Talks, Project Review Meetings
Module:12 Reading Nature-based Narratives 4 hours
Narratives on Climate Change, Nature and Environment
Activity: Classroom discussions, student presentations
Module:13 Technical Proposals 4 hours
Writing: Technical Proposals
Activities: Writing a technical proposal
Module:14 Presentation Skills 4 hours
Persuasive and Content-Specific Presentations
Activity: Technical Presentations
Total Lecture hours: 60 hours
Text Book / Workbook
1. Oxenden, Clive and Christina Latham-Koenig. New English File: Advanced Students Book.
Paperback. Oxford University Press, UK, 2017.
2 Rizvi, Ashraf. Effective Technical Communication. McGraw-Hill India, 2017.

Reference Books
Oxenden, Clive and Christina Latham-Koenig, New English File: Advanced: Teacher’s Book
1. with Test and Assessment. CD-ROM: Six-level General English Course for Adults.
Paperback. Oxford University Press, UK, 2013.
Balasubramanian, T. English Phonetics for the Indian Students: A Workbook. Laxmi
2.
Publications, 2016.
Philip Seargeant and Bill Greenwell, From Language to Creative Writing. Bloomsbury
3.
Academic, 2013.
4. Krishnaswamy, N. Eco-English. Bloomsbury India, 2015.
Manto, Saadat Hasan. Selected Short Stories. Trans. Aatish Taseer. Random House India,
5.
2012.
6. Ghosh, Amitav. The Hungry Tide. Harper Collins, 2016.
Ghosh, Amitav. The Great Derangement: Climate Change and the Unthinkable. Penguin
7.
Books, 2016.
The MLA Handbook for Writers of Research Papers, 8th ed. 2016.
8.
Online Sources:
https://americanliterature.com/short-short-stories. (75 short short stories)
http://www.eco-ction.org/dt/thinking.html (Leopold, Aldo.“Thinking like a Mountain")
https://www.esl-lab.com/;
http://www.bbc.co.uk/learningenglish/;
 https://www.bbc.com/news;
https://learningenglish.voanews.com/a/using-voa-learning-english-to-improve-listening-
skills/3815547.html

Mode of evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role play, Assignments and FAT

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)

1. Self-Introduction using SWOT 12 hours
2. Writing minutes of meetings 10 hours
3. Writing an abstract 10 hours
4. Listening to motivational speeches and interpretation 10 hours
5. Cloze Test 6 hours
6. Writing a proposal 12 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 60 hours
Mode of evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role play, Assignments and FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 08.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55 Date: 13-06-2019
 ENG1903 Advanced Technical English L T P J C
0 0 2 4 2
Pre-requisite Greater than 90 % EPT score Syllabus Version
1
Course Objectives:
1. To review literature in any form or any technical article
2. To infer content in social media and respond accordingly
3. To communicate with people across the globe overcoming trans-cultural barriers and
negotiate successfully
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Analyze critically and write good reviews
2. Articulate research papers, project proposals and reports
3. Communicate effectively in a trans-cultural environment
4. Negotiate and lead teams towards success
5. Present ideas in an effective manner using web tools
Module:1 Negotiation and Decision Making Skills through Literary Analysis 5 hours
Concepts of Negotiation and Decision Making Skills
Activity: Analysis of excerpts from Shakespeare’s “The Merchant of Venice” (court scene) and
discussion on negotiation skills.
Critical evaluation of excerpts from Shakespeare’s “Hamlet”(Monologue by Hamlet) and discussion
on decision making skills
Module:2 Writing reviews and abstracts through movie interpretations 5 hours
Review writing and abstract writing with competency
Activity: Watching Charles Dickens “Great Expectations” and writing a movie review
Watching William F. Nolan’s “Logan’s Run” and analyzing it in tune with the present scenario of
depletion of resources and writing an abstract
Module:3 Technical Writing 4 hours
Stimulate effective linguistics for writing: content and style
Activity: ProofreadingStatement of Purpose
Module:4 Trans-Cultural Communication 4 hours
Nuances of Trans-cultural communication
Activity:Group discussion and case studies on trans-cultural communication.
Debate on trans-cultural communication.
Module:5 Report Writing and Content Writing 4 hours
Enhancing reportage on relevant audio-visuals
Activity: Watch a documentary on social issues and draft a report
Identify a video on any social issue and interpret
Module:6 Drafting project proposals and article writing 4 hours
Dynamics of drafting project proposals and research articles
Activity:Writing a project proposal.
Writing a research article.
Module:7 Technical Presentations 4 hours
Build smart presentation skills and strategies
Activity: Technical presentations using PPT and Web tools
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book / Workbook
1. Raman, Meenakshi & Sangeeta Sharma. Technical Communication: Principles and Practice,
3rd edition, Oxford University Press, 2015.
Reference Books
1 Basu B.N. Technical Writing, 2011 Kindle edition
2 Arathoon, Anita. Shakespeare’s The Merchant of Venice (Text with Paraphrase), Evergreen
Publishers, 2015.
3 Kumar, Sanjay and Pushp Lata. English Language and Communication Skills for Engineers,
Oxford University Press, India, 2018.
4 Frantisek, Burda. On Transcultural Communication, 2015, LAP Lambert Academic
Publishing, UK.
5 Geever, C. Jane. The Foundation Center’s Guide to Proposal Writing, 5th Edition, 2007,
Reprint 2012 The Foundation Center, USA.
6 Young, Milena. Hacking Your Statement of Purpose: A Concise Guide to Writing Your SOP,
2014 Kindle Edition.
7 Ray, Ratri, William Shakespeare's Hamlet, The Atlantic Publishers, 2011.
8 C Muralikrishna & Sunitha Mishra, Communication Skills for Engineers, 2nd edition, NY:
Pearson, 2011.
Mode of Evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role Play, Assignments

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)

1. Enacting a court scene - Speaking 6 hours
2. Watching a movie and writing a review 4 hours
3. Trans-cultural – case studies 2 hours
4. Drafting a report on any social issue 6 hours
5. Technical Presentation using web tools 6 hours
6. Writing a research paper 6 hours
J- Component Sample Projects
1. Short Films
2. Field Visits and Reporting
3. Case studies
4. Writing blogs
5. Vlogging
Total Hours (J-Component) 60 hours
Mode of evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role play, Assignments and FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 08.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55 Date: 13-06-2019
 L T P J C
FRE1001 FRANÇAIS QUOTIDIEN
2 0 0 0 2
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite NIL
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
• Learn the basics of French language and to communicate effectively in French in their
day to day life.
• Achieve functional proficiency in listening, speaking, reading and writing
• Recognize culture-specific perspectives and values embedded in French language.
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to :
• Identify in French language the daily life communicative situations via personal
pronouns, emphatic pronouns, salutations, negations and interrogations.
• Communicate effectively in French language via regular / irregular verbs.
• Demonstrate comprehension of the spoken / written language in translating simple
sentences.
• Understand and demonstrate the comprehension of some particular new range of unseen
written materials
• Demonstrate a clear understanding of the French culture through the language studied
Module: 1 Expressions simples 3 hours
Les Salutations, Les nombres (1-100), Les jours de la semaine, Les mois de l’année, Les Pronoms
Sujets, Les Pronoms Toniques, La conjugaison des verbes irréguliers- avoir / être / aller / venir /
faire etc.
Savoir-faire pour:Saluer, Se présenter, Présenter quelqu’un, Etablir des contacts
Module: 2 La conjugaison des verbes réguliers 3 hours
La conjugaison des verbes réguliers, La conjugaison des verbes pronominaux, La Négation,
L’interrogation avec ‘Est-ce que ou sans Est-ce que’.
Savoir-faire pour:
Chercher un(e) correspondant(e), Demander des nouvelles d’une personne.
Module: 3 La Nationalité du Pays, L’article (défini/ indéfini), Les prépositions 6 hours
La Nationalité du Pays, L’article (défini/ indéfini), Les prépositions (à/en/au/aux/sur/dans/avec
etc.), L’article contracté, Les heures en français, L’adjectif (La Couleur, L’adjectif possessif,
L’adjectif démonstratif/ L’adjectif interrogatif (quel/quelles/quelle/quelles), L’accord des adjectifs
avec le nom, L’interrogation avec Comment/ Combien / Où etc.
Savoir-faire pour:
Poser des questions, Dire la date et les heures en français,
Module: 4 La traduction simple 4 hours
La traduction simple :(français-anglais / anglais –français),
Savoir-faire pour :
Faire des achats, Comprendre un texte court, Demander et indiquer le chemin.
Module: 5 L’article Partitif, Mettez les phrases aux pluriels 5 hours
L’article Partitif, Mettez les phrases aux pluriels, Faites une phrase avec les mots donnés, Trouvez
les questions.
Savoir-faire pour :
Répondez aux questions générales en français, Exprimez les phrases données au Masculin ou au
Féminin, Associez les phrases.
Module: 6 Décrivez : 3 hours
Décrivez: La Famille / La Maison / L’université / Les Loisirs / La Vie quotidienne etc.
Module: 7 Dialogue 4 hours
Dialogue:
1. Décrire une personne.
2. Des conversations à la cafeteria.
3. Des conversations avec les membres de la famille
4. Des dialogues entre les amis.
Module: 8 Guest lecures 2 hours
Guest lectures / Natives speakers
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Fréquence jeunes-1, Méthode de français, G. Capelle et N.Gidon, Hachette, Paris, 2010.
2. Fréquence jeunes-1, Cahier d’exercices, G. Capelle et N.Gidon, Hachette, Paris, 2010.
Reference Books
CONNEXIONS 1, Méthode de français, Régine Mérieux, Yves Loiseau,Les Éditions Didier,
1.
2010.
CONNEXIONS 1, Le cahier d’exercices, Régine Mérieux, Yves Loiseau, Les Éditions
2.
Didier, 2010
ALTER EGO 1, Méthode de français, Annie Berthet, Catherine Hugo, Véronique M.
3.
Kizirian, Béatrix Sampsonis, Monique Waendendries, Hachette livre Paris 2011
ALTER EGO 1, Le cahier d’activités, Annie Berthet, Catherine Hugo, Béatrix Sampsonis,
4.
Monique Waendendries, Hachette livre, Paris 2011
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / Seminar / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 26.02.2016
Approved by Academic Council 41st ACM Date 17.06.2016
 L T P J C
FRE2001 FRANÇAIS PROGRESSIF
2 0 2 0 3
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Français Quotidien
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
1. Understand isolated sentences and frequently used expressions in relation to immediate
priority areas (personal or family information, shopping, close environment, work).
2. Communicate in simple and routine tasks requiring only a simple and direct exchange of
information on familiar and habitual topics.
3. Enable students to describe with simply means his training, his immediate environment and
evoke familiar and habitual subjects, evoke subjects that correspond to immediate needs.
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to :
1. Understand expressions in French.
2. Create senteces by using frequent lexicon related to himself, his family, his close
environment (family, shopping, work, school, etc).
3. Understand simple, clear messages on internet, authentic documents.
4. Analyse predictable information in common documents, such as advertisements,
flyers, menus, schedules, simple personal letters.
5. Create simple and routine tasks.
6. Create simple and direct exchange of information on familiar activities and topics.
Module: 1 Expressions simples 8 hours
La vie quotidiennes - Le verbe pronominal - Le passé composé avec l’auxiliaire - avoir et être- le
passé récent : venir de + infinitif - Le comparatif - Le superlatif - Les mots interrogatifs (les trois
formes)
Savoir-faire pour : Faire des achats, faire des commandes dans un restaurant, poser des questions.
Module: 2 Les activitiés quotidiennes 6 hours
La vie privée et publique (Les achats, Les voyages, les transports-La nourriture, etc.) - Les lieux de
la ville - Les mots du savoir-vivre - Les pronoms indéfinis - Les pronoms démonstratifs - Les
pronoms compléments objets directs/ indirects - La formation du future simple et future proche
Savoir-faire pour : Réserver les billets pour le voyage, réserver les chambres dans un hôtel,
S’informer sur les lieux de la ville, indiquer la direction à un étranger.
Module: 3 Les activités de loisirs 7 hours
Les loisirs (sports/spectacles/activités) - Les moments de la journée, de l’année- La fête indienne
et française – Les goûts - L’impératif - La négation de l’impératif-La place du pronom à
l’impératif avec un verbe pronominal.
Savoir-faire pour : Parler de ses goûts, raconter les vacances, formuler des phrases plus
compliquées, Raconter les souvenirs de l’enfance, parler sur la tradition de son pays natal.
Module: 4 La Francophonie 7 hours
L’espace francophone - Première approche de la société française – La consommation alimentaire
– caractériser un objet – décrire une tenue - Le pronom relatif (qui/que/dont/où)
Savoir-faire pour :
Articles de la presse-Portrait d’une personne-Cartes et messages d’invitation, d’acceptation ou de
refus -Article de presse - rédaction d’un événement.
Module: 5 La culture française 5 hours
Parler de ses activités quotidiennes - les fêtes en France – Parler de sa famille – réserver un billet à
l’agence - la gastronomie française
 Module: 6 La description 5 hours
Décrire physiquement une personne – les vacances – les achats – réserver une chambre dans un
hôtel – les plus grands français - raconter des évènements passés
Module: 7 S’exprimer 5 hours
Parler du climat - parcours francophone – placer une commande au restaurant –- la mode - parler
de son projet d’avenir.
Module: 8 Guest lecures 2 hours
Guest lectures / Natives speakers
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Alter Ego 1, Méthode de français, Annie Berthet, Hachette, Paris 2010.
2. Alter Ego 1, Cahier d’exercices, Annie Berthet, Hachette, Paris 2010.
Reference Books
CONNEXIONS 1, Méthode de français, Régine Mérieux, Yves Loiseau,Les Éditions Didier,
1.
2010.
CONNEXIONS 1, Le cahier d’exercices, Régine Mérieux, Yves Loiseau, Les Éditions
2.
Didier, 2010
3. Fréquence jeunes-1, Méthode de français, G. Capelle et N.Gidon, Hachette, Paris, 2010.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / Project / Seminar / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 26.02.2016
Approved by Academic Council 41st ACM Date 17.06.2016
 L T P J C
GER1001 GRUNDSTUFE DEUTSCH
2 0 0 0 2
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Nil
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
1. Demonstrate Proficiency in reading, writing, and speaking in basic German. Learning
vocabulary related to profession, education centres, day-to-day activities, food, culture, sports
and hobby, family set up, workplace, market and classroom activities are essential.
2. Make the students industry oriented and make them adapt in the German culture.
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to
1. Remember greeting people, introducing oneself and understanding basic expressions in
German.
2. Understand basic grammar skills to use these in a meaning way.
3. Remember beginner's level vocabulary
4. Create sentences in German on a variety of topics with significant precision and in detail.
5. Apply good comprehension of written discourse in areas of special interests.
Module: 1 3 hours
Begrüssung, Landeskunde, Alphabet, Personalpronomen, Verben- heissen, kommen, wohnen, lernen,
Zahlen (1-100), W-Fragen, Aussagesätze, Nomen- Singular und Plural, der Artikel -Bestimmter-
Unbestimmter Artikel)
Lernziel :
Sich vorstellen, Grundlegendes Verständnis von Deutsch, Deutschland in Europa
Module: 2 3 hours
Konjugation der Verben (regelmässig /unregelmässig),das Jahr- Monate, Jahreszeiten und die Woche,
Hobbys, Berufe, Artikel, Zahlen (Hundert bis eine Million), Ja-/Nein- Frage, Imperativ mit ,,Sie’’
Lernziel:
Sätze schreiben, über Hobbys, Berufe erzählen, usw
Module: 3 5 hours
Possessivpronomen, Negation, Kasus (Bestimmter- Unbestimmter Artikel) Trennbareverben,
Modalverben, Uhrzeit, Präpositionen, Lebensmittel, Getränkeund Essen, Farben, Tiere
Lernziel :
Sätze mit Modalverben, Verwendung von Artikel, Adjektiv beim Verb
Module: 4 5 hours
Übersetzung: (Deutsch – Englisch / Englisch – Deutsch)
Lernziel :
Die Übung von Grammatik und Wortschatz
Module: 5 5 hours
Leserverständnis. Mindmap machen, Korrespondenz- Briefe und Email
Lernziel:
Übung der Sprache, Wortschatzbildung
Module: 6 3 hours
Aufsätze :Die Familie, Bundesländer in Deutschland, Ein Fest in Deutschland,
Lernziel :
Aktiver, selbständiger Gebrauch der Sprache
Module: 7 4 hours
Dialoge:
a) Gespräche mit einem/einer Freund /Freundin.
b) Gespräche beim Einkaufen ; in einem Supermarkt ; in einer Buchhandlung ;
c) in einem Hotel - an der Rezeption ; ein Termin beim Arzt.
d) Ein Telefongespräch ; Einladung–Abendessen
Module: 8 2 hours
Guest Lectures / Native Speakers Einleitung in die deustche Kultur und Politik
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book(s)
Netzwerk Deutsch als Fremdsprache A1, Stefanie Dengler, Paul Rusch, Helen Schmtiz, Tanja
1.
Sieber, Klett-Langenscheidt Verlag, München : 2013
Reference Books
1. Lagune, Hartmut Aufderstrasse, Jutta Müller, Thomas Storz, 2012.
2. Deutsche Sprachlehre für Ausländer, Heinz Griesbach, Dora Schulz, 2013
3. Studio d A1, Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn, CorneslenVerlag, Berlin: 2010
4. Tangram Aktuell-I, Maria-Rosa, SchoenherrTil, Max Hueber Verlag, Muenchen: 2012
www.goethe.de
wirtschaftsdeutsch.de
hueber.de
klett-sprachen.de
www.deutschtraning.org
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / Seminar / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 04.03.2016
Approved by Academic Council 41st ACM Date 17.06.2016
 L T P J C
GER2001 MITTELSTUFE DEUTSCH
2 0 2 0 3
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Grundstufe Deutsch
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
1. Improve the communication skills in German language
2. Improve the listening and understanding capability of German FM Radio, and TV
Programmes, Films
3. Build the confidence of the usage of German language and better understanding of the
culture
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to
1. Create proficiency in advanced grammar and rules
2. Understand the texts including scientific subjects.
3. Create the ability of listening and speaking in real time situations.
4. Create the vocabulary in different context-based situations.
5. Create written communication in profession life, like replying or sending E-mails and
letters in a company.
6. Create communication related to simple and routine tasks.
Module: 1 Proficiency in Advanced Grammar 8 hours
Grammatik : Tempus- Perfekt, Präteritum, Plusquamperfekt, Futur-I, Futur-II, Wiederholung der
Grundstufen grammatik
Lernziel: Sätzeschreiben in verschiedenen Zeiten.
Module: 2 Understanding of Technical Texts 6 hours
Grammatik : Passiv, Personalpronomen (Nominativ, Akkusativ, Dativ)
Lernziel: Passiv, Formen des Personalpronomens
Module: 3 Understanding of Scientific texts 7 hours
Adjektivdeklination, Nebensatz, Präpositionen mit Akkusativ und Dativ, Infinitiv Sätze
Lernziel: Verbindung zwischen Adjektiv beim Nomen
Module: 4 Communicating in Real Time Situations 7 hours
Übersetzung:Technische Terminologie, wissenschaftliche, literarische Texte aus dem Deutschen
ins Englische und umgekehrt,
Lernziel : Übung von Grammatik und Wortschatz
Module: 5 Acquisition of the Vocabulary of the advanced Level 5 hours
Hörverständnis durch Audioübung :Familie, Leben in Deutschland, Am Bahnhof,
Videos : Politik, Historie, Tagesablauf in eineranderen Stadt,
Lernziel : Übung der Sprache
Module: 6 Ability to Communicate in Professional Life 5 hours
Hörverständnis durch Audioübung: Überberühmte Persönlichkeiten, Feste in Deutschland,
Videos:Wetter, An der Universität,ein Zimmer buchen, Studentenleben,Städteund Landeskunde
Lernziel: Hörverständnis, Landeskunde
Module: 7 Ability to Communicate in Task-based Situations 5 hours
Hörverständnis durch Audioübung: FM Radio aus Deutschland
Videos: Fernseher aus Deutschland
Lernziel: LSRW Fähigkeiten
Module: 8 Invited Talk:Contemporary issues 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book(s)
 Text Book: 1. TangramAktuell II, Rosa Maria Dallapizza, Beate Blüggel, Max Hueber
1.
Verlag, München : 2010
Reference Books
1. Themen Aktuell, Heiko Bock, Mueller Jutta, Max Hueber Verla, Muenchen : 2010
Deutsch Sprachlehre fuer Auslaender, Schulz Griesbach, Max Hueber Verlag, Muenchen :
2.
2012
Lagune, Deutsch als Fremdsprache, Jutta Müller, Storz Thomas, Hueber Verlag, Ismaning :
3.
2013
4. Studio d A1, Hermann Funk, Christina Kuhn, Max HuerberVerlag, München : 2011
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / Seminar / FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 04.03.2016
Approved by Academic Council 41stACM Date 17.06.2016
 L T P J C
JAP1001 JAPANESE FOR BEGINNERS
2 0 0 0 2
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Nil
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
1. Develop four basic skills related to reading, listening, speaking and writing Japanese language.
2. Instill in learners an interest in Japanese language by teaching them culture and general etiquettes.
3. Recognize, read and write Hiragana and Katakana.
Expected Course Outcomes:
Students will be able to:
1. Remember Japanese alphabets and greet in Japanese.
2. Understand pronouns, verbs form, adjectives and conjunctions in Japanese.
3. Remember time and dates related vocabularies and express them in Japanese.
4. Create simple questions and its answers in Japanese.
5. Understand the Japanese culture and etiquettes.
Module: 1 Introduction to Japanese syllables and Greetings 4 hours
Introduction of Japanese language, alphabets; Hiragana, katakana, and Kanji Pronunciation, vowels and
consonants.
Hiragana – writing and reading; Vocabulary: 50 Nouns and 20 pronouns, Greetings.
Module: 2 Demonstrative Pronouns 4 hours
Grammar: N1 wa N2 desu, Japanese Numerals, Demonstrative pronoun - Kore, Sore, Are and Dore
(This, That, Over there, which) Kono, sono, Ano and Dono (this, that, over there, which) Kochira,
Sochira, Achira and
Dochira. this way....) Koko, Soko, Asoko and Doko (Here, There…. location)
Module: 3 Verbs and Sentence formation 4 hours
Classification of verbs Be verb desu Present and Present negative Basic structure of sentence (Subject+
Object+
Verb) Katakana-reading and writing
Module: 4 Conjunction and Adjectives 4 hours
Conjunction‐Ya…..nado Classification of Adjectives ‘I’ and ‘na’‐ending Set phrase – Onegaishimasu –
Sumimasen,
wakarimasen Particle –Wa, Particle‐Ni ‘Ga imasu’ and ‘Ga arimasu’ for Existence of living things and
non-living things
Particle‐ Ka, Ni, Ga
Module: 5 Vocabulary and its Meaning 4 hours
Days/ Months /Year/Week (Current, Previous, Next, Next to Next) ; Nation, People and Language
Relationship of
family (look and learn); Simple kanji recognition
Module: 6 Forming questions and giving answers 4 hours
Classification of Question words (Dare, Nani, Itsu, Doyatte, dooshite, Ikutsu, Ikura); Classification of
Te forms, Polite
form of verbs

Module: 7 Expressing time, position and directions 4 hours

Classification of question words (Doko, Dore, Dono, Dochira); Time expressions (Jikan), Number of
hours, Number of months, calendar of a month; Visit the departmental store, railway stations, Hospital
(Byoki), office and University
Module: 8 Guest Lecture by Experts 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book(s):
The Japan Foundation (2017), Marugoto Japanese Language and Culture Starter A1 Coursebook
1.
For Communicative Language Competences, New Delhi: Goyal Publishers (9788183078047)
Banno, Eri et al (2011), Genki: An Integrated Course in Elementary Japanese I [Second Edition],
2.
Japan: The Japan Times.
Reference Book(s):
1. Japanese for Busy people (2011) video CD, AJALT, Japan.
2. Carol and Nobuo Akiyama (2010), The Fast and Fun Way, New Delhi: Barron's Publication
Mode of Evaluation: CAT , Quiz and Digital Assignments
Recommended by Board of Studies 24.10.2018
Approved by Academic Council 53rd ACM Date 13.12.2018
 L T P J C
ESP1001 ESPAÑOL FUNDAMENTAL
2 0 0 0 2
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Nil
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
• Demonstrate Proficiency in reading, writing, and speaking in basic Spanish. Learning
vocabulary related to profession, education centres, day today activities, food, culture,
sports and hobby, family set up, workplace, market and classroom activities is essential.
• Demonstrate the ability to describe things and will be able to translate into English and
vice versa.
• Describe in simple terms (both in written and oral form) aspects of their background,
immediate environment and matters in areas of immediate need.
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to
• Remember greetings, giving personal details and Identify genders by using correct articles
• Apply the correct use of SER, ESTAR and TENER verb for describing people, place and
things
• Create opinion about time and weather conditions by knowing months, days and seasons in
Spanish
• Create opinion about people and places by using regular verbs
• Apply reflexive verbs for writing about daily routine and create small paragraphs about
hometown, best friend and family
Abecedario, Saludos y Datos personales: Origen, Nacionalidad,
Module: 1 3 hours
Profesión
Competencia Gramática: Vocales y Consonantes. Artículos definidos e indefinidos (Numero y
Genero).
Competencia Escrita: Saludos y Datos personales
Module: 2 Edad y posesión. Números (1-20) 3 hours
Competencia Gramática: Pronombres personales. Adjetivos. Los verbos SER y TENER.
Competencia Escrita: Escribe sobre mismo/a y los compañeros de la clase
Vocabulario de Mi habitación. Colores. Descripción de lugares y
Module: 3 5 hours
cosas
Competencia Gramática: Adjetivos posesivos. El uso del verbo ESTAR. Diferencia entre SER y
ESTAR.
Competencia Escrita: Mi habitación
Mi familia. Números (21-100). Direcciones.Expresar la hora. Los
Module: 4 5hours
meses del año.
Competencia Gramática: Frases preposicionales. Uso del HAY. La diferencia entre MUY y
MUCHO. Uso del verbo GUSTAR
Competencia Escrita: Mi familia. Dar opiniones sobre tiempo
Module: 5 Expresar fechas y el tiempo. Dar opiniones sobre personas y lugares. 5 hours
Competencia Gramática: Los verbos regulares (-AR, -ER, -IR) en el presente. Adjetivos
demostrativos.
Competencia Escrita: Mi mejor amigo/a. Expresar fechas. Traducción ingles a español y Español a
Ingles.
Module: 6 Describir el diario. Las actividades cotidianas. 3 hours
Competencia Gramática: Los Verbos y pronombres reflexivos. Los verbos pronominales con e/ie,
o/ue, e/i, u/ue.
Competencia Escrita: El horario. Traducción ingles a español y Español a Ingles.
Dar opiniones sobre comidas y bebidas. Decir lo que está haciendo.
Module: 7 4 hours
Describir mi ciudad y Ubicar los sitios en la ciudad.
Competencia Gramática: Los verbos irregulares. Estar + gerundio. Poder + Infinitivo.
Competencia Escrita: Conversación en un restaurante. Traducción ingles a español y Español a
Ingles.Mi ciudad natal. Mi Universidad. La clase.Mi fiesta favorita.
Module: 8 Guest Lectures / Native Speakers 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Text Book: “Aula Internacional 1”, Jaime Corpas, Eva Garcia, Agustin Garmendia, Carmen
Soriano Goyal Publication; reprinted Edition, (2010)
Reference Books
1. “¡Acción Gramática!” Phil Turk and Mike Zollo, Hodder Murray, London 2006.
“Practice makes perfect: Spanish Vocabulary”, Dorothy Richmond, McGraw Hill
Contemporary, USA,2012.
2. “Practice makes perfect: Basic Spanish”, Dorothy Richmond, McGraw Hill Contemporary,
USA 2009.
3. “Pasaporte A1 Foundation”, Matilde Cerrolaza Aragón, Óscar Cerrolaza Gili, Begoña Llovet
Barquero, Edelsa Grupo, España, 2010.
Recommended by Board of Studies 22.02.2016
Approved by Academic Council 41st ACM Date 17.06.2016
 L T P J C
ESP2001 ESPAÑOL INTERMEDIO
2 0 2 0 3
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite
1.0
Course Objectives:
The course gives students the necessary background to:
1. Enable students to read, listen and communicate in Spanish in their day to day life.
2. Enable students to describe situations by using present, past and future tenses in Spanish.
3. Enable to develop the comprehension skill in Spanish language.
Expected Course Outcome:
The students will be able to
1. Create sentences in near future and future tenses and correctly using the prepositions like
POR and PARA
2. Create sentences in preterito perfecto and correctly use the direct and indirect object pronouns
3. Create sentences related to likes and dislikes and also give commands in formal and informal
way
4. Create sentences in past tense by using imperfect and idefinido forms and describe past events
5. Create conversations in Spanish at places like restaurants, hotels, Shops and Railway stations
6. Understand about different Spanish speaking countries and its culture and traditions.
Números (101 – 1 millón). Expresar los planes futuros. Los
Module: 1 7 hours
númerosordinales.
Competencia Gramática: Futuros cercanos (Ir+a+Infinitivo). Futuros (Verbos regulares e
irregulares).Uso del POR y PARA.
Competencia Escrita: Traducción ingles a español y español a Ingles.
Comprensión - Los textos y Videos
Module: 2 Las ropas, colores y tamaños. Costar, valer, descuentos y rebajas 8 hours
Competencia Gramática: Pronombres objetivos directos e indirectos. El verbo Gustar y Disgustar.
Competencia Escrita: Traducción ingles a español y español a Ingles. Comprensión - Los textos y
Videos
Module: 3 Escribir un Correo electrónico formal e informal. 7 hours
Competencia Gramática: Imperativos formales e informales. Pretérito perfecto.
Competencia Escrita: Traducción ingles a español y español a Ingles.
Comprensión - Los textos y Videos
Module: 4 Currículo Vitae. Presentarse en una entrevista informal. 6 hours
Competencia Gramática: Pretérito imperfecto. Pretérito indefinido.
Competencia Escrita: Traducción ingles a español y español a Ingles.
Comprensión - Los textos y Videos
Module: 5 Introducción personal, Expresar los planes futuros. 5 hours
Comprensión oral: Introducción personal, Expresar los planes futuros. ¿Qué vas a hacer en las
próximas vacaciones?
Comprensión auditiva: Las preguntas sobre un cuento auditivo. Relacionar el audio con las imágenes.
Las preguntas basadas en canciones.
Medio de transporte: Comprar y Reservar billetes.
Module: 6 Diálogos entre dos 5 hours
Comprensión oral: Diálogos entre dos (cliente y tendero de ropas, pasajero y empleado, en un
restaurante, Reservación de habitación en un hotel). Presentación en una entrevista.
Comprensión auditiva: Las preguntas basadas en canciones. Las preguntas basadas en diálogos.
Module: 7 Presentación de los países hispánicos. 5 hours
Comprensión oral: Dialogo entre un médico y paciente. Presentación de los países hispánicos.
Describir su infancia. Describir vacaciones últimas o las actividades de último fin de semana.
Comprensión auditiva: Rellenar los blancos del cuento en pasado. Las preguntas basadas en el cuento.
Las preguntas basadas en un anuncio
Module: 8 Guest Lectures / Native Speakers 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. “Aula Internacional 1”, Jaime Corpas, Eva Garcia, Agustin Garmendia, Carmen Soriano Goyal
Publication; reprinted Edition, Delhi (2010)
Reference Books
1. “¡Acción Gramática!” Phil Turk and Mike Zollo, Hodder Murray, London 2006.
2. “Practice makes perfect: Spanish Vocabulary”, Dorothy Richmond, McGraw Hill Contemporary,
USA,2012.
3. “Practice makes perfect: Basic Spanish”, Dorothy Richmond, McGraw Hill Contemporary, USA
2009.
4. “Pasaporte A1 Foundation”, Matilde Cerrolaza Aragón, Óscar Cerrolaza Gili, Begoña Llovet
Barquero, Edelsa Grupo, España, 2010.
Authors, book title, year of publication, edition number, press, place
Recommended by Board of Studies 22-02-2016
Approved by Academic Council 41st ACM Date 17-06-2016
 L T P J C
HUM1021 ETHICS AND VALUES
2 0 0 0 2
Syllabus version
Pre-requisite Nil
1.2
Course Objectives:
1. To understand and appreciate the ethical issues faced by an individual in profession, society and
polity
2. To understand the negative health impacts of certain unhealthy behaviors
3. To appreciate the need and importance of physical, emotional health and social health
Expected Course Outcome:
Students will be able to:
1. Follow sound morals and ethical values scrupulously to prove as good citizens
2. Understand varioussocial problems and learn to act ethically
3. Understand the concept of addiction and how it will affect the physical and mental health
4. Identify ethical concerns in research and intellectual contexts, including academic integrity, use
and citation of sources, the objective presentation of data, and the treatment of human subjects
5. Identify the main typologies, characteristics, activities, actors and forms of cybercrime
Module: 1 Being good and responsible 5 hours
Gandhian values such as truth and non-violence – comparative analysis on leaders of past and
present – society’s interests versus self-interests–Personal Social Responsibility: Helping the needy,
charity and serving the society.
Module: 2 Social Issues 1 4 hours
Harassment – types - Prevention of harassment, violence and terrorism
Module: 3 Social Issues 2 4 hours
Corruption: ethical values, causes, impact, laws, prevention – electoral malpractices white collar
crimes – tax evasions – unfair trade practices
Module: 4 Addiction and Health 3 hours
Peer pressure - Alcoholism: ethical values, causes, impact, laws, prevention – Ill effects of smoking
– Prevention of Suicides
Sexual Health: Prevention and impact of pre-marital pregnancy and Sexually Transmitted Diseases
Module: 5 Drug Abuse 4 hours
Abuse of different types of legal and illegal drugs: ethical values, causes, impact, laws and prevention
Module: 6 Personal and Professional Ethics 3 hours
Dishonesty - Stealing - Malpractices in Examinations – Plagiarism
Module: 7 Abuse of technologies 4 hours
Hacking and other cyber crimes, addiction to mobile phone usage, video games and social networking
websites
Module: 8 Invited Talk: Contemporary Issues 3 hours
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Reference Books
Dhaliwal, K.K (2016), “Gandhian Philosophy of Ethics: A Study of Relationship between his
1.
Presupposition and Precepts, Writers Choice, New Delhi, India
2. Vittal, N (2012), “Ending Corruption? - How to Clean up India?”, Penguin Publishers, UK
Pagliaro, L.A. and Pagliaro, A.M (2012), “Handbook of Child and Adolescent Drug and
3. Substance Abuse: Pharmacological , Developmental and Clinical Considerations”, Wiley
Publishers, U.S.A
4. Pandey, P. K (2012), “Sexual Harassment and Law in India”, Lambert Publishers, Germany
Mode of Evaluation: CAT, Assignment, Quiz, FAT and Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 26.07.2017
Approved by Academic Council 46th ACM Date 24.08.2017
MAT2008 Accounting for Engineers L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Understand the accounting concepts; prepare financial statement as per the standards.
• Make decisions using the accounting tools.
• Utilize budgetary techniques for future planning, identify the alternatives and formulate the
best decisions.
• To familiarize with the Indian financial reporting standards and understand its application.
• Analyze the financial status and identify the avenues in which companies will lead to
profitable or undisclosed information.
• To understand the decision-making policy for the growth, competitiveness and control over
the market share

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Comprehend the Indian accounting standard and international accounting standard.
2. Understand the various concepts and applications of cost in the manufacturing sector
3. Budgetary techniques used for long term and short-term decision making of the company
4. Understand the overall functioning of the company under various scenarios and forecasting
the future of company’s survivor

Module:1 Introduction and Application to Accounting 8 hours

Accounting Concepts, Principles, Bases and Policies : Accounting Concepts, Principles, Policies
and Standards, Types of accounting concepts -Accounting Principles - International Financial
Reporting System
Double Entry Accounting: Meaning of double entry accounting, Classification of accounts under
Traditional approach, Accounting Equation approach, Meaning and roles of debit and credit ,
Posting to Ledger accounts
Trial Balance: Meaning, Objectives of preparing a trial balance, Methods of preparing a trial
balance, Adjustment Entries, Errors and their rectification.

Tool: Waterfall Chart excel Analysis

Module:2 Final Accounts in all Corporates 8 hours

Final Accounts: Adjustments before preparing final accounts , Depreciation , Bad Debts and
accounting treatment of bad debts , Provision for doubtful debts , Reserves for Discount on Debtors
, Reserve for Discount on Creditors , Closing Stock, Trading Account , Profit and Loss
Account, Balance Sheet
Depreciation: Importance and Methods of Depreciation

Tool: Rainbow Chart Analysis

Module:3 Analysis of Ratios 8 hours

Introduction to Management Accounting: Role of Management Accounting and Cost
Accounting System Merits and Demerits of Management Accounting , Distinction between
Management Accounting and Financial Accounting
Financial Statement Analysis – Ratio Analysis
Financial Statement Analysis: Tools and Techniques – Common size statement & comparative
statements, Trend analysis.
Ratio Analysis – interpretation – significance of Ratio Analysis – Limitations – classification of
Ratios
Tool: Trend Analysis

Module:4 Fund Flow and Cash Flow Statement 8 Hours

Statement of changes in Equity
Cash flow statement: Comparison between funds flow and cash flow statements - preparation
of cash flow statement (AS3 Standard)
Tool: Bubble Chart Excel
Module:5 Marginal Costing 3 Hours
Understanding Cost: Meaning of Cost, Objective of Costing, Methods of Costing, Technique of
Costing, Classification of Cost, Elements of Cost, Statement of Cost Sheet,
Marginal Costing and Break Even Analysis: Concept of Marginal Costing , Characteristics of
Marginal Costing , Difference between Absorption Costing and Marginal Costing , Marginal
Cost, Contribution , Cost Volume Profit (CVP) Analysis , Break Even Point, Profit Volume
ratio , Margin of Safety , Application of Marginal cost , Limitations of Marginal cost, Make or Buy
Decisions,
Tool: Big Fish model

Module:6 Standard Costing 4 hours

Standard Costing: Definition of Standard Costing, Difference between Standard cost and
Budgetary Control, Establishment of standards, Variance analysis, Material cost variance, Material
price variance, Material usage variance , Material Mix variance, Material Yield variance, Direct
labour variance, Labor Efficiency Variance, Labour Rate variance, Labour mix variance, Labour
Yield Variance
Tool: Pivot table

Module:7 Budgetary Control 4 hours

Budgetary Control: Meaning of a Budget , Budgetary control , Objectives of budgetary control
, Essential features of Budgetary Control& merits , Steps in budgetary Control , Types of Budgets
, Flexible Budget , Limitation of Budget Control
Tool: Forecasting

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary Accounting practices in decision making.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Kakani Ramachandran, (2011), Financial Accounting for Management, 3rd edition, McGraw
2. Hill, India
3. Godwin, Alderman, Sanyal (2016), Financial ACCT - Financial Accounting (2016), Cengage
Learning.
Sawyers, Jackson, Jenkins, Arora Jenkins, Arora (2016), Managerial ACCT - Managerial
Accounting, Cengage Learning
Reference Books
1. Anthony A. Atkinson, Robert S. Kaplan, S. Mark Young, Ella Mae Matsumura, G.
Arunkumar (2014), Management Accounting: Information for Decision Making and
Strategy Execution, 6th edition, Pearson Education, India.
2. Horngren T. Charles, (2012), Cost Accounting: A Managerial Emphasis, 15th edition,
Pearson Education, India.
3. Khatri, (2011), Financial Accounting, 1st edition, McGraw Hill, India.
4. Debarshi Bhattacharyya, (2010), Management Accounting, 1st edition, McGraw Hill, India
5. Khan M.Y, Jain P.K, (2009), Management Accounting, 5th edition, McGraw Hill, India
6. Colin Drury, (2012), Management and Cost Accounting, 8th Edition, Cengage Learning.

Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar

Recommended by Board of Studies 7.6.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
 CHY1002 Environmental Sciences L T P J C
3 0 0 0 0
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
1.1
Course Objectives:
1. To make students understand and appreciate the unity of life in all its forms, the
implications of life style on the environment.
2. To understand the various causes for environmental degradation.
3. To understand individuals contribution in the environmental pollution.
4. To understand the impact of pollution at the global level and also in the local
environment.

Expected Course Outcome: Students will be able to

1. Students will recognize the environmental issues in a problem oriented interdisciplinary
perspectives
2. Students will understand the key environmental issues, the science behind those problems
and potential solutions.
3. Students will demonstrate the significance of biodiversity and its preservation
4. Students will identify various environmental hazards
5. Students will design various methods for the conservation of resources
6. Students will formulate action plans for sustainable alternatives that incorporate science,
humanity, and social aspects
7. Students will have foundational knowledge enabling them to make sound life decisions as
well as enter a career in an environmental profession or higher education.
Module:1 Environment and Ecosystem 7 hours

Key environmental problems, their basic causes and sustainable solutions. IPAT equation. Ecosystem,
earth – life support system and ecosystem components; Food chain, food web, Energy flow in
ecosystem; Ecological succession- stages involved, Primary and secondary succession, Hydrarch,
mesarch, xerarch; Nutrient, water, carbon, nitrogen, cycles; Effect of human activities
on these cycles.

Module:2 Biodiversity 6 hours

Importance, types, mega-biodiversity; Species interaction - Extinct, endemic, endangered and rare
species; Hot-spots; GM crops- Advantages and disadvantages; Terrestrial biodiversity and Aquatic
biodiversity – Significance, Threats due to natural and anthropogenic activities and Conservation
methods.

Module:3 Sustaining Natural Resources and 7 hours

Environmental Quality

Environmental hazards – causes and solutions. Biological hazards – AIDS, Malaria, Chemical
hazards- BPA, PCB, Phthalates, Mercury, Nuclear hazards- Risk and evaluation of hazards. Water
footprint; virtual water, blue revolution. Water quality management and its conservation. Solid and
hazardous waste – types and waste management methods.
Module:4 Energy Resources 6 hours

Renewable - Non renewable energy resources- Advantages and disadvantages - oil, Natural gas,
Coal, Nuclear energy. Energy efficiency and renewable energy. Solar energy, Hydroelectric
power, Ocean thermal energy, Wind and geothermal energy. Energy from biomass, solar- Hydrogen
revolution.

Module:5 Environmental Impact Assessment 6 hours

Introduction to environmental impact analysis. EIA guidelines, Notification of Government of India
(Environmental Protection Act – Air, water, forest and wild life). Impact assessment
methodologies. Public awareness. Environmental priorities in India.

Module:6 Human Population Change and Environment 6 hours

Urban environmental problems; Consumerism and waste products; Promotion of economic

development – Impact of population age structure – Women and child welfare, Women
empowerment. Sustaining human societies: Economics, environment, policies and education.

Module:7 Global Climatic Change and Mitigation 5 hours

Climate disruption, Green house effect, Ozone layer depletion and Acid rain. Kyoto protocol,
Carbon credits, Carbon sequestration methods and Montreal Protocol. Role of Information
technology in environment-Case Studies.

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Lecture by Industry Experts
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Books
1. G. Tyler Miller and Scott E. Spoolman (2016), Environmental Science, 15th Edition, Cengage
learning.
2. George Tyler Miller, Jr. and Scott Spoolman (2012), Living in the Environment –
Principles, Connections and Solutions, 17th Edition, Brooks/Cole, USA.
Reference Books
1. David M.Hassenzahl, Mary Catherine Hager, Linda R.Berg (2011), Visualizing
Environmental Science, 4thEdition, John Wiley & Sons, USA.
Mode of evaluation: Internal Assessment (CAT, Quizzes, Digital Assignments) & FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 12.08.2017
Approved by Academic Council No. 46 Date 24.08.2017
 ENG1000 Foundation English - I L T P J C
0 0 4 0 0
Pre-requisite Less than 50% EPT score Syllabus Version
1
Course Objectives:
1. To equip learners with English grammar and its application.
2. To enable learners to comprehend simple text and train them to speak and write
flawlessly.
3. To familiarize learners with MTI and ways to overcome them.
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Develop the skills to communicate clearly through effective grammar, pronunciation and
writing.
2. Understand everyday conversations in English
3. Communicate and respond to simple questions about oneself.
4. Improve vocabulary and expressions.
5. Prevent MTI (Mother Tongue Influence) during usual conversation.
Module:1 Essentials of grammar 3 Hours
Understand basic grammar-Parts of Speech
Activity: Grammar worksheets on parts of speech
Module:2 Vocabulary Building 3 Hours
Vocabulary development; One word substitution
Activity: Elementary vocabulary exercises
Module:3 Applied grammar and usage 4 Hours
Types of sentences; Tenses
Activity: Grammar worksheets on types of sentences; tenses
Module:4 Rectifying common errors in everyday conversation 4 Hours
Detect and rectify common mistakes in everyday conversation
Activity: Common errors in prepositions, tenses, punctuation, spelling and other parts of speech;
Colloquialism
Module :5 Jumbled sentences 2 Hours
Sentence structure; Jumbled words to form sentences; Jumbled sentences to form paragraph/
short story
Activity: Unscramble a paragraph / short story
Module:6 Text-based Analysis 4 Hours
Wings of Fire -Autobiography of APJ Abdul Kalam (Excerpts)
Activity: Enrich vocabulary by reading and analyzing the text
Module:7 Correspondence 3 Hours
Letter, Email, Application Writing
Activity: Compose letters; Emails, Leave applications
Module:8 Listening for Understanding 4 Hours
Listening to simple conversations & gap fill exercises
Activity: Simple conversations in Received Pronunciation using audio-visual materials.
Module:9 Speaking to Convey 6 Hours
Self-introduction; role-plays; Everyday conversations
Activity: Identify and communicate characteristic attitudes, values, and talents; Working and
interacting within groups
Module:10 Reading for developing pronunciation 6 Hours
Loud reading with focus on pronunciation by watching relevant video materials
Activity: Practice pronunciation by reading aloud simple texts; Detecting syllables; Visually
connecting to the words shown in relevant videos
Module:11 Reading to Contemplate 4 Hours
Reading short stories and passages
Activity: Reading and analyzing the author’s point of view; Identifying the central idea.
Module:12 Writing to Communicate 6 Hours
Paragraph Writing; Essay Writing; Short Story Writing
Activity: Writing paragraphs, essays and short- stories
Module:13 Interpreting Graphical Data 6 Hours
Describing graphical illustrations; interpreting basic charts, tables, and formats
Activity: Interpreting and presenting simple graphical representations/charts in the form of PPTs
5 Hours
Module:14 Overcoming Mother Tongue Influence (MTI) in
Pronunciation
Practicing common variants in pronunciation
Activity: Identifying and overcoming mother tongue influence.
Total Laboratory Hours 60 Hours
Text Book / Workbook
Wren, P.C., & Martin, H. (2018).High School English Grammar & Composition N.D.V.
1. PrasadaRao (Ed.). NewDelhi: S. Chand & Company Ltd.
2. McCarthy, M. O’Dell, F.,& Bunting, J.D. (2010).Vocabulary in Use( High Intermediate
students book with answers). Cambridge University Press
Reference Books
Watkins, P.(2018).Teaching and Developing Reading Skills: Cambridge Handbooks for
1.
Language teachers. Cambridge University Press.
2. Mishra, S., &Muralikrishna, C. (2014).Communication Skills for Engineers. Pearson
Education India
3 Lewis, N. (2011).Word Power Made Easy. Goyal Publisher
4 https:/americanliterature.com/short-short-stories
Tiwari, A., &Kalam, A. (1999).Wings of Fire - An Autobiography of Abdul Kalam.
5
Universities Press (India) Private Limited.
Mode of Evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role Play, Assignments
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Rearranging scrambled sentences 8 hours

2. Identifying errors in oral and written communication 12 hours

3. Critically analyzing the text 8 hours

4. Developing passages from hint words 8 hours
 5. Role-plays 12 hours
6. Listening to a short story and analyzing it 12 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 60 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Quizzes, Presentation, Discussion, Role Play, Assignments

Recommended by Board of Studies 08-06-2019

Approved by Academic Council 55 Date 13-06-2019
ENG2000 Foundation English - II L T P J C
0 0 4 0 0
Pre-requisite 51% - 70% EPT Score / Foundation English I Syllabus version
1
Course Objectives:
1. To practice grammar and vocabulary effectively
2. To acquire proficiency levels in LSRW skills in diverse social situations.
3. To analyze information and converse effectively in technical communication.
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Accomplish a deliberate reading and writing process with proper grammar and vocabulary.
2. Comprehend sentence structures while Listening and Reading.
3. Communicate effectively and share ideas in formal and informal situations.
4. Understand specialized articles and technical instructions and write clear technical
correspondence.
5. Critically think and analyze with verbal ability.
Module:1 Grammatical Aspects 4 hours

Sentence Pattern, Modal Verbs, Concord (SVA), Conditionals, Connectives

Activity : Worksheets, Exercises
Module:2 Vocabulary Enrichment 4 hours

Active & Passive Vocabulary, Prefix and Suffix, High Frequency Words
Activity : Worksheets, Exercises
Module:3 Phonics in English 4 Hours
Speech Sounds – Vowels and Consonants – Minimal Pairs- Consonant Clusters- Past Tense Marker
and Plural Marker
Activity : Worksheets, Exercises
Module:4 Syntactic and Semantic Errors 2 Hours
Tenses /SVA/Articles/ Prepositions/ Punctuation & Right Choice of Vocabulary
Activity : Worksheets, Exercises
Module:5 Stylistic errors 2 Hours

Dangling Modifiers, Parallelism, Standard English, Ambiguity, Redundancy, Brevity

Activity : Worksheets, Exercises
Module:6 Listening and Note making 6 Hours
Intensive and Extensive Listening - Scenes from plays of Shakespeare (Eg: Court scene in The
Merchant of Venice, Disguise Scene in The Twelfth Night, Death of Desdemona in Othello, Death
scene in Julius Caesar and Balcony scene from Romeo and Juliet)
Activity : Summarizing; Note-making and drawing inferences from Short videos
Module:7 Art of Public Speaking 6 Hours
Impromptu, Importance of Non-verbal Communication, Technical Talks, Dynamics of Professional
Presentations – Individual & Group
Activity : Ice Breaking; Extempore speech; Structured technical talk and Group presentation
Module:8 Reading Comprehension Skills 4 Hours
Skimming, scanning, comprehensive reading, guessing words from context, understanding text
organization, recognizing argument and counter-argument; distinguishing between main information
and supporting detail, fact and opinion, hypothesis versus evidence; summarizing and note-taking,
Critical Reasoning Questions – Reading and Discussion
Activity: Reading of Newspapers Articles and Worksheets on Critical Reasoning from web
resources
Module: 9 Creative Writing 4 Hours
Structure of an essay, Developing ideas on analytical/ abstract topics
Activity: Movie Review, Essay Writing on suggested Topics, Picture Descriptions
Module: 10 Verbal Aptitude 6 hours
Word Analogy, Sentence Completion using Appropriate words, Sentence Correction
Activity: Practicing the use of appropriate words and sentences through web tools.
Module: 11 Business Correspondence 4 hours
Formal Letters- Format and purpose: Business Letters - Sales and complaint letter
Activity: Letter writing- request for Internship, Industrial Visit and Recommendation
Module: 12 Career Development 6 hours
Telephone Etiquette, Resume Preparation, Video Profile
Activity: Preparation of Video Profile
Module: 13 Art of Technical Writing - I 4 hours
Technical Instructions, Process and Functional Description
Activity: Writing Technical Instructions
Module: 14 Art of Technical Writing – II 4 hours

Format of a Report and Proposal

Activity: Technical Report Writing, Technical Proposal

Total Lecture hours: 60 hours

Text Book / Workbook
1. Sanjay Kumar & Pushp Lata, Communication Skills, 2nd Edition, OUP, 2015

2 Wren & Martin, High School English Grammar & Composition, Regular ed., ND: Blackie
ELT Books, 2018

Reference Books
1 Peter Watkins, Teaching and Developing Reading Skills: Cambridge Handbooks for Language
Teachers, Cambridge, 2018
2 Aruna Koneru, Professional Speaking Skills, OUP, 2015.

3 J.C.Nesfield, English Grammar English Grammar Composition and Usage, Macmillan. 2019.

4 Richard Johnson-Sheehan, Technical Communication Today, 6th edition, ND: Pearson, 2017.

5 Balasubramaniam, Textbook of English Phonetics For Indian Students , 3rd Edition , S. Chand
Publishers, 2013.
Web Resources

1. https://www.hitbullseye.com/Sentence-Correction-Practice.php
2. https://hitbullseye.com/Critical-Reasoning-Practice-Questions.php
Mode of Evaluation: Presentation, Discussion, Role Play, Assignments , FAT

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)

1. Reading and Analyzing Critical Reasoning questions 8 hours

2. Listening and Interpretation of Videos 12 hours

3. Letter to the Editor 6 hours

4. Developing structured Technical Talk 12 hours

5. Drafting SOP (Statement of Purpose) 10 hours

6. Video Profile 12 hours

Total Laboratory Hours 60 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Presentation, Discussion, Role Play, Assignments , FAT

Recommended by Board of Studies 08.06.2019

Approved by Academic Council 55 Date 13-06-2019

MAT3008 Linear Algebra and Transform Techniques L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
[1] Linear algebra is one of the most important subjects in the study of engineering because of its
widespread applications in electrical, communications and computer science. The objective of
this course is to give a presentation of basic concepts of linear algebra to illustrate its power and
utility through applications to computer science and Engineering.
Expected Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the students are expected to learn

[1] the system of linear equations using decomposition methods

[2] the concepts of vector space, linear transformations and is applications in computer graphics
[3] applications of inner product spaces
[4] Fourier transform of functions.
[5] construction of wavelets and few of its applications
Module:1 System of Linear Equations 7 hours
Gaussian elimination and Gauss Jordan methods - Elementary matrices-permutation
matrix - inverse matrices - System of linear equations - LU,QR, and Cholesky decompositions.

Module:2 Vector Spaces 6 hours

n
The Euclidean space R and vector space- sub space –linear combination-span-linearly dependent-
independent- bases - dimensions-finite dimensional vector space

Module:3 Subspaces 5 hours

Row and column spaces -Rank and nullity – Bases for subspace –invertibility- Application in
interpolation.

Module:4 Linear Transformations and applications 7 hours

Linear transformations – Basic properties-invertible linear transformation -matrices of linear
transformations, Application to computer graphics :Translation, Rotation, Reflection, Shear, and
Scaling matrices.

Module:5 Inner Product Spaces 6 hours

Dot products and inner products – the lengths and angles of vectors –orthonormal basis- Gram-
Schmidt orthogonalization

Module:6 Fourier Transform 6 hours

Fourier Series, Complex Fourier transform and properties - Relation between Fourier and Laplace
transforms - Fourier sine and cosine transforms – Convolution Theorem and Parseval’s identity-
simple problems.

Module:7 Wavelets 6 hours

Constructions of orthonormal Haar wavelet bases, Difference between Haar wavelet series and
Fourier series of a function, Haar wavelet transform.
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Applications of Linear Algebra in Computer Science Engineering

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Jin Ho Kwak and Sungpyo Hong, Linear Algebra, Second edition, Springer(2004). (Topics in
the
Chapters 1,3,4 &5)
2. Introductory Linear Algebra- An applied first course, 9th Edition Bernard Kolman and David
R.
Hill, Pearson Education, 2011.
3. Real Analysis with an Introduction to Wavelets, 1st Edition, Don Hong, Jianzhong Wang,
Robert Gardner, Elsevier Academic Press,2004

Reference Books
1. Stephen Andrilli and David Hecker, Elementary Linear Algebra, 4th Edition, Academic
Press(2010)
2. Rudolf Lidl, Guter Pilz ‘Applied Abstract Algebra’, Second Edition, Springer 2004.
3. Howard Anton and Robert C Busby, Contemporary linear algebra, John Wiley ,2003.
4. Gilbert Strang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, 4th Edition, Wellesley- Cambridge Press,2011.
Mode of Evaluation
Digital Assignments (Solutions by using soft skills), Continuous Assessment Tests, Quiz, Final
Assessment Test.
Recommended by Board of Studies 07.06.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
MAT3009 Optimization Techniques L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Linear Algebra and Transform Techniques Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To understand the role of optimization in engineering design and its importance.
• To introduce the different optimization algorithms in linear programming and non-linear
programming.
• To introduce the non-traditional optimization algorithms in non-linear problem.

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. Formulate the design problem in mathematical form which can be solved by suitable
optimization algorithm.
2. Solve the design problem which involves non-linear constraints.
3. Compare the efficiency of different algorithms

Module:1 Classical Optimization Techniques 6 hours

Introduction, methods, engineering applications of optimization-Statement of an optimization
problem-classification of optimization problems-Single variable optimization-Multivariable
optimization with no constraints-Multi variable optimization with equality and inequality constraints:
Lagrange multipliers method, Kuhn-Tucker conditions.

Module:2 Linear Programming 7 hours

Standard form of linear programming (LP) problem; Canonical form of LP problem; Assumptions in
LP Models; Elementary operations, Graphical method for two variable optimization problem;
Examples. Motivation of simplex method, Simplex algorithm; Simplex criterion; Minimization
versus maximization problems.

Module:3 Advanced Linear Programming 4 hours

Revised Simplex Method. Duality in LP; Primal-dual relations; Dual Simplex method; Sensitivity
Analysis.

Module:4 One-Dimensional Nonlinear Optimization 7 hours

Unimodal function – Region elimination methods: Unrestricted search, Dichotomous Search,
Fibonacci method.

Module:5 Unconstrained Nonlinear Optimization 7 hours

Direct Search methods: Univariate method, Pattern directions, Powell’s method-Indirect search
methods: Gradient of a function, Steepest Descent (Cauchy) method, Fletcher- Reeves Method.

Module:6 Constrained Non-linear Optimization 7 hours

Characteristics of a constrained optimization problem - Direct methods: Sequential Linear
Programming, methods of feasible directions – Zoutendijk’s method, Indirect methods - Interior and
exterior penalty function methods.

Module:7 Advanced Non-linear Optimization 5 hours

Genetic Algorithms -Working principle-Genetic operators-Numerical problem-Simulated Annealing
– Numerical problem.

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

*All the modules will be handled application oriented.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Singiresu S. Rao, S. S. Rao, Engineering Optimization: Theory and Practice, 2009.

Reference Books
1. Vasek Chvatal, Linear Programming, WH Freeman and Company, 1983.
2. Godfrey C. Onwubolu, B. V. Babu,New Optimization Techniques in Engineering, 2004.
3. Cesar Lopez,MATLAB Optimization Techniques,2014
4. Sherali, H.D., Shetty, C.M.,Optimization with Disjunctive Constraints,Springer,2016(e-
book)

Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar

Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 Date 20.09.2019
EEE1019 Foundations of Electrical and Electronics L T P J C
Engineering
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
Anti-requisite v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1.To teach the simple problem of DC and AC circuits.
2.To provide the knowledge of digital systems.
3.To study the important concepts of electronics.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Solve simple DC circuits using mesh and nodal analysis.
2. Describe the RLC components with sinusoidal sources.
3. Perform the various network theorems.
4. Design of combinational circuits and synthesis of logic circuits.
5. Formulate the sequential logic circuits.
6. Utilize the basic concepts of semiconductor devices and circuits.
7. Discuss the overview of communication engineering.
8. Design and Conduct experiments, as well as analyze and interpret data

Module:1 Fundamental concepts and DC circuits: 6 Hours

Basic circuit elements and sources, series and parallel connection of circuit elements, Ohm's Law,
Kirchoff’s Laws, Source transformation, Node Voltage Analysis, Mesh Current analysis.

Module:2 Single phase AC Circuits: 6 Hours

Introduction to AC circuits and concept of phasors for constant frequency sinusoidal sources. Steady
state AC analysis of a RL, RC, RLC Series circuits, AC power calculations, Power factor, Series
resonance.

Module:3 Network Theorems (A.C. and D.C) : 5 Hours

Thevenin’s and Norton's, Maximum power transfer and Superposition Theorems.
Module:4 Digital Systems: 6 Hours
Number system, Boolean algebra, Logic circuit concepts, Combinational circuit decoder, Encoder,
Multiplexer, Demultiplexer, Half adder, Full adder, Synthesis of logic circuits.

Module:5 Sequential logic circuits: 6 Hours

Computer organization, Memory types, Flip Flops – SR, D, T, JK, Counters, Shift registers.

Module:6 Semiconductor devices and circuits: 8 Hours

Conduction in semiconductor materials, principle of operation, V-I characteristics of PN junction diode,
Zener diode, BJT, MOSFET, IGBT, half wave rectifier, full wave rectifier, filters, Class A, Class B,
Class C Amplifier.

Module:7 Analog Modulation: 6 Hours

Introduction, Inverting amplifier, Non-Inverting amplifier, Basic application of operational amplifier:
Subtractor, Summing amplifier, Comparator, Integrator, Differentiator, Analog to Digital converter,
Digital to Analog converter.
Communication Engineering: Modulation and Demodulation - Amplitude and frequency modulation.

Module:8 Lecture by industry experts. 2 Hours

Total Lecture hours: Hours: 45
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
Software Experiments
1. Analysis and verification of circuit using Mesh and Nodal analysis 2 hours
2. Verification of network theorems using Maximum power transfer 2 hours
3. Analysis of RLC series circuit 2 hours
4 Design of half adder and full adder 2 hours
5. Single phase half wave and full wave rectifier 2 hours
Hardware Experiments
1. Verification of network theorems using Thevenin’s 2 hours
2. Regulated power supply using Zener diode 2 hours
3. Design of a lamp dimmer circuit using Darlington pair 2 hours
4 Staircase wiring layout for multi-storied building 2 hours
5. Design and verification of logic circuit by simplifying the Boolean expression 2 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 20 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Allan R. Hambley, ‘Electrical Engineering - Principles & Applications, Pearson Education,
First Impression, 6/e, 2013.
2. John Bird, ‘Electrical circuit theory and technology’, Newnes publications, 4th Edition,
2010.
Reference Books
1. Charles K Alexander, Mathew N O Sadiku, ‘Fundamentals of Electric Circuits’, Tata
McGraw Hill, 2012.
2. David A. Bell, ‘Electronic Devices and Circuit’, Oxford press-2008.
3. D. Roy Choudhary, Shail B. Jain, ‘Linear Integrated Circuits’, 4th/e, New Age
International, 2010.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 30/11/2015
Approved by Academic Council 39th AC Date 17/12/2015
CSE1021 Digital Logic And Computer Organization L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Introduce the concept of digital circuits and binary systems
• Understand the components of digital circuits
• Design combinational and sequential circuit.
• To learn the architecture of computer system.
• To introduce the various design aspects of computer system.
• To familiarize with latest technologies of memory, I/O, ALU design, instruction
execution

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
4. Understand binary number system, algorithms for arithmetic operations and design
fundamental combinational and sequential circuits
5. Identify and explain the building blocks of computer, recognize addressing modes, and
data/instruction formats.
6. Identify the design issues, architectures, and techniques in the development of processor
and other components like memory, I/O that satisfy design requirements and objectives.
7. Understand different techniques for interfacing external devices with the processor.

Module:1 Introduction to Digital systems 9 hours

number systems; conversion; Logic gates: Combinational Logic circuits: Half adder, Full adder,
Half subtractor, Full subtractor - 4-bit parallel adder and subtractor, binary decoder, encoder,
multiplexer, Demultiplexer
Sequential circuits: clock, level triggering, edge triggering, latch, basic flipflop, basic Register,
register files, basic counter

Module:2 FUNDAMENTALS OF COMPUTER 5 hours

ARCHITECTURE
Organization of the von Neumann machine; Instruction formats; pipelining-The fetch/execute
cycle, instruction decoding and execution; Instruction types and addressing modes; Subroutine call
and return mechanism

Module:3 COMPUTER ARITHMETIC 6 hours

Algorithms for arithmetic operations: multiplication (Booth’s, Modified Booth’s) - division

(restoring and non-restoring)- Floating point representation with IEEE standards and algorithms
for common arithmetic operations- Representation of non-numeric data (character codes).

Module:4 BASIC PROCESSING UNIT 8 hours

Fundamental concepts: Register transfers, performing an arithmetic or logic operation, fetching a
word from memory and storing a word in memory; Execution of a complete instruction, branch
instructions; Multiple- bus organization; Hardwired control; Microprogrammed control
Module:5 MEMORY SYSTEM ORGANIZATION AND 7 hours
ARCHITECTURE
Memory systems hierarchy-Main memory organization-Types of Main memory-memory
interleaving and its characteristics and performance- Cache memories: address mapping-line size-
replacement and policies- Virtual memory systems- TLB- Reliability of memory systems- error
detecting and error correcting systems.

Module:6 INTERFACING AND COMMUNICATION 5 hours

I/O fundamentals: handshaking, buffering-I/O techniques: programmed I/O, interrupt-driven I/O,

DMA- Interrupt structures: vectored and prioritized-interrupt overhead- Buses: Synchronous and
asynchronous- Arbitration.

Module:7 DEVICE SUBSYSTEMS 3 hours

External storage systems-organization and structure of disk drives: Electronic- magnetic and
optical technologies- RAID Levels

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of 2 hours

Computer Architecture in industry.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Carl Hamacher, Zvonko Vranesic, Safwat Zaky, Computer organization, Mc Graw Hill,
Fifth edition ,Reprint 2013
2. M. Morris Mano – Digital Logic and Computer Design, Pearson Education India – 1st
Edition- 2016, ISBN: 9789332542525.
Reference Books
1 W. Stallings, Computer organization and architecture, Seventh Edition, Prentice-Hall,2005.
2 M. M. Mano, Computer System Architecture, Third Edition, Prentice-Hall 1992.
3 David A. Patterson and . John L. Hennessy “Computer Organization and Design-The
Hardware/Software Interface” 5th edition, Morgan Kaufmann, 2011.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 7.6.2019
Approved by Academic Council 55th Date 13.06.2019
SWE2001 Data Structures and Algorithms L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite CSE1013 Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic concepts of data structures and algorithms in various fields.
2. To learn sorting of and search data items.
3. To comprehend the necessity of time complexity in designing algorithms.
4. To design algorithms to solve real life problems

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Analyze and understanding stack operations and its applications in real world
problems.
2. Understand the pros and cons of various queues and its operations
3. Demonstrate linear data structures using dynamic arrays
4. Evaluate algorithms and data structures in terms of time and memory complexity of
basic operations.
5. Understand, analyze and design sorting and searching algorithms
6. Understand the importance of hashing
7. Design non-linear data structure operations in real world problems
8. Apply suitable data structures and algorithms for autonomous realization of simple
programs or program parts

Module:1 Stack 6 hours

Operations on stack, array implementation of stack, applications of stack-balance of parenthesis in
algebraic expressions, converting expressions from infix to postfix or prefix form , evaluating
postfix or prefix form, Towers of Hanoi problem

Module:2 Queue 6 hours

Operations on queue , circular queue, array implementation of queue, applications of queue

Module:3 List 6 hours

Singly linked list, doubly linked list, circularly singly linked list, operations on linked lists, Linked
representation of stack, Linked representation of Queue

Module:4 Algorithm Analysis 6 hours

Asymptotic notations, Abstract data type, growth rate of functions, running time complexity, best,
average and worst case analysis – examples

Module:5 Sorting and Searching 6 hours

Bubble sort, insertion sort, selection sort, radix sort, merge sort, quick sort, heap sort, Shell sort,
linear search, binary search, time complexity analysis of sorting and searching algorithms.

Module:6 Hashing 6 hours

Hash functions, open hashing-separate chaining, closed hashing - linear probing, quadratic
probing, double hashing, random probing, rehashing, extendible hashing

Module:7 Tree and Graph 7 hours

Implementation of tree, binary tree traversals, expression tree, binary search tree, AVL tree Graphs,
Graph traversals, and shortest path algorithms-Dijkstra’s algorithm

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of Data 2 hours

structure in Industry-Case Studies

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Mark Allen Weiss, “Data structures and algorithm analysis in C”, 2nd edition, Pearson
education, 2013.
Reference Books
1. Debasis Samanta, “Classic data structures”, PHI, 2nd edition, 2014.
2. Seymour Lipschutz “Data Structures by Schaum Series” 2nd edition, TMH, 2013.
3. Adam Drozdek, “Data structures and algorithms in C++”, Cengage learning, 4th edition, 2015.
4. Michael Goodrich, Roberto Tamassta, Michael H.GoldWasser “Data structures and algorithms
in Java” 6th edition, 2014.

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,14

1. Implement stack and use it to convert infix to postfix expression
2. Evaluate postfix expression
3. Implement Towers of Hanoi problem
4. Implement Queue and Circular Queue
5. Implement singly and doubly linked lists
6. Implement Circular Singly Linked list
7. Represent a polynomial as a linked list and write functions for polynomial
addition.
8. Implement Insertion, Bubble, and selection sorts
9. Implement heap, merge, quick and radix sorts
10. Implement Binary and Linear search
11. Implement a Binary tree. Produce its pre-order, in-order, and post-order
traversals.
12. Implement binary search tree insertion and deletion.
13 Implement hashing techniques
14 Perform Graph traversal
15 Implement Dijkstra's algorithm
STACK ADT
1. Students of a Programming class arrive to submit assignments.
Their register numbers are stored in a LIFO list in the order in which the
assignments are submitted. Write a program using array to display the
register number of the ten students who submitted first.
Register number of the ten students who submitted first will be at the
bottom of the LIFO list. Hence pop out the required number of elements
from the top so as to retrieve and display the first 10 students.
2. To facilitate a thorough net surfing, any web browser has back and
forward buttons that allow the user to move backward and forward through
a series of web pages. To allow the user to move both forward and backward
two stacks are employed. When the user presses the back button, the link to
the current web page is stored on a separate stack for the forward button.
As the user moves backward through a series of previous pages, the link to
each page is moved in turn from the back to the forward stack.
When the user presses the forward button, the action is the reverse of the
back button. Now the item from the forward stack is popped, and becomes
the current web page. The previous web page is pushed on the back stack.
Simulate the functioning of these buttons using array implementation of
Stack. Also provide options for displaying the contents of both the stacks
whenever required.
3. Design a program to employ a stack for balancing symbols such as
parentheses, flower braces and square brackets, in the code snippet given
below.
for(i=0;i<n;i++)
{
if(i<5)
{ z[i]=x[i]+y[i];
p=(((a+b)*c)+(d/(e+f)*g);
}
Ensure that your program works for any arbitrary expression.

4. Most of the bugs in scientific and engineering applications are due to

improper usage of precedence order in arithmetic expressions. Thus it is
necessary to use an appropriate notation that would evaluate the expression
without taking into account the precedence order and parenthesis.
a) Write a program to convert the given arithmetic expression into
i) Reverse Polish notation
ii) Polish notation
b) Evaluate the above notations with necessary input.

5. Some priests are given three poles and a stack of 4 gold disks, each disk
a little smaller than the one beneath it. Their assignment is to transfer all 4
disks from one of the 3 pole to another with 2 important constraints. They
can move only one disk at a time, and they can never place a larger disk on
top of a smaller one. Design a recursive program for the above Towers of
Hanoi puzzle using stack.
QUEUE ADT:

6. In a theme park, the Roller-Coaster ride is started only when a good

number of riders line up in the counter (say 20 members). When the ride
proceeds with these 20 members, a new set of riders will line up in the
counter. This keeps continuing. Implement the above scenario of lining up
and processing using arrays with Queue ADT.
7. When burning a DVD it is essential that the laser beam burning pits onto
the surface is constantly fed with data, otherwise the DVD fails. Most
leading DVD burn applications make use of a circular buffer to stream data
from the hard disk onto the DVD. The first part, the ‘writing process’ fills
up a circular buffer with data, then the ‘burning process’ begins to read from
the buffer as the laser beam burns pits onto the surface of the DVD. If the
buffer starts to become empty, the application should continue filling up the
emptied space in the buffer with new data from the disk. Implement this
scenario using Circular Queue.
8. a) There is a garage where the access road can accommodate any number
of trucks at one time. The garage is built in such a way that only the last
truck entered can be moved out. Each of the trucks is identified by a positive
integer (a truck_id). Implement dynamically to handle truck moves,
allowing for the following commands:
i) On_road (truck_id); ii) Enter_garage (truck_ id);
iii) Exit_garage (truck_id); iv) Show_trucks (garage or road);
If an attempt is made to get a truck out which is not the closest to the garage
entry, the error message “Truck x cannot be moved” should be displayed.

b) For the aforementioned scenario, assume now a circular road and two
entries: one for entry, another for exit. Trucks can get out only in the order
they got in. Write a program dynamically to handle truck moves allowing
for the following commands
i) Enter garage (truck name)
ii) Exit garage (truck name)
iii) Show trucks

LIST ADT
9. Imagine an effective dynamic structure for storing polynomials. Write
operations for addition, subtraction, and multiplication of polynomials.
I/O description. Input:
p1=3x7+5x6+22.5x5+0.35x2
p2=0.25x3+0.33x2 -0.01
10. Given two sorted lists L1 and L2 write a program to merge the two lists
in sorted order after eliminating duplicates.
11. Write a program to maintain the records of students in an effective
dynamic structure. Search a particular record based on the roll number and
display the previous and next values of that node with time complexity of
O(1).
12. Assume FLAMES game that tests for relationship has to be
implemented using a dynamic structure. The letters in the FLAMES stand
for Friends, Love, Affection, Marriage, Enmity and Sister. Initially store
the individual letters of the word ‘flames’ in the nodes of the dynamic
structure. Given the count of the number of uncommon letters in the two
names ‘n’, write a program to delete every nth node in it, till it is left with
a single node. If the end of the dynamic structure is reached while counting,
resume the counting from the beginning. Display the letter that still remains
and the corresponding relationship
Eg., If Ajay and Jack are the two names, there are 4 uncommon letters in
these. So delete 4th node in the first iteration and for the next iteration start
counting from the node following the deleted node.
SORTING AND SEARCHING
13. Assume in the Regional Passport Office, a multitude of applicants arrive
each day for passport renewal. A list is maintained in the database to store
the renewed passports arranged in the increased order of passport ID. The
list already would contain there cords renewed till the previous day. Apply
Insertion sort technique to place the current day’s records in the list.

Later the office personnel wish to sort the records based on the date of
renewal so as to know the count of renewals done each day. Taking into
consideration the fact that each record has several fields (around 25 fields),
follow Selection sort logic to implement the same.
14. Implement a comparison based sorting algorithm which is not in-place
to sort the following strings.
best, true, hill, dove, van, good, egg, lap
15. Write a program to implement Bubble sort, Heap sort and Quick sort
techniques to arrange the following sequence of elements in descending
order.
9, -4, 5, 8,-3, 7, 0, 4, 1, 2.
Display the count of number of comparisons and swaps made in each
method.
 Apply the same sorting techniques for sorting a large data set [Randomly
generate 5000 integers within the range -50000 to 50000 to build the data
set]. From your observation and analysis, determine the best sorting
technique for working with large numbers.

Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours

Recommended by Board of Studies 4-12-2015
Approved by Academic Council No. 39th Date 17-12-2015
SWE1004 Database Management Systems L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus version
v. 1.20
Course Objectives:
1. To study the salient features of database systems and the design process at conceptual
and logical level.
2. To implement the database design using relational algebra and SQL.
3. To know the supporting subsystems of DBMS

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Compare the file system and DBMS, and know DBMS architecture and
classification.

2. Understand conceptual database design

3. Explain the relational model and Write Queries in relational algebra

4. Create and manipulate the database using SQL and write routines using PL/SQL

5. Evaluate the design of database.

6. Read or write made in the database by single user, multiple user and during failures.

7. Execute a query behind the scene and physical design

8. Design ER model and Implement it using SQL and PL/SQL

Module:1 Fundamental Concepts and Architecture: 4 hours

Introduction to database system, Characteristics of the Database Approach, Actors on the Scene,
Workers behind the Scene, Advantages of Using the DBMS Approach, Data Models, Schemas, and
Instances, Three-Schema Architecture and Data Independence, Database Languages and Interfaces,
The Database System Environment, Classification of Database Management Systems

Module:2 Conceptual Database Design 6 hours

High-Level Conceptual Data Models for Database Design, Entity Types, Entity Sets, Attributes, and
Keys, Relationship Types, Relationship Sets, Roles, and Structural Constraints, Weak Entity Types,
ER Diagrams, Naming Conventions, and Design Issues, Relationship Types of Degree Higher than
Two, Enhanced ER, Specialization, Generalization

Module:3 Relational Database Design 8 hours

Relational Model, Constraints, Update Operations and Dealing with Constraint Violations, Database
Design Using ER-to-Relational Mapping and EER to Relation, Relational Algebra, Unary
Relational Operations, Operations from Set Theory, Binary Relational Operations, Additional
Relational Operations

Module:4 Structured Query Language 8 hours

Data Definition and Data Types, Specifying Constraints in SQL, Basic Retrieval Queries in SQL,
INSERT, DELETE, and UPDATE Statements in SQL, Virtual tables Inbuilt functions, Complex
Queries-nested, correlated, PL/SQL block, cursor, function, procedure, trigger

Module:5 Normalization Theory 5 hours

Informal Design Guidelines for Relation Schemas, Functional Dependencies, Inference Rules,
Equivalence, and Minimal Cover, Properties of Relational Decompositions, Algorithms for
Relational Database Schema Design, Normal Forms Based on Primary Keys, Boyce-Codd Normal
Form

Module:6 Transaction, Concurrency, Recovery 6 hours

Introduction to Transaction Processing, Desirable Properties of Transactions, Characterizing
Schedules Based on Recoverability, Characterizing Schedules Based on Serializability,
Concurrency, Two-Phase Locking Techniques for Concurrency Control, Concurrency Control
Based on Timestamp Ordering, Multiversion Concurrency Control Techniques, Recovery
Concepts, NO-UNDO/REDO Recovery Based on Deferred Update, Recovery Techniques Based
on Immediate Update, Shadow Paging, ARIES Recovery Algorithm

Module:7 Query Processing and Indexing: 6 hours

Query Execution plan, Basic algorithms for query execution, Heuristic Query Optimization
technique, sparse and dense index, primary, secondary and clustered index, B Tree Vs Hash Index.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of 2 hours

Database Management Technologies in
industry.

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

# Mode: Flipped Class Room, [Lecture to be

videotaped], Slides, Demonstration of using
Oracle-SQL, 2 hrs lectures by industry experts,
Evaluation based on Continuous Assessment Test
(30%) and Assignments(20%)

Text Book(s)
1. Fundamentals of Database Systems by Ramez Elmasri and Shamkant B.Navathe
Pearson Education,2013

Reference Books
1. Database Management Systems by Raghu Rama Krishnan, Tata Mcgraw
Hill,2010
2. Database System Concepts by Abraham Silberschatz, Henry F.Korth and
S.Sudarshan, Tata Mc Graw Hill, 2011
3. Database System Design and Implementation by Rob Cornell,cennage
learning, 2011
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 2, 5, 7
1. SQL -Creating tables
2. SQL- Inserting, deleting, updating tables, Alter table
3. SQL -Querying table-simple queries
4. SQL- Creating constraints
5. SQL- Altering constraints
6 SQL- In built functions
7 SQL – Select statements(with different clauses)
8 SQL- Querying table-complex(nested, correlated)
9 SQL – Top N Queries ,catalog Queries, views
10 PLSQL- block, cursor
11 PLSSQL- trigger
12 PLSQL- Function, Procedure
13 SQL-Creating and Querying-type, varray, nested table
14 API- Creating API for retrieving data from database
15 API- Creating API for executing procedure/function
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Recommended by Board of Studies 5-3-2016
Approved by Academic Council No. 40th Date 18-3-2016
CSE3036 SOFTWARE ENGINEERING L TP J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre- Syllabus version
requisite
v.1.0.
Course Objectives:
• To introduce the essential software engineering concepts involved in developing
software products and components.
• To impart skills in the design and implementation of efficient software systems
across disciplines and also ensure engineering practices and standards.

Course Outcome:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to
(1) Explain the principles of the engineering processes in software development
(2) Develop the software products using software management principles
(3) Classify the requirements specification of the software projects.
(4) Design the prototype of the software projects.
(5) Implement all the software development processes activities
(6) Support post maintenance of the software projects.
(7) Produce good quality software projects.

Module:1 OVERVIEW OF SOFTWARE 6 hours

ENGINEERING
Nature of Software, Why Software Engineering, Software – process, project, product, Process
Models – Classical & Evolutionary models, Overview of System Engineering, Project
Planning Risk Management, Software Measurements, Project Management Processes

Module:2 AGILE 5 hours

METHODOLOGY
Agile Processes – Lean Principles, Feature driven, behavior driven and test driven
development, Scrum master, Product owner, Scrum and XP team, Agile metrics.

Module:3 MODELLING – 8 hours

REQUIREMENTS
Module Requirements Engineering process– Requirement Elicitation, System Modelling –
Requirements
Specification and Requirement Validation, Requirement Analysis – Scenario based, Class
based, Behavior based and Flow based Analysis

Module:4 SOFTWARE DESIGN 8 hours

Design concepts and principles - Abstraction - Refinement - Modularity – Cohesion &
Coupling, Architectural design, Detailed Design – Transaction & Transformation,
Refactoring of designs, Object-oriented Design User-Interface Design.

Module:5 VALIDATION & 8 hours CO5

VERIFICATION
Strategic Approach to Software Testing, Testing Fundamentals – Test Plan, Test Design, Test
Execution, Reviews.
Inspection & Auditing, Functional Testing – Control coverage, data coverage, conditional
coverage, Non-Functional Testing – Performance – Load, volume, endurance, scalability
stress testings and Security Testing

Module:6 SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE 4 hours

Software Maintenance, Types of Maintenance, Software Configuration Management,
Overview of Re-engineering & Reverse Engineering, Software version control

Module:7 QUALITY MANAGEMENT 4 hours

Quality Concepts, Quality Assurance, Review Techniques, Product & Process Metrics,
Quality Standards & Models –ISO, TQM, Six-Sigma

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Total Hours: 45 Hours
Text Book(s)
1. Roger Pressman, Software Engineering: A Practitioner's Approach, 8th Edition,
McGraw-Hill, 2015.
Reference Books
1. Ian Sommerville, Software Engineering, 9th Edition, Addison-Wesley, 2016
2. Pankaj Jalote, A Concise Introduction to Software Engineering, Springer, 2008
3. William E. Lewis , ―Software Testing and Continuous Quality Improvementǁ,
Third Edition, Auerbach Publications, 2008
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
Work Break-down Structure (Process Based, Product Based, Geographic Based 2 hours
and Role Based)
Estimations – Cost & Schedule 2 hours
Entity Relationship Diagram, Context flow diagram, DFD (Structural Modelling 2 hours
and Functional Modelling)
State Transition Diagrams (Behavioural Modelling) 3 hours
System Requirements Specification 3 hours
UML diagrams for OO Design 3 hours
Tools for Version Control 3 hours
Black-box, White box testing 3 hours
Non-functional testing 3 hours
Prepare a WBS for developing a customized social networking portal for your 2 hours
institution.
Using the WBS estimate the effort that will be needed to finish the product. Also 2 hours
give a detailed cost estimation & budget for completing this project
Identify the Actors involved, modularize the problem, context of the modules. 2 hours
Draw refined structures of DFD and make a functional model of the system
Total Hours 30 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous assessment, Final assessment test
Recommended by Board of 11-09-2019
Studies
Approved by Academic 56 Date 20-09-2019
Council
SWE3001 Operating Systems L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite SWE2001 Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the services provided by and the design of an operating system.
2. To understand the structure and organization of the file system
3. To understand principles of process management anddifferent approaches to
memory management.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand principles and modules of operating system.
2. Understand key mechanisms in design of operating system modules
3. Compare various processor scheduling algorithms.
4. Develop algorithmic solutions to process synchronization problems.
5. Understand CPU scheduling for distributed operating systems
6. Understand the mechanisms adopted for file sharing in distributed Applications
Identify components involved in designing a contemporary OS
7. Identify the components involved in designing a contemporary OS

Module:1 Introduction 6 hours

Computer-System Organization, Computer-System Architecture, Operating-System Structure,
Operating-System Operations, Operating-System Services, User and Operating-System Interface,
System Calls, Operating-System Generation, System Boot.

Module:2 Processes 6 hours

Process Concept, Process Scheduling, Operations on Processes, Inter-process Communication,
Threads- Overview, Multithreading Models, Thread Libraries, Implicit Threading, Threading Issues

Module:3 Process Synchronization 6 hours

Background, The Critical-Section Problem, Peterson’s Solution, Synchronization Hardware, Mutex
Locks, Semaphores, Classic Problems of Synchronization, Monitors, Synchronization Example

Module:4 CPU Scheduling 6 hours

Basic Concepts, Scheduling Criteria, Scheduling Algorithms, Threads, Multiple-Processor
Scheduling, Deadlocks- System Model, Deadlock Characterization, Methods for Handling
Deadlocks, Deadlock Prevention, Deadlock Avoidance, Deadlock Detection, Recovery from
Deadlock.

Module:5 Memory Management 6 hours

Background, Swapping, Contiguous Memory Allocation, Segmentation, Paging, structure of the
Page Table.

Module:6 Virtual Memory 6 hours

Background, Demand Paging, Page Replacement, Allocation of Frames, Thrashing, Memory-
Mapped Files, Allocating Kernel Memory

Module:7 Mass-Storage Structure 7 hours

Overview, Disk Structure, Disk Scheduling, Disk Management, Swap-Space Management, RAID
Structure, File-System Interface- File Concept, Access Methods, Directory and Disk Structure, File-
System Mounting, File Sharing, Directory Implementation, Allocation Methods.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of 2 hours

operating systems in industry.

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. A.Silberschatz, P.B. Galvin & G. Gagne, Operating system concepts, Ninth Edition, John
Wiley, 2013
Reference Books
1. W. Stallings, Operating systems-Internals and Design Principles, Seventh Edition , Prentice-
Hall,2012
2. Tanenbaum, Modern Operating Systems, Third Edition, PrenticeHall,2015
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,5
1. Process scheduling mechanism
2. Readers – Writers Problem
3. Dining Philospher’s Problem
4. Deadlock – Banker’s Algorithm
5. Page Replacement Algorithm Implementation
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Recommended by Board of Studies 5-3-2016
Approved by Academic Council No. 40th Date 18-3-2016
Course code Course Title L T P J C
CSE3037 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce and understand the fundamental algorithm design techniques such as greedy
technique, dynamic programming, divide and conquer approach etc.
2. To introduce and understand algorithms from the perspective of various applications such as
String matching, Geometry, Networks, etc.

Expected Course Outcome:

Upon completion of this course, the student shall be able to:
1. Formulate and design algorithms to solve various computational problems.
2. Apply the algorithmic principles in understanding the algorithms for various applications in
Computer Science.

Module:1 Advanced Data Structures 7 hours

B-Trees, Heaps – Binomial Heaps, Red-Black Trees, Tries.

Module:2 Algorithm Design Techniques 8 hours

Design Techniques – Brute-Force technique, Greedy technique, Divide-and-Conquer approach,
Strassen’s Matrix multiplication, Dynamic Programming, Backtracking.

Module:3 String Matching algorithms 5 hours

Naïve String matching Algorithms, KMP algorithm, Rabin-Karp Algorithm.

Module:4 Algorithms in Computational Geometry 6 hours

Line Segments – properties, intersection; Convex Hull finding algorithms- Graham’s Scan, Jarvis’s
March Algorithm.

Module:5 Advanced Graph Algorithms 6 hours

Minimum Spanning Trees –Boruvka’s algorithm; Critical path algorithm in an activity Digraph; All
pair Shortest Path Problem – Floyd-Warshall Algorithm; Topological Sorting.

Module:6 Network Flows 8 hours

Maximum Flows – Ford – Fulkerson Algorithm, Push Re-label algorithm, Minimum Cost Flows –
Cycle Cancelling Algorithm.

Module:7 Complexity Classes 3 hours

P, NP, NP-Complete, Cooks Theorem (Statement), 3SAT.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Cormen, Leiserson, Rivest and Stein, “Introduction to Algorithms”, 3rd Edition, McGraw-Hill,
2009.
Reference Books
1. A. K. Ahuja, T. L. Magnanti, J. B. Orlin, “Network Flows – Theory, Application and
Algorithms”, Prentice Hall, 1993.
2. R. Sedgewick and P. Flajolet, “An Introduction to the Analysis of Algorithms”, 2nd Edition,
Addison-Wesley, 2013.
3. E. Horowitz and S. Sahni, “Fundamentals of Computer Algorithms”, 2nd Edition, Computer
Science Press, 2008.
4. K Thulasiraman, M. N. S. Swamy, “Graphs: Theory and Algorithms”, John Wiley & Sons, 1992.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 11-09-2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 Date 20-09-2019
CSE3038 Theory of Computation & Compiler Design L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-Requisite Syllabus Version
V.1.0
Course Objectives
• Provide required theoretical foundation for a computational model and compiler design
• Discuss Turing machines as an abstract computational model
• Implementation of Compiler algorithms based on low level system aspects.
Course Outcomes
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Exhibit knowledge of the fundamental elements and concepts related to designing
computational models (esp. finite state automata) for regular languages.
2. Design scanners, context-free grammars and push-down automata.
3. Design parsers using top-down as well as bottom-up paradigms symbol tables and use
them for type checking and other semantic checks.
4. Implement a language translator for various platforms.
5. Construct Turing Machines and implement various optimization techniques for various
algorithms such as parallel computing.
6. Use tools such as YAAC, LEX, JFLAP – Just-in-time compilation with adaptive
optimization for dynamic languages.

Module 1 Introduction To Languages and Grammars 5 hours

Introduction To Languages and Grammars:

Overview of a computational model - Languages and grammars – alphabets – Strings -
Operations on languages
Introduction to Compilers - Analysis of the Source Program - Phases of a Compiler with an
example

Module 2 Regular Expressions and Finite Automata 9 hours

Regular Expressions and Finite Automata:
Finite automata – DFA – NFA – Equivalence of NFA and DFA (With Proof) – Minimization
of FA – Regular expressions – Finding regular expressions for the DFA - Closure properties of
Regular Languages - Pumping lemma for Regular languages.
Role of Lexical Analyzer – Specification of Tokens - Recognition of Tokens – Design of a
Lexical Analyzer - Introduction to LEX with examples.

Module:3 Context Free Grammar, Pushdown Automata 9 hours

Context Free Languages and PDA:
CFG – Chomsky Normal Forms -NPDA – DPDA - Membership algorithm for CFG (CYK
algorithm)
Module:4 Syntax Analysis 5 hours
Syntax Analysis:
Top-Down Parsing – Recursive Descent Parsing – FIRST and FOLLOW – LL(1) Grammars.
Bottom-Up Parsing – Reductions – Handle Pruning - Shift – Reduce Parsing – Conflicts during
Shift-Reduce Parsing - Introduction to LR Parsing – -Constructing SLR- Introduction to YACC
with examples

Module:5 Turing Machines 9 hours

Turing Machines (acceptors and transducers) – Recursive and recursively enumerable
languages – Chomsky's hierarchy – Halting problem (statement), Turing-Church thesis.

Module:6 Intermediate Code Generation 4 hours

Semantic Analysis: S-attributed definitions, L-Attributed Definitions, Synthesized and

Inherited attributes with examples- Intermediate Code Generation: Intermediate Languages –
Declarations - Assignment statements - Boolean expressions

Module:7 Code Optimization 4 hours

Code Optimization and Generation:

Basic Blocks and Flow Graphs – Optimization of Basic Blocks – Loops in Flow graphs -
Peephole Optimization –The Principle Sources of Optimization - Issues in the Design of a Code
Generator

Module:8 Recent trends 1 hours

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Introduction to Automata Theory, Languages, and Computation (3rd Edition), John E
Hopcroft, Rajeev Motwani, Jeffery D. Ullman, Pearson education, 2013.
2. Principles of Compiler Design, Alfred V. Aho and Jeffery D. Ullman, Addison
Wesley,2006.
Reference Books
1. Introduction to Languages and the Theory of Computation, John Martin, McGraw-Hill
Higher Education,2010
2. Modern Compiler Implementation in Java, 2nd ed., Andrew W. Appel Cambridge
University Press, 2012.
Mode of evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019

Approved by Academic Council 56th Date 20.09.2019

CSE3039 Computer Networks Essentials LT P J C
2 0 2 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To understand the fundamental concepts of networks, protocols, topologies, transmission
media, communication models and various applications
• To be familiar with the various components required to build different networks
• To learn the functionalities of various layers in OSI and TCP/IP Model
• To gain knowledge in Addressing for designing subnetworks
• To understand the different types of protocols and their functionalities in real time
applications
• To design and implement new applications with the help of networking concepts

Expected Course Outcomes:

Upon Completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Understand and explain the concepts of networks, protocols, various networking
topologies, functionalities of layers in OSI and TCP/IP Models.
2. Understand and explain the functionalities of various Networking Components, types of
transmission mediums and communication models and data link layer protocols.
3. Gain knowledge in Networks and subnetworks design.
4. Demonstrate the functionalities of Router and Routing Protocols.
5. Understand the Transport Layer Protocols.
6. Describe various protocols in Application layer.

Module:1 Overview of Computer and Communication 4 hours

Networks
Introduction - Networking principles, Protocols and Standards, Network Topology- Line
Configuration, Data Flow- Protocol Layering-OSI and TCP/IP Models.

Module:2 Physical Layer 4 hours

Data Transmission – Transmission Media – Signal Encoding Techniques - Multiplexing
Techniques - Switching - Circuit Switching, Packet Switching– Comparison of Circuit Switching
and Packet Switching.

Module:3 Data Link Layer 4 hours

Error Detection and Correction – VRC, LRC, CRC, Checksum, Hamming Code -Data Link Control
– Framing, Flow and Error Control Mechanisms - Multiple Access- Random Access, ALOHA,
CSMA, CSMA/CD.

Module:4 Network Layer 4 hours

Internet Protocol - Logical Addressing- IPv4 Addresses, IPv6 Addresses-Classful and Classless
addressing-IPv4 Subnetting and Supernetting-Internet protocols-ICMP, ARP, and DHCP.

Module:5 Routing Algorithms 4 hours

Forwarding of IP Packets - Routing algorithms – Unicast and Multicast Routing Algorithms -
Internet Routing protocols - RIP, OSPF and BGP.

Module:6 Transport Layer 4 hours

Transport Layer Protocols – Services – Port Numbers -Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) - User
Datagram Protocol (UDP) - Congestion - Effects of Congestion - TCP Congestion Control –
Congestion Detection Methods - Congestion Avoidance Mechanisms.

Module:7 Application Layer 4 hours

Application Layer Protocols –DNS - HTTP - FTP–Telnet – E-Mail - SNMP.

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Behrouz A Forouzan, Data Communications and Networking, 5th Edition, McGraw Hill
Education, 2013.
Reference Books
1. William Stallings, Data and Computer Communications, 10th Edition, Pearson Education,
2014.
2. Andrew S. Tanenbaum, David J. Wetherall, Computer Networks, 5th Edition, Pearson
Education, 2013.
3. Larry L.Peterson, Bruce S.Davie, Computer Networks: A System Approach, 5th Edition, 2012.
Behrouz A.Forouzan, TCP/IP Protocol Suite, 5th Edition, Tata McGraw-Hill, 2012.
4. Nader F. Mir, Computer and Communication Networks, Second Edition, Prentice Hall, 2006.
5. James F., Kurose , Keith W., Ross, Computer Networking: A Top-Down Approach, 6th Edition,
6. Pearson Education, 2017.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Seminar

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)

1. Using TCP sockets, write a program to display the server’s current date and 4 hours
time at the client side.
2. Write a program to display the client’s address at the server end. 4 hours
3. Write a program to implement a TCP echo server. 4 hours
4. Write a TCP socket program to display, in client window, the sum of random 4 hours
numbers generated by the server.
5. Write a program to implement a chat server and client using TCP sockets. 4 hours
6. The message entered in the client is sent to the server and the server encodes 3 hours
the message and returns it to the client. Encoding is done by replacing a
character by the character next to it (i.e. a as b, b as c ...z as a). This
process is done using the TCP/IP protocol. Write a socket program for the
above.
7. Write a program to implement a simple message transfer from client to 3 hours
server process using UDP sockets.
8. Write a program to simulate CRC error detection method. 2 hours
9. Demonstration of various networking concepts using CISCO packet tracer. 2 hours
SAMPLE CHALLENGING EXERCISES
1. A network communication model is created by establishing connection
between a client and a server. The connection is also guaranteed by
transferring client’s IP address to the server and displays it in the server’s
premises. Write a program for the above situation.
2. Implement a TCP/IP socket based ATM System. Make the server to
maintain the customer details (name, card no, pin and balance). When a
client wants to withdraw amount, validate his login with card no & pin,
display a welcome message and perform the withdraw operation if he is
having sufficient balance or display a warning message.
3. Write a UDP based server code to get the date of birth of the client and
calculate the age as on today. Client has to enter year, month and day of
birth. For example, if the date of birth of a user is 1/07/2001 then his age is
18 years 0 months and 17 days if today's date is 18/07/2019. Get today's
date from the server.
4. A reputed organization has two branches in Chennai. In one of the branch
office a new manager has been appointed. The Senior Manager from the
main office has to send the important records to the branch office.
Implement a client server model to accomplish this.
5. The finance office of VIT wishes to make the transactions more secured.
If you are a programmer how you will implement a system to validate the
login credentials obtained from the user thereby denying the access to
unauthorized users.
6. A company needs is granted the site address 201.70.64.0. The company
needs six subnets. Design the subnets using cisco packet tracer.
7. Write a program to implement various Routing Protocols.
8. Establish a wired network running many applications level services and
measure the performance of same. Establish a wireless network running
many applications level services and measure the performance of same.
Compare the performance of above two scenarios and list out the
challenges.
9. There are 20PC’s in your network. Five PC’s are connected to one
Ethernet hub, and five PC’s are connected to another hub. Each hub is
 connected to separate switch and both the switches are connected to a
separate router. The routers are connected via an Ethernet bridge. The
remaining 10 PC’s are connected directly to one of the two switches. How
many Ethernet segments are there? Implement this scenario using cisco
packet tracer.
10. Two PC’s are located in adjacent rooms and a third PC is in a building
300 yards away. Explain how you could connect the three PC’s in a single
network. Implement this scenario using cisco packet tracer.
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Test & Final Assessment Test (FAT)
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56th Date 20.09.2019
CSE3040 Exploratory Data Analysis L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Probability & Statistics for Engineers Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To introduce the essential exploratory techniques for summarizing data
• To introduce the methods of data preprocessing
• To understand the various feature subset selection methods
• To find frequent patterns and generate association rules
• To understand and analyze data sets of real world applications

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Handle missing data in the real world data sets by choosing appropriate methods.
2. Summarize the data using basic statistics and Visualize the data using basic graphs and
plots
3. Choose appropriate feature selection and extraction techniques for handling multi-
dimensional data. Identify the outliers if any in the data set
4. Apply frequent pattern mining methods for deriving association between frequent patterns
and associated rules

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO EXPLORATORY 2 hours

DATA ANALYSIS
Data Analytics life cycle, Exploratory Data Analysis (EDA) –Definition, Steps in data exploration,
Types of data, Multivariate and high dimensional data

Module:2 PREPROCESSING - TRADITIONAL 7 hours

METHODS, MAXIMUM LIKELIHOOD
AND BAYESIAN ESTIMATION
Introduction to missing data, Traditional methods for dealing with missing data, Maximum
Likelihood Estimation – Basics, Missing data handling, Improving the accuracy of analysis -
Introduction to Bayesian Estimation, Multiple Imputation: Imputation Phase, Analysis and Pooling
Phase, Practical Issues in Multiple Imputation, Models for Missing Not at Random Data

Module:3 DATA SUMMARIZATION AND 6 hours

VISUALIZATION
Statistical data elaboration, Numerical Descriptive Measures – Central Tendency- Variation and
Shape – Exploring Numerical Data – Numerical Descriptive Measures for a Population –
Covariance and the Coefficient of Correlation – Summarizing Data through graphs – Visualizing
Categorical Data – Visualizing Single variable and Two Variables Numerical Data – Organizing
Multidimensional Data

Module:4 OUTLIER ANALYSIS 5 hours

Introduction, Extreme Value Analysis, Clustering based, Distance Based and Density Based
outlier analysis, Outlier Detection in Categorical Data
Module:5 FEATURE SUBSET SELECTION 9 hours
Correlation based Feature Selection (CFS), Fast Correlation Based Feature Selection (FCBF), Fast
Clustering based Feature Selection (FAST), Relief, Genetic Algorithm based Feature Selection

Module:6 FEATURE EXTRACTION TECHNIQUES 6 hours

Linear Discriminant Analysis - Principal Component Analysis (PCA), Kernel PCA, Independent
Component Analysis – Factor Analysis - Multidimensional scaling – Locally Linear Embedding –
t-Distributed Stochastic Neighbor Embedding(t-SNE)

Module:7 MINING FREQUENT PATTERNS AND 8 hours

ASSOCIATION
Basic Concepts – Market Basket Analysis - Frequent Itemsets, Closed Itemsets, and Association
Rules - Frequent Itemset Mining Methods- Apriori Algorithm- Generating Association Rules from
Frequent Itemsets - Improving the Efficiency of Apriori - A Pattern-Growth Approach for Mining
Frequent - Mining Frequent Itemsets Using Vertical Data Format – High-Utility Itemset Mining

Module:8 CONTEMPORARY ISSUES 2 hours

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Craig K. Enders, “Applied Missing Data Analysis”, The Guilford Press, 2010.
2. Mark L. Berenson, David M. Levine, Timothy C. Krehbiel, “Basic Business Statistics –
Concepts and Applications”, 12th Edition, 2012.

Reference Books
1. EMC Education Services, "Data Science and Big Data Analytics: Discovering, Analyzing,
Visualizing and Presenting Data" 2015.
2. Huan Liu, Hiroshi Motoda "Computational Methods of Feature Selection", Taylor &
Francis Group, 2008.
3. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Data Classification Algorithms and Applications”, Edition 1, CRC
press, 2014.
4. Jiawei Han, Micheline Kamber, Pei, Jian, "Data Mining: Concepts and Techniques", Third
Edition, 2011.
5. Charu C. Aggarwal , “Data Mining The Text book”, Springer, 2015.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of projects (Indicative)
Solving Data Science problems from Kaggle website
Applying Machine Learning algorithms in the field of biometrics for reliable and robust
identification of humans from their personal traits, mainly for security and authentication purposes
Applying Machine Learning for OCR, Video Analytics
Applying Machine Learning algorithms in the field of Natural Language Processing for document
clustering and sentiment analysis
Applying Machine Learning for Fraud Detection, Customer segmentation etc.
Mode of assessment : Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56th Date 20.09.2019
CSE3041 Programming for Data Science L T P J C
0 0 6 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To provide necessary knowledge on how to manipulate data objects using python and R
2. To Provide knowledge on how to analyze the data graphically,
3. Emphasize on different statistical methods and ways to analyze data using python and R.
4. Provide solid understanding of programming in Scala

Course Outcomes:
Upon completion of the course, the students will be able to
1. Use Python and R programming languages and Python libraries such as Pandas, Numpy, Scipy
etc., for solving analytical problems.
2. Import, export, visualize and manipulate the continuous and categorical data effectively using
Python and R
3. Solve problems using Scala functional programming language
Session:1 2 hours
Expressions, Operators, matrices, Decision Statements in python

Session:2 2 hours
Control Flow and Functions in python

Session:3 2 hours
Classes, Objects, Packages and Files in python

Session:4 2 hours
Strings,List,Tuple, Dictionaries, Comprehensions.

Session:5 2 hours
Numpy Arrays objects, Creating Arrays, basic operations, Indexing, Slicing and iterating, copying
arrays, shape manipulation, Identity array, eye function, Universal function

Session:6 2 hours
Linear algebra with Numpy,

Session:7 2 hours
eigen values and eigen vectors with Numpy

Session:8 2 hours
Linear algebra using SciPy and basic functionality of SciPy

Session:9 2 hours
Pandas series Object, Pandas data Frame
Session:10 2 hours
Pandas Objects: Data Aggregation and Joining

Session:11 2 hours
Pandas Object: Concatenating and appending data frames, index objects

Session:12 2 hours
Data Data Wrangling With Pandas

Session:13 2 hours
Handling Time series data using pandas

Session:14 2 hours
Handling missing values using pandas

Session:15 2 hours
Reading and writing the data including JSON data

Session:16 2 hours
Web scraping using python, Combining and merging datasets

Session:17 2 hours
Data transformations

Session:18 2 hours
Common plots for statistical analysis using matplotlib, seaborn, etc

Session:19 2 hours
common plots for statistical analysis using ggplot, ggvis, etc in python

Session:20 2 hours
common plots for statistical analysis using Plotly, Altair etc in python

Session:21 2 hours
Linear algebra using SciPy and basic functionality of SciPy

Session:22 2 hours
Data types, Sequence generation, Vector and subscript, Random number generation, Data frames in
R

Session:23 2 hours
R functions, Data manipulation and Data Reshaping using plyr, dplyr, reshape2

Session:24 2 hours
Parametric statistics and Non-parametric statistics, Continuous and Discrete Probability distribution
using R, Correlation and covariance, contingency tables

Session:25 2 hours
Overview of Sampling, different sampling techniques

Session:26 2 hours
R and data base connectivity

Session:27 2 hours
Web application development with R using Shiny and Approaches to dealing with missing data in R

Session:28 2 hours
Exploratory data analysis with simple visualizations using R

Session:29 2 hours
Feature or Attribute selection using R

Session:30 2 hours
Dimensionality Reduction with R

Session:31 2 hours
Time series data analysis with R

Session:32 2 hours
Variables, types, Literals, Operators in scala

Session:33 2 hours
Classes and objects

Session:34 2 hours
Functional objects: choosing between val and var, class parameters, constructors, self references,
method overloading in scala

Session:35 2 hours
Conditional and loop statements in scala

Session:36 2 hours
Functions in scala

Session:37 2 hours
Control abstraction in scala

Session:38 2 hours
Composition and Inheritance

Session:39 2 hours
Traits and Mixins

Session:40 2 hours
File IO in scala
Session:41 2 hours
Case Classes and Pattern Matching

Session: 42 2 hours
Packages and imports in Scala

Session: 43 2 hours
Working with Lists and Collections in Scala

Session: 44 2 hours
Working with XML, Implementing List

Session: 45 2 hours
Extractors and objects as modules

Total hours: 90 hours

Reference Books
1. James Payne, “Beginning Python: Using Python 2.6 and Python 3.1” Wrox, Ist Edition, 2010
2. Michael T. Goodrich, Roberto Tamassia, Michael H. Goldwasser, “Data Structures and
Algorithms in Python”, John Wiley & sons, 2013.
3. Ivan Idris, “Python Data Analysis”, Packt Publishing Limited, 2014
4. Wes McKinney, “Python for Data Analysis Data Wrangling with Pandas, NumPy, and IPython”,
O'Reilly Media, Ist Edition, 2012
5. Michael Heydt, “Learning Pandas - Python Data Discovery and Analysis Made Easy”, Packt
Publishing Limited , 2015.
6. Jacqueline Kazil , Katharine Jarmul, “Data Wrangling with Python: Tips and Tools to Make
Your Life Easier”, O'Reilly Media, Ist Edition, 2016.
7. https://docs.scipy.org/doc/numpy-dev/reference/index.html#reference
8. http://www.python-course.eu/numpy.php
9. Michael J. Crawley, “The R Book”, Wiley, 2nd Edition, 2012.
10. Robert Kabacoff, “R in Action”, Manning Publication, Ist Edition, 2011.
11. Torsten Hothorn, Brian S. Everitt, “A Handbook of Statistical Analyses Using R”, Chapman and
Hall_CRC, 2nd Edition, 2009.
12. Chris Beeley "Web Application Development with R Using Shiny", Pact Publishing, 2013.
13. Phil Spector, “Data Manipulation with R”, Springer, 2008.
14. Prabhanjan N. Tattar, Suresh Ramaiah, B. G. Manjunath, “ A Course in Statistics with R”, wiley,
2016
15. Pawel Cichosz, “Data Mining Algorithms: Explained Using R”, wiley, 2014
16. Bater Makhabel, “Learning Data Mining with R”, Packt Publication, 2015
17. Martin Odersky, Lex Spoon, and Bill Venners, “Programming in Scala”, 3rd Edition
18. Alvin J. Alexander “Learning Functional Programming in Scala”, 2017

Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment, Final Assessment Test

Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 Date 20.09.2019
MGT1057 Introduction to Data Science and Business Analytics L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version

Course Objectives:
The course is aimed at
1. Providing fundamental concepts of business analytics with strong understanding of extracting
information from raw data, through hands-on experience with pre-defined industrial usecases /
data sets
2. Providing the key methods of classification, prediction, reduction, and exploration that are at
the heart of data mining
3. Developing proficiency in BA related softwares like Tableau, R, Excel solver, Python and
SPSS
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. Assess the role of data science and business analytics within an organization
2. Explain the significance of data warehouse and the process involving extraction, cleansing,
consolidation, and transformation of heterogeneous data into a single enterprise data warehouse
3 Determine appropriate business analytics models and the apply descriptive analytics tools
4. Develop and apply predictive analytics models/tools to gain insight from data for business
decision making
5. Develop and apply prescriptive analytics models/tools to gain insight from data for decision
making purpose
6. Use the Softwares like R, Excel, SPSS for the model development and interpreting the outputs
Module:1 Introduction to Data Science 8 hours
Introduction to Data Science – Overview of tools in Data Science – Data Science Methodology :
Data Requirements – Data Understanding – Data Preparation – Data Modeling – Model
Evaluation –Model Deployment – Model Feedback
Module:2 Introduction to Business analytics 8 hours
Overview of the strategic impact of BAI across key industries-Analytics 3.0-the nature of analytical
competition- what makes an analytical competitor- analytics and business performance- Competing
on Analytics with Internal and external Processes- A Road Map to Enhanced Analytical
Capabilities- Managing Analytical People- The Architecture of Business Intelligence -Essential
Practice Skills for High-Impact Analytics Projects: Listening to client, Framing the central problem,
Scoping a project, Defining metrics for success, Creating a work plan, Assembling data and expert
sources, Selecting modeling approaches, Validating and verifying analytical results,
Communicating and presenting results to clients and Driving organizational change and assessing
impact.
Module:3 Descriptive Analytics 8 hours
Data Visualization and Analytics- Charts(Bars-Pie-Line-Scatter-Map-Bubble-Box & Whisker-Tree
map - Heat map-Circle and Area) -Worksheet, Dashboard and Story Board creation
Module:4 Predictive Analytics 8 hours
Linear Regression, Cluster, CART and Neural Network model
Module:5 Prescriptive Analytics 8 hours
Linear optimization, Integer optimization, Non-linear programming and Simulation
Module:6 Contemporary Issues 5 hours
Guest lecture by industry experts on Emerging trends in business analytics and intelligence
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours
# Mode: Flipped Class Room, Case Discussions, Lectures, and lab exercises

Text Book(s)
1. Sharda R, Delen D, Turban E, Aronson J, Liang T. P, (2014), Business Intelligence and
Analytics: Systems for Decision Support, 10th edition, Pearson Education.
2. Powell S. G, Barker K. R, (2014), Management Science: The Art of Modeling With
Spreadsheets, (W/Cd), 4thedition, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books
1. Linoff G. S, Berry M. J, (2011), Data mining techniques: for marketing, sales, and customer
relationship management, 3rd edition, John Wiley & Sons.
2. Frank B, Green B, Harris T, Van De Vanter K, (2010), Business Intelligence Strategy: A
Practical Guide for Achieving BI Excellence, MC Press.
3. Hair, J. F, Black W. C, Babin B. J, Anderson R. E, Tatham R. L, (2009), Multivariate data
analysis, 7th edition, Pearson education.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT, FAT, Assignments

Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020

Approved by Academic Council 58th Date 11.02.2020
CSE4036 Machine Learning L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Exploratory Data Analysis, Programming for Data Science Syllabus
Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Introduce different paradigms of Machine Learning
• To design and implement machine learning solutions to classification, regression, and
clustering problems
• To be able to evaluate and interpret the results of the algorithms.
• To provide practical knowledge for handling and analyzing data sets covering a variety of
real-world applications

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Understand complexity of Machine Learning algorithms and their limitations.

2. Implement common Machine Learning algorithms and interpret the results
3. Understand how to perform evaluation of learning algorithms and model selection.
4. Apply algorithms in Machine Learning using real-world data to address social and business
problems

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO MACHINE LEARNING 2 hours

Introduction, Examples of Various Learning Paradigms, Applications, Perspectives and Issues,

Hypothesis Space, PAC Learning.

Module:2 SUPERVISED LEARNING 8 hours

Regression: Linear Regression, Multiple Linear Regression, Logistic Regression, Decision

Trees: ID3, C A R T , Neural Networks: Introduction, Perceptron, Multilayer Perceptron, VC
Dimension, Support vector machines: Linear and Non-Linear, Kernel Functions, K- Nearest
Neighbors

Module:3 UNSUPERVISED LEARNING 7 hours

Introduction to Clustering, Partitional: K-means Clustering, Hierarchical: Agglomerative, Density
based Clustering, K-Mode Clustering, GMM Clustering, Self-Organizing Map

Module:4 ENSEMBLE LEARNING 3 hours

Bias-Variance tradeoff, Bagging: Random Forest Trees, Boosting: Adaboost, XG boost, Stacking
Module:5 PROBABILISTIC & SEMI-SUPERVISED 4 hours
LEARNING
Bayesian Learning, Bayes Optimal Classifier, Naïve Bayes Classifier, Introduction to Semi-
Supervised Learning, Transductive SVM, Semi-supervised Clustering

Module:6 REINFORCEMENT LEARNING 2 hours

Introduction, Temporal Difference learning, Q-Learning

Module:7 MACHINE LEARNING IN PRACTICE 2 hours

Design, Analysis and Evaluation of Machine Learning Experiments, Other Issues: Handling
imbalanced data sets

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Kevin P. Murphy "Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective", The MIT Press, 2012

2. Tom Mitchell, “Machine Learning”, McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition,1997.

Reference Books
1. Ethem Alpaydin,"Introduction to Machine Learning”, MIT Press, Prentice Hall of India,
Third Edition 2014.
Jiawei Han and Micheline Kambers and Jian Pei, “Data Mining –Concepts and Techniques”,
2. 3rd edition, Morgan Kaufman Publications, 2012.

Charu C. Aggarwal, “Data Classification Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, 2014.
3.
Charu C. Aggarwal, “Data Clustering Algorithms and Applications”, CRC Press, 2014.
4.

5. Xiaojin Zhu, Andrew B. Goldberg “Introduction to Semi-Supervised Learning”, Morgan &

Claypool Publishers, 2009.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Implement Multiple Linear Regression 2 hours
2. Implement Decision Tree learning 2 hours
3. Implement Logistic Regression 2 hours
4. Implement classification using Multilayer perceptron 2 hours
5. Implement classification using SVM 2 hours
6. Implement k‐nearest neighbours algorithm 2 hours
7. Implement Adaboost 2 hours
8. Implement Bagging using Random Forests 2 hours
9. Implement K‐means Clustering to Find Natural Patterns in Data 2 hours
10. Implement Hierarchical clustering 2 hours
11. Implement K‐mode clustering 2 hours
12. Implement Gaussian Mixture Model Using the Expectation Maximization 2 hours
13. Implement Naïve-Bayes Classifier 2 hours
14. Implement Transductive SVM 2 hours
15. Evaluating ML algorithm with balanced and unbalanced datasets 2 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Test / Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects (Indicative)
Handwritten Character recognition
Customer Segmentation
Churn Analysis
Face Recognition
Diabetic Retinopathy image classification
Classification of Cancer images
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 Date 20.09.2019
CSE3120 Big Data Frameworks L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Understand and process huge amount of data.
• Analyze the data in distributed environment.
• Explore different data analytics architectures to process BigData

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Understand the characteristics of BigData and the analytical architecture available to process
the data
2. Design an architecture with BigData tools to process the huge amount of data
3. Compare the characteristics of Hadoop and Spark
4. Apply appropriate features of frameworks to design a better model to extract knowledge from
data

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO BIG DATA 3 hours

Data Storage and Analysis - Characteristics of Big Data – Big Data Analytics - Typical Analytical
Architecture – Requirement for new analytical architecture – Challenges in Big Data Analytics –
Need of

Module:2 HADOOP FRAMEWORK 6 hours

Hadoop – Requirement of Hadoop Framework - Design principle of Hadoop - Hadoop
Components – Hadoop 1 vs Hadoop 2 vs Hadoop 3 – Hadoop Daemon’s – HDFS Commands –
Map Reduce Programming

Module:3 JOINS AND SORTING 4 hours

I/O formats, Map side join, Reduce Side Join, Secondary sorting, Pipelining MapReduce jobs.

Module:4 OVERVIEW OF SPARK 4 hours

Hadoop vs Spark – Cluster Design – Cluster Management – performance, Application
Programming interface (API): Spark Context

Module:5 RDD OPERATIONS 5 hours

Lazy Operation, Resilient Distributed Datasets, Creating RDD, Transformation – Actions - RDD
persistence - Passing functions to Spark – Understanding Closures – Working with key-value pair
– Shuffle operations.

Module:6 DATA ANALYSIS WITH SPARK SHELL 3 hours

Writing Spark Application using Python - Spark jobs

Module:7 SPARK SQL 3 hours

SQL Context – Importing and Saving data – Data frames – using SQL

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

-

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Mike Frampton, “Mastering Apache Spark”, Packt Publishing, 2015.

2. Tom White, “Hadoop: The Definitive Guide”, O’Reilly, 4th Edition, 2015.
Reference Books
1 Nick Pentreath, Machine Learning with Spark, Packt Publishing, 2015.
2 Mohammed Guller, Big Data Analytics with Spark, Apress, 2015.
3 Donald Miner, Adam Shook, “MapReduce Design Pattern”, O’Reilly, 2012.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. HDFS Commands and Wordcount in Hadoop and Spark 6 hours
2. Need of Combiner and Secondary sorting 6 hours
3. Building and Running a Spark Application and Manipulating RDD 6 hours
4. Inverted Indexing in Spark and Sequence alignment problem in Spark 6 hours
5. Implementation of Matrix algorithms in Spark and Spark SQL programming 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment, Final assessment test
List of Projects (Indicative)
Batch processing using Hadoop -Statistical analysis using Map Reduce Framework of large data
set
Real time data processing and analysis using Spark Environment
Stream the data (eg. Network data – data transfer) in real time flume and do the analysis
credit card fraud detection
Efficient image searching in large scale image databases
Distributed deep image search engine
Sentiment analysis - Twitter
Real time Image recreation and facial recognition
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 DATE: 20.09.2019
CSE3121 Information Visualization L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Introduce the various types of Data and visualization Techniques used in the Information
visualization.
• Design Visualization Dashboard to real world problems.
• To familiarize with latest tools and technologies to get the better insights and decision
making of massive dataset.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able
1. To understand the various types of data, apply and evaluate the principles of data
visualization techniques such as Scalar, Vector, Multivariate and Multidimensional
2. To acquire skills to apply visualization techniques to real world problems and its
associate dataset.
3. To create interactive visualization dashboard for getting better insights and decision
making using various visualization tools.

Module:1 Introduction to Data Visualization 4 hours

Overview of data visualization - Data Abstraction - Task Abstraction- Analysis: Four Levels for
Validation, Human Visual Perception

Module:2 Visualization Techniques - I 3 hours

Scalar and point techniques – vector visualization techniques

Module:3 Visualization Techniques - II 6 hours

Visualization Techniques for Trees, Graphs, and Networks, Multidimensional data

Module:4 Visual Analysis of data from various domains - 5 hours

I
Temporal data visualization – Spatial data visualization and case studies

Module:5 Visual Analysis of data from various domains - 5 hours

II
Text data visualization – Multivariate data visualization, and case studies – Twitter Data
Visualization

Module:6 Designing Effective Visualizations 2 hours

Guidelines for designing successful visualizations, Data visualization dos and don’ts
Module:7 Dashboard Creation and Visual Story Telling 3 hours
Dashboard Design principles, Effective Dashboard Display Media , Dashboard creation using
visualization tools for the use cases: Finance, marketing-insurance-healthcare etc.,

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Tamara Munzer, “Visualization Analysis and Design”, CRC Press, 2014.

2. Stephen Few, “Now You See It”, Analytics Press, 2009.

Reference Books
1 Stephen Few, “Information Dashboard Design: the effective visual communication of data”,
Oreilly, 2006
2 Matthew O. Ward, Georges Grinstein, Daniel Keim "Interactive Data Visualization:
Foundations, Techniques, and Applications", CRC Press, Second Edition, 2015.
3 Dr.Chun-hauh Chen, W.K.Hardle, A. Unwin, “Handbook of Data Visualization”, Springer
publication, 2008.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Experiments (Indicative) Hours
2 hours
Visualization of Association Rule Mining and Clustering using R
2 hours
Visualization on KNN or Naive Bayes Classification using R
Financial analysis ,Healthcare, Census, using Clustering, Histogram 2 hours
and HeatMap
2 hours
Time-series analysis visualization – stock market
Visualization of various massive dataset - Geospatial Locator Map 2 hours
displays using Datawrapper
Visualization on Streaming dataset (Stock market dataset, weather 2 hours
forecasting)
2 hours
Market-Basket Data analysis using Tableau
2 hours
Text visualization using web analytics
2 hours
Dash Board Creation using Tableau
2 hours
Hadoop and R integration in Tableau using Hortonworks
2 hours
Twitter Data Visualization using Chrous
2 hours
Visualization using D3.js
2 hours
Visualization using Zeppelin
2 hours
Network Visualization using Gephi
 2 hours
Visualization of reconstruction network using Qlickview
Total Hours 30
Mode of assessment: Continuous assessment, Final assessment test
List of Projects (Indicative)
Analysis of social media data using visualization (Sentiment Analysis, Opinion Mining,
Recommender Systems)
Visualization of Fraudulent Behaviour in finance and insurance sectors
Creating dashboard using visualization to enable quick decision making using some Machine
Learning Algorithm with some dataset like UCI data Repository, Kaggle etc.,
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 DATE: 20.09.2019
CSE3045 Network Security and Cryptography Fundamentals L T P J C
2 0 0 4 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To understand the mathematical basics required for cryptography.
• To understand the encryption and decryption algorithms of symmetric and asymmetric key
cryptography.
• Apply methods for authentication, authorization and access control.
• Identify the malware, attack and vulnerabilities using intrusion detection and prevention.
• Identify and mitigate software security vulnerabilities in existing systems.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Understand the mathematical concepts needed to solve the cryptographic algorithms

2. Encrypt and decrypt using the symmetric and asymmetric key algorithms
3. Analyze the methods of authentication, authorization and access control
4. Design and create the detection systems for malware, attacks and vulnerabilities

Module:1 Mathematical Foundation 4 hours

Groups, rings, fields, Galois field, Modular Arithmetic, Euclidean and Extended Euclidean
algorithm, Prime numbers, factorization, primality testing, primitive roots , Chinese reminder
theorem, Fermat and Euler’s Theorem.

Module:2 Cryptography 2 hours

Introduction: Introduction to Cryptography, Security Threats, Vulnerability, Active and Passive
attacks, Security services and mechanism, Conventional Encryption Model, CIA model. A model
for security

Module:3 Classical Cryptography 5 hours

Classical Encryption techniques : Substitution techniques, transposition techniques, Block Cipher

modes of operation, Fiestel Cipher, DES, Triple DES, AES

Module:4 Public Key Cryptography 5 hours

Public-Key Cryptography : Principles Of Public-Key Cryptography, RSA Algorithm, Key
Management, Diffie- Hellman Key Exchange, Elgamal Algorithm, Elliptic Curve
Cryptography
Module:5 HASH and MAC Algorithms 5 hours

Message Authentication Code, Hash Functions, MD5 Message Digest Algorithm, Secure Hash
Algorithm, Digital Signatures and certificates. Key Management: Key Distribution Techniques
Module:6 Authentication Authorization and Access 3 hours
control
User Authentication, Access control principles, Discretionary, Role based and Attribute based
access control, OS security, Operating System hardening, Database security, Cloud Security

Module:7 Malicious software & Attacks and Detection 4 hours

principles
Kerberos, TLS, SSL, SSH, OAuth2, LDAP, Firewalls, intrusion detection and intrusion prevention
systems, Trusted Computing and multi level security.

Module:8 Recent trends in Networks and Cryptography 2 hours

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Cryptography and Network Security Principles And Practice, William Stallings, 5e ,
Pearson Education, 2011
2. Computer Security, Principles and Practice, William Stallings and Lawrie Brown, 3e,
Pearson Education, 2015
3. William Stallings, Cryptography and Network Security, 5th Edition, Pearson Education,
March 2013.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Reference Books
1 Modern Cryptography: Theory and Practice, by Wenbo Mao, Prentice Hall PTR.
2 Network Security Essentials: Applications and Standards, by William Stallings. Prentice Hall.
3 Cryptography: Theory and Practice by Douglas R. Stinson, CRC press.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Projects (Indicative). 60 hrs (Non contact)
Implementation of encryption algorithms
Implementation of the Hashing functions
Implementation a firewall for protocol filtering
Implementation of the IDS for signature based detection
Implementation of the IDS for anomaly based detection
Implementation of the Access control schemes
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56th Date 20.09.2019
CSE4037 Deep Learning L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Machine Learning Syllabus
Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Introduce major deep learning algorithms, the problem settings, and their applications to
solve real world problems.
• To design and implement deep learning solutions to Classification, Dimensionality
Reduction and Reinforcement Learning problems
• To provide practical knowledge for handling and analyzing data sets covering a variety of
real-world applications

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Understand the complexity of Deep Learning algorithms and their limitations.

2. Understand various Neural Network architectures used in different applications
3. Implement Deep Learning algorithms and solve real-world problems.
4. Identify and Apply the deep learning algorithms which are more appropriate for various types
of learning tasks in various domains.

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO DEEP LEARNING 2 hours

Machine Learning Vs. Deep Learning, Representation Learning, Width Vs. Depth of Neural
Networks, Activation Functions: RELU, LRELU, ERELU

Module:2 UNSUPERVISED TRAINING 6 hours

Unsupervised Training of Neural Networks, Restricted Boltzmann Machines, Different types of

Auto Encoders: Sparse Autoencoders, Denoising Autoencoders, Contractive Autoencoders(CAE),
Variational Autoencoder, Case Studies

Module:3 DEEP NETWORK ARCHITECTURES – I 4 hours

Convolutional Neural Networks: Architectural Overview – Layers – Filters – Parameter sharing –
Regularization, Popular CNN Architectures: ResNet, AlexNet, ImageNet, Transfer learning using
available CNN architectures, Case Studies

Module:4 DEEP NETWORK ARCHITECTURES – II 4 hours

Variants of CNN: RCNN (Region Based CNN), YOLO (You Only Look Once), DenseNet
Module:5 DEEP NETWORK ARCHITECTURES – III 6 hours CO: 2,3,4
Recurrent Neural Networks, BPTT for training RNN, Long Short-Term Memory Networks, Gated
Recurrent Units, Bi-directional LSTM, Case Studies

Module:6 DEEP NETWORK ARCHITECTURES – IV 4 hours

Attention Mechanism in Deep Networks: Attention Networks, Adversarial Training: Generative

Adversarial Networks, Case Studies

Module:7 DEEP NETWORK ARCHITECTURES – V 2 hours

Reinforcement Learning: Deep-Q-Nets

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Ian Goodfellow, Yoshua Bengio and Aaron Courville, “ Deep Learning”, MIT Press, 2017.

2. Josh Patterson, Adam Gibson “Deep Learning: A Practitioner's Approach", O'Reilly Media,
2017

Reference Books
1. Umberto Michelucci “Applied Deep Learning. A Case-based Approach to Understanding
Deep Neural Networks” Apress, 2018.

2. Giancarlo Zaccone, Md. Rezaul Karim, Ahmed Menshawy "Deep Learning with
TensorFlow: Explore neural networks with Python", Packt Publisher, 2017.

3. Antonio Gulli, Sujit Pal “Deep Learning with Keras”, Packt Publishers, 2017.

4. Francois Chollet "Deep Learning with Python", Manning Publications, 2017.

Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Implement simple Deep Neural Network 6 hours
Implement Autoencoder for Dimensionality Reduction
2. Implement Denoising Autoencoder for Learning Features 6 hours
Implement Sparse Autoencoder for Learning Features
Implement Variational Autoencoder for Learning Distribution of the data
Vanilla CNN for Image Classification having Large Number of Classes
3. Implement CNN using Transfer Learning for Diabetic Retinopathy 6 hours
 Implement CNN using Transfer Learning for dataset having Large Number
of Classes
Implement RCNN for Object Detection
4. Implement YOLO for Object Detection 6 hours
Implement RNN for Time-Series Modeling
Implement RNN for Sequence learning

5. Implement LSTM for Sequence Learning 6 hours

Implement Bi-directional LSTM for Sequence Learning
Implement GANs
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assement, Final Assessment test
List of Projects (Indicative)
Music Generation using RNNs
Time Series Prediction using RNNs
Object Detection and Classification using RCNNs
Diabetic Retinopathy image Classification
Cancer Image Classification
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 11.09.2019
Approved by Academic Council 56 DATE: 20.09.2019
MGT1058 Business Analytics with Spreadsheet Modeling L T P J C
2 0 0 0 2
Pre-requisite Syllabus version

Course Objectives:
The course is aimed at
1. Providing fundamental concepts of spreadsheet modelling and spreadsheet analysis
2. Solving fundamental business analytic concepts using spreadsheet
3. Providing the approach for solving key analytical problems like regression, classification,
clustering and other optimization algorithms using spreadsheet
4. Developing proficiency in solving business analytics problems with spreadsheet and other
advanced excel addins
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. Develop very good skills in spreadsheet for exploring and analyzing data
2. Develop models in spredsheet to solve all type of business analytics problems ranging
from regression to clustering and classification.
3. Develop and apply prescriptive analytics models using spreadsheet and be able to solve
them
4. Use various addins of excel to solve advanced analytical problems
Module:1 Introduction to Spreadsheet models and 6 hours
spreadsheet modeling
Introduction to Models – Modeling – Build Spread Sheet models – Simulate model – Test Models
– Analysis using Spread Sheets – What-if analysis, Break even analysis – other analysis tools in
excel
Module:2 Descriptive Analytics – Spreadsheet 6 hours
Data Visualization and Analytics- Charts(Bars-Pie-Line-Scatter-Map-Bubble-Box & Whisker-Tree
map - Heat map-Circle and Area) -Worksheet, Dashboard and Story Board creation
Module:3 Predictive Analytics - Spredsheet 4 hours
Linear Regression, Multi-linear Regression and Time Series Forecasting
Module:4 Clustering 4 hours
Clustering, Decision Tree and Nueral Network Models
Module:5 Prescriptive Analytics 8 hours
Linear optimization, Integer optimization, Non-linear programming, Optimization of Network
models and Monte Carlo Simulation
Module:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Guest lecture by industry experts on Emerging trends in business analytics and intelligence
Total Lecture hours: 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Stephen G. Powell, Kenneth R. Baker, (2014), Business Analytics : The art of Modeling
with Spreadsheets, John Wiley & Sons.
Reference Books
1. Hair, J. F, Black W. C, Babin B. J, Anderson R. E, Tatham R. L, (2009), Multivariate data
analysis, 7th edition, Pearson education.
2. Gerald Knight (2006), Analysing Business data with excel, O’REILLY Media Incorporated.

3. Michael L. Middleton, Michael R. Middleton (1995), Data Analysis using Excel 5.0,
Wadsworth
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Test (CAT), Assignments, Quiz, FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020
Approved by Academic Council 58 Date 11.02.2020
MGT1059 Human Resource Management L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v. 01.00
Course Objectives:
The course is aimed at
1. Providing the student with a comprehensive introduction to Human Resource Management
(HRM) by exploring today’s Human Resource (HR) environment including current trends
in HRM.
2. Examining the principles of employee recruitment and selection, job design and job analysis,
employment law, employee compensation, training and development, and safety and health.
3. Providing current and emerging managers with a deeper insight into their crucial role in the
management of people and with an understanding of current best practices in the field of
human resources.

Expected Course Outcome:

At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. Identify each of the major HRM functions and processes of strategic HRM planning, job
analysis and design, recruitment, selection, training and development, compensation and
benefits, and performance appraisal
2. Demonstrate HRM process to the organization’s strategic management and decision-making
process
3. Analyse sources for attracting and recruiting talent and appropriate practices for job
placement, training and development processes, as well as future trends for HRM
globalization
4. Comprehend emerging trends, opportunities and challenges in HRM

Module:1 Introduction to HRM 3 hours

Meaning and Definition, Characteristics of HRM, Evolution of HRM, Organization and Policies
of Personnel Department, Scope of HRM, Functions of HRM, Objectives of HRM, Qualities of
HR Manager, Important Trends in HR Management.
Module:2 HR Planning, Recruitment and Selection 6 hours
Importance of HR Planning, Job Analysis-Job description and job specification,
Module:3 Recruitment and Selection 8 hours
Recruitment- Sources of Recruitment, Selection- Importance of careful selection, Process of
selection, Types of Tests for selection, Interview- Methods of Selection Interview, Induction
Process.
Module:4 Training and Development 6 hours
Training and Development: Objectives of training, Identification of Training needs, Concepts of
Training, Training methods, Orientation and Placement, Management development, Purposes and
Principles of promotion, Bases and types for promotion, Transfer, Separation

Module:5 Performance Appraisal 4 hours

Performance Appraisal: Introduction, Identification of issues in performance appraisal, Uses of
Performance Appraisal, limitations of Performance Appraisal, Performance Management, Career
Management Basics, Talent Management, Methods of appraisal
Module:6 Wage and salary administration 8 hours
Meaning and Definition, Job Evaluation, Basic Factors in Determining Pay Rates, Establishing Pay
Rates, Competency-Based Pay, Money and Motivation: An Introduction, Insurance Benefits,
Retirement Benefits, Personal Services and Family-Friendly Benefits, Flexible Benefits Programs
Module:7 Industrial Relation, Health and safety 8 hours
Industrial Relation, Health and safety measures Industrial Relations - Meaning & Characteristics
Industrial Relations - Parties to Industrial relations - Nature of Trade Unions - Problems of Trade
Union - Measures to Strengthen Trade Union Movement in India - Causes for Industrial Disputes
- Settlement of Industrial Disputes,
Occupational Security and Safety : Accidents, Workplace Health Hazards: Problems and
Remedies
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary developments in HR practices.
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

# Mode: Flipped Class Room, Case Discussion, Lectures

Text Book(s)
1. Gary Dessler, BijuVarkkey, (2018), Human Resource Management, 15th edition, Pearson
Education.
2. Denisi, Griffin, Sarkar (2016), HR - Human Resource Management, Cengage Learning.
3. George W. Bchlander, Scott A. Snell, (2014), Principles of Human Resource Management,
16th edition, Cengage Learning.
Reference Books
1. Denisi, Griffin, Sarkar, (2016), Human Resource Management, 2nd edition Cengage Learning.
Aswathappa K, (2013), Human Resource Management: Text and Cases, 17th edition, Tata
2. McGraw-Hill.
Armstrong Michael, (2014), A Handbook of Human Resource Management, 13th edition,
3. Kogan Page.
Peter J. Dowling, Marion Festing, Allen D Engle, Sr, (2013), International Human Resource
4. Management, 6th edition, Cengage Learning
Mode of Evaluation: CAT, FAT, Assignments, Quiz, Seminar

Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020

Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 11.02.2020
MGT1060 Operations research and Management L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v. 02.00
Course Objectives:
1. To facilitates the students to learn and apply mathematical tools for managerial decision
making and optimizing resources.
2. To be able to assign, allocate tasks and resources effectively.
3. To able to optimize profit, cost and resource utilization.
Expected Course Outcome:
1. Apply LP techniques in manufacturing and service sectors.
2. Able to solve transportation and assignment problems.
3. Apply Network Flow techniques and Project Scheduling techniques in real time Projects.
4. Able to apply Job Sequencing techniques in Manufacturing and service sectors.
5. Able to interpret the results obtained from software
6. Able to apply of optimization techniques in real business scenario.
Module:1 Linear Programming 10 hours
Introduction to Deterministic modeling, Linear Programming Theory and Applications: Problem
Formulation, Graphical Solution, Simplex Method, Linear Programming problem for more than
two variables, use of artificial variables and Big M- method.
Module:2 Transportation 8 hours
A general linear planning formulation of the transportation problem - Northwest corner rule – Least
cost method. Vogel's approximation method – degeneracy in transportation problem – optimal
solution - modified distribution method, unbalanced transportation problems - Hungarian method
of solving assignment problem - unbalanced assignment problems
Module:3 Network Flows and Project Scheduling 10 hours
Network Flows : Problems, Shortest Paths, Spanning Tree, Maximum Flow, Network Simplex
Method PERT/CPM networks - project scheduling with uncertain activity times - the critical path
calculation.
Module:4 Job Sequencing 5 hours
Sequencing: Sequencing of 'n' jobs and '2' machines - 'n' jobs and '3', M machines –Processing two
jobs through M machines
Module:5 Application using software 10 hours
Solving operation research problems using Excel-Solver and TORA Software.
Module:6 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Guest lecture by industry experts on contemporary operational analytics tools used by
corporates in decision making
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

# Mode: Flipped Class Room, Case Discussion, Lectures

Text Book(s)
1. Wayne L. Winston and S. Christian Albright (2008). Practical Management Science, 3rd ed.,
South-Western College Pub
2. Hamdy Taha, (2003), Operations Research – 7th edition, Prentice Hall India

Reference Books
1. Kanti Swarup, P.K. Gupta & Man mohan, (2005), Operations Research, Sultan Chand & Sons
2. S.D.Sharma & Kedar Nath, (2004), Operations Research, , Ram Nath & Co.
3. V.K.Kapoor, (2002), Operations research Techniques for Management, Sultan Chand & Son
Mode of Evaluation: Midterm: Unit 1,2&3, Quiz, Assignments and Case Studies
Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 11.02.2020
MGT1061 Marketing Management L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Enable the students to gain necessary skills and knowledge on marketing fundamentals.
2.Providing the opportunities to apply the learning related to customers, product and pricing to
prepare marketing plan
3.To understand the Marketer's distributional and promotional strategies and assessing marketing
opportunities of various marketing programmes and implementation.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. To research consumers, segment and target market alongside developing an appropriate
positioning strategy
2. Students should become familiar with various strategic approaches followed by Marketers' and
assessing and managing the total marketing effort.
3. Construct frameworks, techniques and latest thinking on assessing and formulating promotion
strategies.
4. To make profitable decisions to go along with dynamic market situations

Module:1 Introduction to Marketing 8 hours

Marketing Fundamentals :Definitions of Marketing, Concepts Marketing Vs selling, history of
Marketing orientations, Marketing Processes, types of market, and ethics in marketing.

Module:2 Analysing market and consumers 8 hours

Analyzing Market : SWOT Analysis, types of Environment (Micro and Macro) PESTEL
analysis, Porters Industry analysis

Analyzing consumers: Understanding consumer behaviour, consumer buying decision process,

types of consumer buying behaviour, and organizational buyer behaviour.

Module:3 Managing market Offering 8 Hours

Product: Product classifications, product levels, product line and mix concept, product life cycle,
branding, packaging and new product development
Module:4 Pricing, distribution and retailing 3 Hours
Pricing: Factors influencing pricing, Pricing methods and price adjustment strategies
Place strategies: Channels of distribution, wholesaling, retailing, online retailing and omni-
channel retailing
Module:5 STP Strategy 8 hours
STP strategy: Levels of segmentation, identification of bases of segmentation, evaluation of
segment attractiveness, targeting one or more segment based on attractiveness, and positioning the
product through different positioning strategies.
Module:6 Promotion 4 hours
Promotion: Integrating marketing communications – advertising, publicity and public relations,
sales promotion, direct marketing- Digital marketing –Inbound and outbound marketing
Module:7 Marketing plan development 4 hours
Components of a Marketing plan :Complete marketing plan including executive summary,
environment analysis, objectives, marketing strategy, marketing mix, implementation, financial
requirement and control
Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours
Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary marketing practices in decision making.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Kotler, Philip and Kevin Lane Keller (2018), Marketing Management, Pearson India

2. Kotler, P, Keller K, Koshy, Jha, (2012), Marketing Management: A South Asian Perspective,
14th edition, Pearson Education.
3. Lamb, Hair, Sharma, McDaniel(2016), MKTG Principles of Marketing, Cengage
Learning.
Reference Books

1 Walker Jr. Mullins, (2012), Marketing Strategy, 8th edition, McGraw Hill.
2 Naresh K. Malhotra (2010), Marketing Research, 6th Edition, Pearson Education.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020
Approved by Academic Council 58 Date 11.02.2020
Course code Big Data Computing for Business Analytics L T P J C
MGT1062 2 0 2 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version

Course Objectives:
The course is aimed at
1. Providing fundamental concepts and significance of big data analytics and how organizations
can leverage information to gain competitive advantage
2. Providing an understanding of the application of Big data analytics methods and techniques in
addressing strategic business problems
Course Outcome:
At the end of the course the student should be able to
1. Assess the role of big data analytics within an organization and the challenges
2. Apply Big data analytics methods and techniques in addressing strategic business problems
3 Acquire an understanding of machine learning algorithms and how it can be applied in
addressing strategic business problems
4. Acquire an understanding of graph analytics in the context of big data
5. Use Hadoop, spark architecture, machine learning, graph analytics and other big data tools for
the model development and interpreting the outputs
Module:1 Introduction to Big Data Analytics 3 hours
Big Data Overview – Characteristics of Big Data –Business Intelligence v/s Data Analytics – Need
of Data Analytics – Data Analytics in Industries – Role of the Data Scientist – Data Analytics Life
Cycle– Main phases of the lifecycle
Module:2 Predictive Analytics with Big Data 3 hours
Case Study based approach for : Linear Regression – Logistic Regression – Decision Trees –
Support Vector Machines – Ensemble Methods – Multi-class Classification Techniques –
Evaluating Predictive Models
Module:3 Descriptive Analytics with Big Data 3 hours
Case Study based learning for : Association Rules – Sequence Rules – Segmentation –
Visualization Charts
Module:4 Batch Analysis and Real-time Analysis 4 hours
Batch Analysis –with Hadoop MapReduce – Sensor Data – New articles – Real-time analysis with
Streaming – Sensor data and social media data - with case study based learning

Module:5 Graph Analytics for Big Data 6 hours

What is a Graph?- Why Graphs?-What are the impact of Big Data's V's on Graphs?- Focusing on
Graph Analytics Techniques- Path Analytics-Applying Dijkstra's Algorithm- Inclusion and
Exclusion Constraints- Connectivity Analytics- Disconnecting a Graph- Use cases and Case
studies
Module:6 Community and Centrality Analytics for Big 4 hours
Data
Case study based approach for : Community Analytics and Local Properties- Global Property:
Modularity- Centrality Analytics.
Module:7 Social Network Analytics 4 hours
Case Study based learning for : Social Network Metrics – Social Network Learning – Relational
Neighbour Classifier –Collective Inferencing – Egonets - Bigraphs.
Module:8 Contemporary Issues: 2 hours
Guest lecture by industry experts on emerging trends in big data as a Business planning tool
 – Recommendation analytics – Health Care analytics – financial Analytics - Log Data
Analytics - Social Media analytics - Fraud and abuse Detection
Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Practical Hadoop, Hadoop Architecture, spark architecture, 15 hours CO: 5

machine learning, graph analytics.
# Mode: Flipped Class Room, Case Discussion, Lectures

Text Book(s)
1. Thomas Davenport et.al, (2010), Analytics at Work: Smarter Decisions, Better Results ,
3rd edition, Harvard Business School Press, Boston, Massachusetts.
2. Zikopoulos P, Eaton C, (2011), Understanding big data: Analytics for enterprise class
Hadoop and streaming data, McGraw-Hill Osborne Media.
3. Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier (2014), Big Data: A Revolution That Will
Transform How We Live, Work, and Think, Mariner Books
Reference Books
1. Pramod J. Sadalage, Martin Fowler, (2012), NoSQL Distilled: A Brief Guide to the Emerging
World of Polyglot Persistence, Addison-Wesley.
2. Sammer E, (2012), Hadoop Operations, 1st edition, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
3. Marz N, Warren J, (2015), Big Data: Principles and best practices of scalable real-time data
systems, Manning Publications Co.
4. Miner D, Shook A, (2012), MapReduce Design Patterns: Building Effective Algorithms and
Analytics for Hadoop and Other Systems, O'Reilly Media, Inc.
5. Rajaraman A, Ullman J. D, (2014), Mining of massive datasets, Cambridge: Cambridge
University Press.
6. Lam, C. (2014). Hadoop in action. 2nd edition, Manning Publications Co.
7. Franks, B, (2012),Taming the big data tidal wave: Finding opportunities in huge data streams
with advanced analytics, John Wiley & Sons.
8. Provost F, Fawcett T, (2013), Data Science for Business: What you need to know about data
mining and data-analytic thinking, O'Reilly Media, Inc..
9. Thomas Davenport et. Al, (2007), Competing on Analytics: The New Science of Winning.
Harvard Business School Press. Boston, Massachusetts.
10. Zikopoulos P, Parasuraman K, Deutsch T, Giles J, Corrigan D, (2012), Harness the power of
big data The IBM big data platform, McGraw Hill Professional.
Mode of Evaluation: Midterm, Quizzes, Assignments, Term paper, Mini Projects and FAT
List of P (Indicative)
1. Setting up Hadoop environment and Hadoop cluster 6 hours
2. Mapreduce Programs in Hadoop Environment 8 hours
3. Design, Develop and implement Machine Learning algorithms in Big Data 8 hours
environment using SPARK architecture
5. Design, Develop and implement Graph analytics algorithms using GraphX 8 hours
in SPARK architecture
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Midterm, FAT
Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 11.02.2020
MGT1063 Financial Management L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To make the students understand the basics of Financial Management and Sources of
Finance
• To familiarize the students with Time Value of Money and Risk and Return
• To make the students understand about Financial Decisions, Investment Decisions and
Dividend Decisions

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Comprehend the role of financial manager, objectives of financial management and
sources of finance.
2. Identify the problem and formulate the best alternative investments decisions.
3. Understand the Risks and Return and to be able to evaluate the value of the firm through
Dividend decisions

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO FINANCIAL 8 hours

MANAGEMENT
Fundamental Concepts: Financial Management - Meaning - Scope and Objectives – Finance
decisions- Financial goal: Profit maximization Vs. Wealth Maximization- Role of finance manager
- Recent development in the domain of financial management.

Module:2 TIME VALUE OF MONEY 8 hours

Time value of money: Present value, future value, Annuity, Annuity Due, Perpetuity.
Application of time value of Money: Valuation of Bonds and Shares
Risk and Return: Definition, types of risk, Concept of beta and its application, Market Risk
premium, Trade-off between risk and return.
Time Value of Money : Time preference for money- methods of adjusting cash flows for time
value of money : Compounding Method, Discounting Method

Module:3 RISK AND RETURN 8 hours

Risk and Return : Introducing risk and return -Risk Diversification: systematic and unsystematic
risk - Beta - Risk-free rate - risk premium Risk analysis in Capital Budgeting: Sensitivity Analysis,
Scenario Analysis, Monte Carlo Simulation.

Module:4 Sources of Finance 8 Hours

Sources of Finance : Introduction- Short-term Funds, Long-term Funds
Long Term Sources of Finance: Equity, Debentures, Preference Shares, Long term loan, Private
equity, Venture capital and Angel investor.
Module:5 Short term Sources of Finance 8 Hours
Short term Sources of Finance: Short term loan, commercial paper, certificate of deposits,
commercial paper, bill of exchange, factoring

Module:6 Investment Decisions 2 hours

Investment Decisions : Nature of Investment Decisions

Module:7 Investment Evaluation 2 hours

Investment Evaluation criteria: net present value, internal rate of return, profitability index,
payback period, accounting rate of return

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 1 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary Accounting practices in decision making.

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. I.M.Pandey, (2015), Financial Management, 11th edition, Vikas Publishing, India.
2. James C. Van Horne, Sanjay Dhamija, (2011), Financial Management and Policy, 12th
3. edition, Pearson Education.
Eugene F Brigham, Michael C. Ehrhardt, (2014), Financial Management Theory and
Practice, 14th edition, Cengage Learning.
Reference Books
1. Khan M.Y, Jain P.K, (2014), Financial Management- Text, Problems and Cases, 7th
edition, McGraw Hill.
2. Prasanna Chandra, (2011), Financial Management : Theory and Practice, 8th edition,
McGraw Hill, India
3. William R Lasher, (2014), Financial Management: Principles and Practice, 7th edition,
Cengage Learning, India.
4. Richard Brealey, Stewart Myers, Franklin Allen, Pitabas Mohanty, (2012),
Fundamentals of Corporate Finance, 10th edition, Mcgraw Hill.
5. Stephen Ross, Randolph Westerfield, Bradford Jordan (2016), Corporate Finance, 11th
edition, Mcgraw Hill.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 29.01.2020
Approved by Academic Council 58 Date 11.02.2020
SWE2017 Parallel Programming L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite CSE1018 Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To learn to develop parallel algorithms and map them with processor architectures
2. To understand the parallelization of basic mathematical and engineering algorithms
3. To learn contemporary parallel architectures and programming

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand basic parallel architectures and parallel programming concepts
2. Learn parallel programming languages for Symmetric Shared Memory Systems
3. Learn parallel programming languages for distributed shared memory systems
4. Develop algorithms for specific parallel architectures
5. Develop efficient parallel algorithms for sorting problem
6. Learn parallelization techniques for image processing algorithms
7. Develop efficient parallel algorithms for optimization problems

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 2,9,19

2.Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
9.Having problem solving ability- solving social issues and engineering problems
19.Having a good cognitive load management [discriminate and filter the available data] skills
Module:1 PRAM ALGORITHMS 8 hours
Introduction to Parallel Programming - Flynn’s Taxonomy-PRAM model of parallel computation -
EREW-CREW-CRCW- Mapping theorem -Parallel reduction – prefix sums – list ranking – preorder
tree traversal – merging two sorted lists – graph coloring

Module:2 SHARED MEMORY PROGRAMMING 6 hours

Shared-memory model – OpenMP standard – parallel for loops – parallel for pragma – private
variables – critical sections – reductions – parallel loop optimizations – general data parallelism
– functional parallelism – case studies: the sieve of Eratosthenes,
Floyd's algorithm, matrix-vector multiplication – distributed shared-memory programming – DSM
primitives

Module:3 MESSAGE-PASSING PROGRAMMING 5 hours

The message-passing model – the message-passing interface – MPI standard–basic concepts of MPI:
MPI_Init, MPI_Comm_size, MPI_Comm_rank, MPI_Send, MPI_Recv, MPI_Finalize – timing the
MPI programs: MPI_Wtime, MPI_Wtick – collective communication: MPI_Reduce, MPI_Barrier,
MPI_Bcast, MPI_Gather, MPI_Scatter – case studies: the sieve of Eratosthenes, Floyd's
algorithm, Matrix-vector multiplication

Module:4 PARALLEL MATRIX MULTIPLICATION 6 hours

ALGORITHMS
Matrix multiplication on 2D Mesh SIMD model – Related theorems -Hypercube SIMD model –
shuffle exchange SIMD model – UMA Multiprocessor – Block matrix multiplication – Algorithms
for multicomputer – Row-column and block oriented algorithms.

Module:5 PARALLEL SORTING ALGORITHMS 6 hours

Enumeration sort – Lower bounds on Parallel sorting – Odd Even Transposition sort – Bitonic
merge – sequence – Bitonic merge on shuffle exchange network – two dimensional mesh network
 – Hypercube network – Parallel quicksort – Hyperquick sort

Module:6 PARALLELIZATON OF IMAGE 5 hours

PROCESSING ALGORITHMS
Low-Level Image Processing – Point Processing – Histogram – Smoothing, Sharpening and Noise
Reduction – Edge Detection – The Hough Transform – Transformation into the frequency domain

Module:7 PARALLELIZATION OF SEARCHIING 7 hours

AND OPTIMIZATION
Applications and Techniques – Branch and Bound Search – Genetic Algorithms – Successive
Refinement – Hill Climbing.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of parallel 2 hours

programming in industry

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel computing theory and practice, Second Edition, McGraw Hill,
2012.
Reference Books
1. B. Wilkinson and M. Allen, Parallel Programming – Techniques and applications using
Networked workstations and parallel computers, Second Edition, Pearson Education, 2005.

2. Michael J. Quinn, Parallel Programming in C with MPI and OpenMP, McGraw-Hill Higher
Education, 2003

3. Ananth Grama, Anshul Gupta, George Karypis, Vipin Kumar, Introduction to Parallel
Computing, 2/E, Addison Wesley, 2003.

4. David B. Kirk, Wen-mei W. Hwu, Programming Massively Parallel Processors: A Hands-on

Approach, MK Publishers, 2010

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 2,9,19

Implement the following using X hours
1. Shared Memory model
[Low Level]
2. Message Passing model
[Medium Level]
3. CUDA Programming model
[High Level]
1. Write parallel programs to solve Laplace’s equation using each of the X hours
following three ways:
2. Standard Jacobi Iteration
3. Red-black Iteration
4. Multigrid Jacobi Iteration
Use a 256 X 256 mesh of points initialized along the four edges to 10.0, 5.0,
10.0 and 5.0. Stop iterations when the differences between iteration values are
 all less than 0.01. Use 16 processes. For the standard and red-black iteration
methods, partition the problem into 16 columns of 16X256 points each, one
column for each of the 16 processes. For the multigrid iteration, start with a
grid size of 16X16 and increase the grid size by a factor of 2, for every 10
iterations until the maximum grid size is reached. Continue iterations until the
solution is obtained.

2. Write a parallel program to solve the room temperature distribution problem X hours
but by the direct means of Gaussian Elimination and back substitution rather
than by iteration. Only the Gaussian elimination need be computed in parallel;
the back substitution may be done on one processor. First, determine the
elements of the array A of the system of linear equations, Ax=0. Since this
array will always have nonzero elements along the diagonal, partial pivoting
should be unnecessary. Next, decompose the problem so that 10 consecutive
rows are handled by one process.

3. You have been commissioned by a major film studio to develop a really fast X hours
“morphing” package that will change one image into another image. You
come up with the idea of having two images, the original image and the final
image, and changing each pixel on the original image to become closer and
closer to the pixels of the final image in a lock-step SIMD fashion. This
method is certainly embarrassingly parallel, although it may not create a very
smoothly changing shape. Experiment with the method and demonstrate it to
the studio using pictures of actors.

4. NASA has given you the task of writing a really fast image-recognition X hours
program, fast enough that a Venusian CAT (Commercial Access Transport)
is able to capture touchdown sites from topographic images made by the
VERMIN satellite while passing over the mapped area at a speed of 1000
km/hour. The VERMIN image maps are of a 5 Km X 5 Km area and have
0.5m resolution both horizontally and in altitude. Appropriate landing sites
are areas in which there is a 1.5m maximum altitude variation within a 25m
circle. Create sample image maps of imperfect terrain.

5. A Nationwide parcel delivery company, is reassessing the placement of its

hubs that collect and distribute parcels. Ideally, the hubs should be situated at
strategic places across the country to minimize costs and delivery times. You
have been commissioned to make a study of possible alternative sites for the
hubs and decide to write a parallel program based on genetic algorithms. You
assume that the number of parcels being received is directly proportional to
the population, and for a first approximation only the major cities are
considered. Write the program, developing suitable input data and constraints.
One constraint is the number of hubs.

6. A recently discovered planetoid, Geometrica, has a most unusual surface. By

all available observations the surface can be modeled by the formula
H=35,000sin(3ϴ)sin(2ρ)+9700cos(10ϴ)cos(2ρ)-
800sin(25ϴ+0.03π)+550cos(ρ+0.2π)
 Where H is the height above or below sea level, ϴ is the angle in the equatorial
plane and ρ is the angle in the polar plane. Write an embarrassingly parallel
program to use hill climbing to find the (ϴ,ρ) position of the highest point
above sea level on Geometrica’s surface.
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Recommended by Board of Studies 5-3-2016
Approved by Academic Council No. 40th Date 18-3-2016
 L T P J C
CSE4078 BLOCKCHAIN TECHNOLOGIES
3 0 0 0 3
Pre requisite None Syllabus version
1.0
Course Objectives :
1. Impart strong technical understanding of blockchain technologies
2. Develop familiarity of current technologies, tools, and implementation strategies
3. Introduce application areas, current practices, and ongoing research

Course Outcomes :
After completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Explain what a blockchain is, why we need blockchains, and some of the real-world problems that the
blockchain is trying to solve
2. Describe how a blockchain works, the underlying technology of transactions, blocks, proof-of-work,
and consensus building
3. Design and implement blockchains for various applications

Module:1 Introduction to Blockchains 6 hours

Introduction to Blockchains, Blockchain Network and mechanism, History of the Blockchain, The benefits
of Blockchains, Block structure, Creation of Blocks and transactions, Dynamic shared ledger, Digital
signatures, How to build a Blockchain solution, Hashes as addresses using a key as identity, Global
Blockchain Ecosystem Core, Layers of a Blockchain- Data Layer, Network Layer, Consensus Layer, Private
and Public Blockchains.
Module:2 Distributed Consensus 6 hours
Consensus problem, Merkle Patricia Tree, Abstract Models for Blockchain, GARAY model, RLA Model,
Proof of Work (PoW), Proof of Burn, Proof of Stake (PoS) base, Hybrid models (PoW + PoS), Sybil Attack
Module:3 Ethereum 6 hours
Ethereum Virtual Machine, Wallets for Ethereum, Smart Contracts, Attacks on Smart Contracts, Consensus
Mechanism in Ethereum, Identify Ethereum Clients, Platform Functions, Solidity, Solidity Operators and
Functions, structuring a contract, Comparing Wei and Ether, gas transaction.
Module:4 Cryptocurrencies 6 hours
History, Introduction to Bitcoin, Bitcoin protocols - Mining strategy and rewards, Litecoin, Double
spending, Ethereum-Construction, Ripple, Monero, DAO, GHOST, Vulnerability, Attacks, Sidechain,
Namecoin.
Module:5 Hyperledger 6 hours
Hyperledger Consensus Algorithm, Hyperledger architecture, Hyperledger and Distributed Ledger
Technology, Hyperledger Fabric Developer Environment Tools, Ledger Implementation, Components of
Hyperledger Composer, Benefits of Hyperledger Composer.
Module:6 Smart Contracts 6 hours
Introduction to smart contract, Smart contract uses and implementation in real world’s applications such as
in transportation, land, banking, finance, supply chain management, logistics, etc.,
Module:7 Blockchain Applications 7 hours
Internet of Things based Applications, Medical Record Management System, Domain Name Service and
future of Blockchain, Distributed Applications (Blockchain 3.0)
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Blockchain Applications: A Hands-on Approach by Arshdeep Bahga and Vijay K. Madisetti, VPT,
2017. ISBN: 9780996025560
2. Mastering Blockchain, Imran Bashir, Packt Publisshing Ltd. 2nd Edition, 2018, ISBN:
9781788839044
Reference Books
1. Arvind Narayanan, Joseph Bonneau, Edward Felten, Andrew Miller and Steven Goldfeder, Bitcoin
and Cryptocurrency Technologies: A Comprehensive Introduction, Princeton University Press
(July, 2016). ISBN-13: 978-0691171692
2. Mastering Bitcoin: Programming The Open Blockchain, 2nd Edition, Andreas M. Antonopoulos,
O'Reilly, 2017, ISBN: 9789352135745
3. Beginning Blockchain, A Beginner’s Guide to Building Blockchain Solutions, Bikramaditya
Singhal, Gautam Dhameja, Priyansu Sekhar Panda, Apress, 2018, ISBN 978-1-4842-3443-3
4. Blockchain A Practical Guide to Developing Business, Law, and Technology Solutions, Joseph J.
Bambara and Paul R. Allen, McGraw Hill, 2018, ISBN: 978-1-26-011587-1
5. Blockchain enabled Applications Vikram Dhillon, David Metcalf and Max Hooper, Apress, 2017,
ISBN: 978-1-4842-3080-0
6. The Business Blockchain: Promise, Practice, and Application of the Next Internet Technology,
William Mougayar, Wiley, 2016, ISBN 978-1119300311
7. Blockchain Science: Distributed Ledger Technology, Roger Wattenhofer, Inverted Forest
Publishing; 3rd edition, 2019, ISBN 978-1793471734
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Test (CAT) / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
Recommended by Board of Studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
CSE4047 CLOUD APPLICATION DEVELOPMENT L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite - Syllabus version

v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamentals of cloud computing
2. To understand the various cloud services
3. To understand the concepts of web service and framework
4. To learn to create and manage open source cloud services
5. To understand the various security issues in cloud services
Course Outcomes:
1. To understand the fundamentals of cloud computing
2. To understand the concepts of web services and framework
3. To understand the various cloud services
4. Develop cloud application for business analytics and visualize the data
5. Develop various applications, deploy and generate analysis with reports
6. Create and manage open source cloud services
7. To understand the various security issues in cloud services.
Module:1 Introduction 3 hours
Requirements for Cloud application development, Cloud computing Ecosystems-
SaaS/PaaS/IaaS.
Module:2 Web services and Framework 4 hours
Frameworks: Model View Controller (MVC), Struts, Spring, JQuery, API: Web, RESTFUL,
JSON.
Module:3 Cloud Services 3 hours
Hybrid cloud services, Mobile cloud services, Database as a service, Load balancer as a service,
Multi cloud.
Module:4 Analytics Service s 5 hours
AWS Introduction - EC2 – Amazon EMR - Amazon Kinesis - Amazon Kinesis Data Analytics - Amazon
Quick Sight - Amazon Elastic search Service - Amazon Kinesis Data Firehose - AWS Glue.
Module:5 Application Development 5 hours
Google Cloud Platform (GCP) Introduction – Dataproc - Cloud Dataprep – Data Studio – Data
Catalog – Google Marketing platform. AppAgile – cloudfoundry.
Module:6 Open Source Cloud Platform 4 hours
OpenStack Introduction, Architecture, Components – Nova, Swift, Cinder, Neutron, Keystone,
Glance – Heat.
Module:7 Application Security 4 hours
Cloud security issues – threats – Prevention. OWASP Top 10 Security Risks & Vulnerabilities. Case
Studies.
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Total Lecture hours: 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Dan C. Marinescu, Cloud Computing: Theory and Practice, 2nd Edition, MK Publishers,2017.
2. Barrie Sosinsky, Cloud Computing Bible, 1st Edition, 2011.
Reference Books
1. Mark Wilkins, Learning Amazon Web Services (AWS): A Hands-On Guide to the
Fundamentals of AWS Cloud, 1st Edition, 2019.
2. Legorie Rajan PS, Google Cloud Platform Cookbook: Implement, deploy, maintain, and
migrate applications on Google Cloud Platform, 2018.
3. Ted Hunter, Steven Porter, Legorie Rajan PS, Building Google Cloud Platform Solutions:
Develop scalable applications from scratch and make them globally available in almost any
language, Packt Publishing, 2019.
4. Alok Shrivastwa, Sunil Sarat, Kevin Jackson, Cody Bunch, Egle Sigler, Tony Campbell
OpenStack: Building a Cloud Environment, 2016.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Test (CAT) / Quizzes/ Assignments/ Final
Assessment Test (FAT)/Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Create application and deploy it in the Google Cloud platform. 3 hours
2. Create an application and analyze the market trends 3 hours
3. Create a real-time data and reports for a search campaign. 3 hours
4. Develop an application with visual explore, cleaning of data for analysis. 3 hours
5. Develop an application to collect, process, and analyze real-time and streaming 3 hours
data with timely insights.
6 Develop an application to load streaming data into data stores and analytics 3 hours
tools.
7 Analyze streaming data, actionable insights, and respond to your business and 3 hours
customer needs in real time.
8 Develop an application to create and publish interactive dashboards that can be 3 hours
accessed from browsers or mobile devices.
9 Develop an application to extract, transform, and load (ETL) service that 3 hours
makes it easy for customers to prepare and load their data for analytics.
1 Develop an application to use APIs and real-time analytics capabilities to 3 hours
0 power use- cases such as log analytics, full-text search, application
monitoring.
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
List of Project Areas (Indicative)
1. Develop a food ordering website and host it in the Cloud service
2. Develop hostel management mobile app using suitable cloud service which supports mobile
app development.
3. Develop tracking software for special child using sensors and store the data in cloud service
and visualize the reports.
4. Develop an application to track real-time activity of senior citizens and generate the
5. reports using cloud services with generate historic data.
6 Develop attendance system to maintain real-time attendance information of students and notify
their parents during absentees using cloud service.
7 Develop an application to manage the customer’s product and analysis the market trends
8 and monitor the services.

9 Develop hospital management system to maintain patient’s profile and case histories with reports
and make it available to access anytime, anywhere, any devices.
10 Develop a mobile app to track delivery of product and its location services and update it online.
11 Develop an application to ensure secure transaction in cloud services and detect any security
issues.
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60 Date 05-11-2020
CSE3091 Cloud Ecosystem L T P J C
3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To introduce cloud ecosystem concepts
2. To use cloud ecosystem reference model to develop, maintain and govern enterprise
cloud architecture
3. To understand cloud ecosystem’s major actors and their relationships
4. To learn to integrate the participants of cloud ecosystem that achieves architectural
integrity of business solutions

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand cloud ecosystem in enterprise cloud and identify the architecture building blocks
of cloud ecosystem
2. Identify the participants of cloud enterprise architectures and understand cloud enterprise
architecture frameworks, platforms and models.
3. Understand SOA and dynamic cloud application architecture
4. Understand and analyze information oriented cloud architecture for BI
5. Understand cloud deployment technologies
6. Identify integrating methods and platforms for cloud ecosystem
7. Understand fundamentals of cloud architecture management and governance

Module:1 Introduction to Cloud Ecosystem 5 hours

Introduction to cloud ecosystem, Cloud Ecosystem reference Model, Cloud enterprise architecture
governance, Cloud ecosystem actors: Cloud clients – applications, browsers, mobile; Service
providers
Module:2 Enterprise Architecture Principles of the 8 hours
Cloud Ecosystems
Cloud Enterprise Architecture: Frameworks and Platforms, The Open Group Architecture
Framework (TOGAF) : A Content Model ; Architecture Repository; TOGAF Reference Models,
The Federal Enterprise Architecture, The Oracle EA Framework: Business Analytics; Application
Architecture; Information Architecture; Technology Architecture, Enterprise Architecture Tools
Module:3 Cloud Application Architecture 7 hours
Introduction, Service-Oriented Enterprises, Services as Building Blocks, Next-generation SOA,
Exemplary Enhancements in the Service Paradigm, Exciting Service Capabilities, Dynamic and
Converged Service Infrastructures
Module:4 Cloud Data Architecture 8 hours
Introduction, A Look at Big-Data Infrastructure, Information-Oriented Architecture for Cloud
Environments : Characteristics of IOA; The IOA Ecosystem: BI Application Infrastructures; Data
Storage Infrastructures; BI Middleware, Types of Data Integration, Data Integration Tools, Cloud
Analytics
Module:5 Cloud Technology Architecture 5 hours
Generic cloud types, Next generation connected clouds, Cloud middleware deployment, Cloud
Service Broker, Cloud Appliances, Cloud Deployment Strategies
Module:6 Cloud Integration Architecture 5 hours
Cloud Integration: Approaches; concerns and challenges, Methodologies and Lifecycle, Cloud
Integration Products and Platforms;
Module:7 Cloud Management Architecture and 5 hours
Governance
Cloud Service Management (CSM): Challenges, processes and solutions; Clouds: The Robust
and Resilient Platform for Business Service, Overview of cloud governance
Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours
Cloud security Architecture, Cloud onboarding
best practices
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Pethuru Raj, Cloud Enterprise Architecture, First edition, CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
Group, September 2018.
2. James Bond, The Enterprise Cloud, O'Reilly Media, Inc, June 2015.
Reference Books
1. Gautam Shroff, Enterprise Cloud Computing, First Edition, Cambridge Publications, 2011
2. Judith Hurwitz, Tobin Bloor, Marcia Kaufman, Fern Halper, Cloud Computing for Dummies,
Wiley Publications, 2014.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment (CAT) / Assignment / Quiz / Final Assessment Test
(FAT)/Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Implementing and Configuring a Data Center-Based Cloud 4 hours
a. IaaS setup to understand computing, storage and networking
as a service on cloud
b. Analyze and compare IaaS offered by various service
providers
2. Understanding and Analyzing Platform as a Service 4 hours
c. Use an IDE to develop and application and use either an
SDK or CLI to deploy the application and verify its impact
on programming model
d. Identify PaaS (Eg: OpenShift) offered by any service
provider and analyze the same with respect to transparent
scalability, security, configuration
3. Cloud Native Application development 4 hours
e. Embrace modern cloud-native approaches like serverless,
microservices, and containers
f. Example: Developing a simple online store microservices app
using kubernettes. This app can be developed on any service
providing platform like IBM, GCP, AWS, etc.
4. Cloud based Data Models for Business Intelligence 3 hours
g. Data preparation, analytics and visualiztion on cloud using
cloud based data modeler (Eg. PgModeler, Sisense free trial
edition)
5. Elasticity and scalability 3 hours
h. Integrating tools like Nagios, Integrating private and public
clouds
6 Network level security, Host level security, Application level security 3 hours
i. Web Security Gateway. Clean Internet Traffic, prevention of
data leaks, malware etc
j. Web Application Firewall. Firewall to prevent web attacks.
Layer 7 prevention.
 k. DDoS Shield. Prevention of external distributed denial of
services attacks.
7 Infrastructure Security 3 hours
l. Cloud Based Load Balancer/ SSL VPN
8 Disaster Recovery as a Service 3 hours
9 Quality of service assurance 3 hours
m. Vsphere :High availability, Fault Tolerance
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Test / Final Assessment Test (FAT)/
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60 Date 05-11-2020
Course Code Course Title L T P J C
CSE3066 INTERNET OF THINGS 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objective:
1. To introduce the characteristics, basic concepts and system issues in IoT.
2. To illustrate architecture and protocols in IoT.
3. To apply security to IoT applications and the analysis of IoT data.
4. To store and retrieve the IoT data in Cloud
5. To develop IoT infrastructure for popular applications.
Expected Course Outcome:
On completion of this course, the student will be able to
1. Understand and design the smart objects, IoT architectures and IoT related protocols
2. Build simple IoT Systems using Arduino and Raspberry Pi.
3. Apply security to IoT systems and data analysis
4. Store and retrieve the IoT data in Cloud environment
5. Develop IoT infrastructure for popular applications

Module:1 IoT FUNDAMENTALS 3 hours

Evolution of Internet of Things – Enabling Technologies – IoT Architectures: M2M, RFID, WSN
and IoT World Forum (IoTWF) – IoT levels - Functional components of IoT- Web of Things.

Module:2 IoT PROTOCOLS 5 hours

Physical and MAC layers, IoT IEEE standards, WAN – Network Layer: IP versions, Constrained
Nodes and Constrained Networks – Optimizing IP for IoT: From 6LoWPAN to 6Lo, Routing over
Low Power and Lossy Networks – Application Transport Methods: Supervisory Control and Data
Acquisition – Application Layer Protocols: CoAP and MQTT.

Module:3 IoT SYSTEM DESIGN-I 4 hours

Introduction to Arduino. Light sensor, Exploration with Arduino, Multimodal sensors, Input and
output of sensors and actuators, LED out and capacitance input, Analog Sensors, Arduino Studio,
Plot Monitor, Serial Monitor, Types of Arduino, DHT 11/22, Smoke MQ9 sensor, PM2.5 sensor.

Module:4 IoT SYSTEM DESIGN-II 4 hours

Design Methodology – Embedded computing logic – Microcontroller, System on Chips – IoT
system building blocks – IDE programming – Raspberry Pi – Interfaces and Raspberry Pi with
Python Programming.

Module:5 IoT SECURITY 5 hours

Security Requirements in IoT Architecture - Authentication/Authorization for Smart Devices -
Transport Encryption – Attack & Fault trees, Cryptographic primitives and its role in IoT –
Encryption and Decryption – Hashes – Digital Signatures – Random number generation – Cipher
suites – key management fundamentals – cryptographic controls built into IoT messaging and
communication protocols – IoT Node Authentication- Secured storage of IoT data to cloud.

Module:6 IoT CLOUD SERVICES AND DATA 3 hours

ANALYSIS
Data Fusion, Analysis of cloud data, Cloud Data Storage, Machine learning and Deep learning
algorithms for IoT data analysis, Computer vision in IoT.

Module:7 IoT APPLICATIONS 4 hours

e-Healthcare Applications, Smart City Applications, e-Governance Applications, Smart
Agriculture, WoT- Business Intelligence.

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)

1. Dieter Uckelmann et al, “Architecting the Internet of Things”, Springer, 2011.

2. Arshideep Bahga and Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things – A Hands-on Approach”,
Universities Press, 2015.
Reference Books

1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, Internet of Things – A hands-on approach, Universities

Press, 2015
2. Olivier Hersent, David Boswarthick, Omar Elloumi , The Internet of Things – Key applications
and Protocols, Wiley, 2012.
3. Michael Margolis, Arduino Cookbook, Recipes to Begin, Expand, and Enhance Your Projects,
2nd Edition, O,Reilly_Media,_2011.
4. William Stallings, "Cryptography and Network Security", Pearson Education, 5th Edition,
2013.
5. Dr. John Bates, “Thingalytics - Smart Big Data Analytics for the Internet of Things”, john
Bates, 2015.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous AssessmentTests, Final Assessment Test, Assignments/ Quiz/
Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) Hours
To interface LED/Buzzer with Arduino/Raspberry Pi and write a program to turn ON
1 LED for 1 sec after every 2 seconds. 2

To interface DHT11 sensor with Arduino/Raspberry Pi and write a program to print

2 temperature and humidity readings. 3

To interface OLED with Arduino/Raspberry Pi and write a program to print

3 temperature and humidity readings on it. 3

To interface Bluetooth with Arduino/Raspberry Pi and write a program to send sensor

4 data to smartphone using Bluetooth. 3

Write a program on Arduino/Raspberry Pi to upload temperature and humidity data to

5 thingspeak cloud. 3

Write a program to create TCP server on Arduino/Raspberry Pi and respond with

6 3
humidity data to TCP client when requested.

Write a program to create UDP server on Arduino/Raspberry Pi and respond with

7 3
humidity data to UDP client when requested.

Write a program to store the IoT data securely by applying encryption and decryption
8 3
process.
Develop an IoT application to gather medical data from patients and to classify them
9 as normal and disease affected. 3

Develop an e-governance application to store the finger prints of various people as

10 image in a cloud database. 4

Total laboratory hours 30

Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test
List of projects (Indicative)
1. Design an Online voting system using IoT technology.
2. Design an e-healthcare application for predicting the diabetic disease.
3. Design an e-healthcare application for predicting the heart disease.
4. Design an IoT based Smart Parking system using RFID.
5. Develop a cloud application with secure data communication
6. Develop a smart agriculture irrigation system.
7. Develop a smart agriculture system for monitoring the crops growth.
8. Cloud based smart energy meter using FPGA
9. Develop a health monitoring system.
 10. Develop a water level monitoring system

Mode of assessment: Project reviews

Recommended by Board of studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
 Digital Image Processing L T P J C
SWE1010
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite MAT5015 Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concept of digital image and the fundamental steps in digital image
processing
2. Learn applying basic image processing techniques for developing specific image
processing systems.
3. Comprehend the steps of experimental design for a particular problem domain and
demonstrate the system of image processing.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand the concepts of image acquisition and digitization .
2. Classify image enhancement techniques and apply these techniques in both spatial
and frequency domain.
3. Recognize the types of noise present in images and apply appropriate image
restoration technique.
4. Categorize image segmentation techniques and apply these techniques
5. Study the importance of image compression and apply basic compression
techniques to images.
6. Analyse various image representation techniques & descriptors and understand its
importance to computer vision.
7. Implement basic morphological image processing techniques on images and
understand color models for images
8. Learn digital image processing stepts and apply appropriate techniques to a specific
problem domain.

Module:1 DIGITAL IMAGE FUNDAMENTALS 6 hours

Introduction, Digital Image Fundamentals, image acquisition and display using digital devices -
Human visual perception, properties -Image sampling and quantization-Basic relationship between
pixels.

Module:2 IMAGE ENHANCEMENT 8 hours

Image enhancement in the spatial domain: basic grey level transformation, Histogram Processing-
Enhancement using arithmetic/Logic operations-Spatial filtering: smoothing and sharpening. Image
enhancement in the frequency domain: Introduction to two-dimensional transforms- Discrete
Fourier Transform, Discrete Cosine Transform, Discrete Wavelet Transform - smoothing frequency
domain filtering-sharpening frequency domain filtering

Module:3 IMAGE RESTORATION 5 hours

Noise Models-Restoration in the presence of Noise only-spatial filtering-periodic noise reduction
by frequency domain filtering.

Module:4 IMAGE SEGMENTATION 8 hours

Detection of discontinuities, Edge Linking and Boundary Detection, Thresholding Methods, Region
Oriented Methods.
Module:5 IMAGE COMPRESSION 5 hours
Lossless Image Compression- The Concept of entropy and Huffman coding; Run-length coding
for grey images,Lossy Image Compression – Predictive coding, transform coding – JPEG
compression standard, Wavelet-based image compression JPEG2000.

Module:6 REPRESENTATION AND DESCRIPTION: 5 hours

Chain codes, Polygonal approximation, Signature Boundary Segments, Skeltons, Boundary
Descriptors, Regional Descriptors, Relational Descriptors, Principal components for Description,
Relational Descriptors.

Module:7 MORPHOLOGICAL AND COLOR IMAGE 6 hours

PROCESSING
Dilation and Erosion-Opening and Closing-Hit or Miss Transformation-Basic morphological
algorithms.Color Image processing: Light and color, color formation, Colour models, Histogram of
a color Image, Color image filtering, Gamma correction and segmentation of color image.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: Applications of Image 2 hours

Processing in industry
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. R.C. Gonzalez & R.E. Woods,“Digital Image Processing” , Pearson Education, Third
Edition,2013
Reference Books
1. S. Jayaraman, S. Esakirajan & T.Veerakumar “ Digital Image Processing”, Tata Mcgraw-Hill
First Edition 2009.

2. A. K. Jain, “Fundamentals of Digital Image Processing," Pearson Education (Asia) Pte.

Ltd./Prentice Hall of India, 2004.

3. Jhon C Ross, “ The Image Processing Hand Book”, CRC Press 5th Edition,2006

4. B. Chanda and D. Dutta Majumdar “Digital Image Processing and Analysis”, PHI, 2011.
Recommended by Board of Studies 5-3-2016
th
Approved by Academic Council No. 40 Date 18-3-2016
 CSE3087 Information Retrieval and Organization L T P J C
2 0 0 4 3
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To provide the fundamental data structures for information organization
2. To learn the various indexing methods of information retrieval system
3. To introduce different retrieval models and language models
4. To give an overview of various machine learning algorithms employed for information
retrieval
5. To discuss the contemporary issues in information organization and retrieval
Course Outcomes:
1. Select a suitable data structure for information organization
2. Identify an appropriate retrieval model for text documents
3. Analyze different machine learning algorithms for document classification
4. Design a retrieval model for a real world problem

Module:1 INTRODUCTION 2 hours

Introduction to Information Storage and Information Retrieval (IR) – Definition and Objectives –
Functional overview – Relationship to Database Management Systems – Digital libraries – Data
Warehouses
Module:2 DATA STRUCTURES AND ALGORITHMS 4 hours
FOR RETRIEVAL
Inverted File Structure- N-Gram Data Structures – PAT Data Structures – Signature File Structure
– Optical disk file structures –Trie - prefix B- Trees - Hypertext and XML Data Structures – Hidden
Markov Models – Stop lists - Stemming Algorithms – Hashing – String searching
Module:3 IR SYSTEM CAPABILITIES AND 5 hours
INDEXING
Information Retrieval System Search, Browse and Miscellaneous capabilities – Indexing -
Objectives & Scope – Automatic Indexing by term and concept – Multimedia indexing – Statistical
Indexing – Natural Language – Index Phase Generation – Natural Language Processing for
semantics & relationships between concepts – Concept Indexing – Hypertext Linkages
Module:4 BASIC RETRIEVAL MODELS 5 hours
Boolean Model – Term Vocabulary and Posting Lists – Dictionaries and Tolerant Retrieval – Index
Construction – Index Compression – Vector Space Model – Scoring and Term Weighting –
Evaluation in Information Retrieval
Module:5 PROBABILISTIC MODEL & LANGUAGE 5 hours
MODELS
Basic Probability Theory – Probability Ranking Principle – Binary Independence Model -
Language models – Query Likelihood Model – Extended Language Modeling Approaches
Module:6 TEXT CLASSIFICATION AND 6 hours
CLUSTERING
Text Classification Problem – Naïve Bayes Classification –Feature selection - Evaluation of Text
Classification – Vector Space Classification – Support Vector Machines – Case Study – Classifying
and Tagging content (News article) or products in website
Text Clustering - Flat Clustering – Hierarchical Clustering – Matrix decomposition and Latent
Semantic Indexing (LSI) – Case Study – Recommender System
Module:7 MULTIMEDIA INFORMATION 2 hours
RETRIEVAL
Overview of Spoken Language Audio Retrieval – Non-Speech Audio Retrieval – Graph Retrieval
– Imagery Retrieval – Video Retrieval
Module:8 Contemporary issues 1 hour
Total lecture hours: 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Gerald Kowalski, Mark Maybury, Information Storage and Retrieval Systems Theory and
Implementation, 2006, 2nd Edition, Kluwer Academic Publishers.
Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, Introduction to Information Retrieval,
2. Cambridge, 2008.
Reference Books
1. William Bruce Frakes, Ricardo Baeza-Yates, Information Retrieval: Data Structures &
Algorithms, 1st Edition, Prentice Hall, 1992
2. Ricardo Baeza-Yates, Berthier Ribeiro-Neto, Modern Information Retrieval: The Concepts
and Technology behind Search, 2016 Edition , Pearson Education India.
Mode of Evaluation: Internal Assessment(CAT , Quizzes, Assignments) & Final Assessment Test
(FAT)
List of projects
1. Build a "people search engine" which would automatically crawl and build textual
representations of person, that can be queried against such as specific names (eg., “Modi”),
job descriptions (eg., Google CEO), facts about the person (eg., Richest person in India).
Evaluate your model.
2. Build a search engine that would adapt to implicit user feedback such as web clicks, mouse
movement, time spent on the web page etc. Your search engine uses this information to rank
the web pages and improve the quality of ranking when more information becomes available.
Evaluate your model.
3. Develop an algorithm that would automatically provide adequate short summary (tweet-
length) of most important topics discussed every hour. Evaluate your model.
4. Design and evaluate a “Image search engine” which would retrieve relevant pages that
contains similar images.
5. Develop and evaluate a model that would takes text of a news article and automatically
identify a single relevant image that could be placed alongside the article. For example, for a
news article about fitness, the relevant images could be walking, different fitness
programme/postures, their symbol/logo etc.
5. Develop and evaluate a chatbot that can be specially trained for answering possible questions
with suitable images and text with the reference from where the result was fetched.
Total Hours 60 hours
Mode of evaluation: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60 Date 5-11-2020
SWE1017 Natural Language Processing L T P J C
2 0 0 4 3
Pre-requisite CSE3038 Syllabus version
v 1.20
Course Objectives:
1. To understand principles processing
2. To apply phonological, morphological and syntactic processing techniques to process
linguistic data.
3. To develop mathematical models for information retrieval.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand preprocessing techniques to prepare the text data for text processing and
information extraction applications.
2. Understand methods and algorithms used to process different types of textual data as
well as the challenges involved.
3. Build generic computational models for word-form recognition and Production
4. Design a parser for text to structured representation mapping
5. Develop an application to interlink words in text by means of conceptual-semantic and
lexical using WordNet lexical database.
6. Design and implement a text analysis/retrieval system to visualize the attitude of a user
towards a product, topic and etc.
7. Develop computational skills to create NLP processing pipelines using existing NLP
libraries, retrain models and extend existing NLP tools
8. Apply evaluation techniques to validate NLP systems

Module:1 Overview of Natural Language 5 hours

Processing(NLP)
Introduction to Natural Language Understanding–NLP Overview: Prerequisite technologies-
Subfields of NLP-Related fields of NLP- Structures used in NLP

Module:2 Sound 5 hours

Biology of Speech Processing-Place and Manner of Articulation-Word Boundary Detection-
Argmax based computations-HMM and Speech Recognition

Module:3 Words and Word Forms 6 hours

Morphology fundamentals-Morphological Diversity of Indian Languages- Morphology Paradigms-
Finite State Machine Based Morphology-Automatic Morphology Learning-Shallow Parsing-Named
Entities-Maximum Entropy Models

Module:4 Syntax and Semantics 6 hours

Theories of Parsing-Parsing Algorithms-Robust and Scalable Parsing on Noisy Text as in Web
documents-Hybrid of Rule Based and Probabilistic Parsing- Scope Ambiguity and Attachment
Ambiguity resolution- Lexical Knowledge Networks

Module:5 Web 2.0 Applications 6 hours

 Sentiment Analysis; Text Entailment-Robust and Scalable Machine Translation- Question
Answering in Multilingual Setting-Cross Lingual Information Retrieval (CLIR)- Tokenizing Text
and WordNet Basics- Replacing and Correcting Words- Part-of Speech Tagging- Extracting
Chunks- Text Classification

Module:6 Contemporary issues: Applications of NLP in 2 hours

industry.

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Daniel Jurafsky and James H. Martin “Speech and Language Processing”,3rd edition,
Prentice Hall, 2013.
Reference Books
1. Allen, J.,” Natural Language Understanding”, 2nd Edition(Reprint), Benjamin/Cummings
Publishing Company, 2012

2. Chris Manning and Hinrich Schütze, “Foundations of Statistical Natural Language Processing”,
2nd edition, MIT Press Cambridge, MA, 2015.
3.
Nitin Indurkhya, Fred J. Damerau “Handbook of Natural Language Processing”, 2nd Edition,
CRC Press, 2010
4. Jacob Perkins,”Python Text Processing with NLTK 2.0 Cookbook”,1st Edition, PACKT
Publishing,2010
5.
Bing Liu,”Sentiment Analysis and Opinion Mining, Morgan &Claypool Publishers, May
. 2012.
Recommended by Board of Studies 12-8-2017
Approved by Academic Council No. 47th Date 5-10-2017
CSE4079 DevOps L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :
1. Differentiate between the DevOps and traditional operations
2. Describe use of DevOps for Business Analytics
3. Understanding DevOps life cycle for Big data applications
4. Write a Model driven DevOps for Big data.

Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Understand and explain the concepts of business needs for DevOps, origins and DevOps
practices.
2. Comprehend and explain the various processes and technology in DevOps.
3. Gain knowledge in DevOps design issues and adopting DevOps in business use cases
4. Understand design, develop and test the playbook
5. Describe various Optimization exercise, achieving agility across the delivery pipelines and
integrate delivery pipelines

Module:1 Introduction 3 hours

DevOps: An overview - Understanding the Business Needs for DevOps – DevOps Origins –
DevOps Practices – DevOps Culture – Process and Technology in DevOps - DevOps Myths
Module:2 Adopting DevOps 6 hours
Path to DevOps Adoption - Plan and Measure, Develop and Test (collaborative and continuous),
Release and Deploy Monitor and Optimize – Continuous Integration with Jenkins and Maven-
Developing the Playbook – Need of Cloud in DevOps - Case studies: Openstack, GCP and AWS
Module:3 Developing a Business Case for a DevOps 6 hours
Transformation
Developing the Business Case – Completing the Business Model Canvas – Customer Segments –
Value Propositions – Customer Relationships – Revenue Streams – Key Resources – Key
Activities
Module:4 DevOps Plays for Optimizing the Delivery 5 hours
Pipeline
DevOps as an Optimization Exercise – Achieving Agility across the delivery pipeline –
Integrated delivery pipelines – Deploying application components – Deployment process –
Deployment automation blueprints – Case Studies – Chef/Puppet/Ansible
Module:5 DevOps Plays for Driving Innovation 4 hours
Optimize to Innovate – Innovation and the role of Technology – Build a DevOps platform –
Deliver Micro services Architectures – Develop an API Economy – Organizing for Innovation
Module:6 Scaling DevOps for the Enterprise 2 hours
Developing Culture of Innovation at Scale – Developing a Culture of Continuous Improvement –
Team Models for DevOps – Standardization of Tools and Processes – Security Considerations
for DevOps - DevOps for Business Analytics
Module:7 Leading DevOps Adoption in the Enterprise 2 hours
DevOps as a Transformation Exercise – Developing a Culture of Collaboration and Trust –
DevOps Thinking for the Line of Business – Starting With Pilot Projects – Rearing Unicorns on
an Artifact Carrie
Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours
Expert Talks
Total lecture hours: 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Sanjeev Sharma, The DevOps Adoption Playbook: A Guide to Adopting DevOps in a
Multi-Speed IT Enterprise 1st Edition, Wiley Publishers, 2017.
2. Mandis Walls, “Building a DevOps Culture”, O'Reilly Media, 2013.
3 Ethan T.horpe, “ DevOps: A Comprehensive Beginners guide to Learn DevOps Step
by Step”, 2014.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment(CAT) / Quizzes/ Assignments/ Final Assessment
Test (FAT)/Project/ Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Virtual Machine (VM) in basic configuration/script file and use that 4 hours
configuration file Define to create a deployment. Implement the VM by
using General Deployment Manager/ Google Cloud Deployment Manager to
create a virtual machine (VM) instance.
2. Installation and configuration of Openstack cloud middleware using 4 hours
chef/puppet automation tool.
3. Installation and configuration of Openstack cloud middleware using Ansible 4 hours
playbooks
4. Develop a DevOps for Containerized Application Development ( 3 hours
Docker/Kubernetes )
5. Understanding DevOps life cycle for Big data applications 4 hours
(Banking/Media/Healthcare/etc.. )
6. Build your static/dynamic inventory using Ansible automation manager 3 hours
7. Design and deployment of multi-tier application using DevOps 3 hours
8. Building Model driven DevOps for Bigdata. 3 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects(Indicative)
1. Build a Devops for real time streaming data processing and batch processing using Apache
Apex.
2. Build a simple DevOps for Business Analytics using real time example.
3. Bigdata application log monitoring (aggregating, storing and analyzing logs) using Splunk.
4. DevOps tool for performance management : App Dynamic
5. Deploy Kubernetes Load Balancer Service with Terraform
Mode of Assessment : Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60th Date 5/11/2020
CSE3088 Artificial Intelligence and Knowledge based systems L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
The objective of this course is to
1. Familiarize students with Artificial Intelligence principles and techniques
2. Introduce the facts and concepts of cognitive science by computational model and their
applications
3. Explore problem-solving paradigms, search methodologies and learning algorithms

Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Characterize different types of AI environments, transform a given real world problem to state
space problem, understand and identify the stages and issues in the development expert system
2. Apply different searching, planning algorithms and heuristic methodologies to reach the goal in
state-space problems.
3. Formulate a given real world problem formally using different knowledge representation methods
and draw inferences from it.
4. Implement appropriate searching strategies for few real world environments

Module:1 Introduction 6 hours

Definitions - Importance of AI, Evolution of AI - Applications of AI, Classification of AI
systems with respect to environment, Intelligent Agents, Different types of agents
Expert Systems‐ Stages in the development of an Expert Systems, Difficulties in Developing
Expert Systems‐Applications of Expert Systems.
Module:2 Problem Solving 8 hours
Problem solving by Search, Problem space - State space, Blind Search - Types, Performance
measurement
Informed search strategies, Heuristic functions, Local search strategies- Hill climbing, simulated
annealing.
Module:3 Adversarial Search 3 hours
Game playing – mini-max algorithm, Alpha-Beta Pruning
Module:4 Constraint satisfaction problems 5 hours
Constraint satisfaction problems, Backtracking search for CSP, Local search for CSP
Module:5 Logical systems 9 hours
Knowledge Based systems, Propositional Logic , syntax, semantics, inference, propositional
theorem proving, Resolution. Horn clauses, Forward chaining and backward chaining
First Order Logic -Representation, , Syntax and semantics, quantifiers,, Inference in First Order
Logic.
Module:6 Planning 6 hours
Planning problem, Planning with state-space search, partial order planning, Planning graphs,
Planning with propositional logic
Module:7 Uncertainty and knowledge Reasoning 7 hours
Overview – Definition of uncertainty, Bayes Rule – Inference, Belief Network, Utility Based
System, Decision Network
Fuzzy systems – Introduction, fuzzification, Defuzzification, inference
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 1 hour
Total lecture hours: 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Stuart Russell and Peter Norvig Artificial Intelligence - A Modern Approach, Prentice
Hall, 3rd edition, 2011.
2. D. Poole and A. Mackworth. Artificial Intelligence: Foundations of Computational Agents,
Cambridge University Press, 2010
Reference Books
1. Elaine Ric, Kevin Knight and Shiv Shankar B. Nair, Artificial Intelligence, 3rd edition,
Tata McGraw Hill, 2009.
2. George F. Luger, “Artificial Intelligence-Structures and Strategies for Complex
Problem Solving”, 6th edition, Pearson, 2008.
3. R. Brachman, H. Levesque. Knowledge Representation and Reasoning, Morgan Kaufmann,
2004.
4. E. Alpaydin. Introduction to Machine Learning. MIT Press, 2nd edition, 2010
5. R. S. Sutton and A. G. Barto. Reinforcement Learning: An Introduction. MIT Press, 1998
6. N.P.Padhy: Artificial Intelligence and Intelligent Systems, Oxford University Press, 2009.
Mode of Evaluation: Project review/evaluation, Tests, Assignments, Seminars
List of Project areas (Indicative)
1. A machine learning approach in financial market
2. Background Analysis and Design of an Agent-Based Operating System
3. Intelligent Tourist Information System
4. Classification of objects in images based on various object representations
5. Visual Semantic Web Ontology based E-learning management system
6. Controlling a Robot Hand in Simulation and Reality
7. Face Detection by Image Discriminating
8. An intelligent mobile robot navigation technique using RFID Technology
9. Library Robot – Path Guiding Robotic System with AI using Microcontroller
10. Wireless AI Based Fire Fighting Robot for Relief Operations
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
 Course code Course Title L T P J C
CSE4066 Speech Processing 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus
version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concepts of digital signal processing
2. Understand the speech production concepts
3. To introduce various algorithms to develop speech recognition systems
4. To introduce the concepts of text to speech synthesis
5. To introduce various algorithms to develop speech synthesis systems
Expected Course Outcome:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
• Describe Speech Production Mechanisms and Phonetics
• Demonstrate the use digital signal processing methods to extract the features from speech
signals

• Understand and Conduct trails of various algorithms for speaker recognition

• Understand and Conduct trials of various algorithms using developing automatic speech
recognition systems
• Understand and Implement speech synthesis systems
Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO SPEECH PRODUCTION 6 hours
& SPEECH RECOGNITION
Speech Production Process, Speech Sounds and Acoustic-Phonetic features, Place and manner of
articulation, Isolated word recognition, Connected word recognition, Continuous Speech
Recognition, Complexity in Automatic Speech Recognition, Pronunciation Lexicon. G2P models

Module:2 SPEECH SIGNAL ANALYSIS 8 hours

Representing speech signal in the time and frequency domains, Introduction to Fourier transform,
Spectrum, Cepstrum and Mel scale, Feature Representation: MFCC, LPCC, PLP, GFCC, I-
Vectors, J-Vectors and X-Vectors, Pitch estimation and voiced-unvoiced classification of speech,
Voice Activity detection

Module:3 INTRODUCTION TO SPEAKER 4 hours

RECOGNITION & VERIFICATION
Universal Background Model, GMM-UBM framework of speaker verification, Speaker Diarization

Module:4 ACOUSTIC MODELING FOR SPEECH 9 hours

RECOGNITION
Introduction to Hidden Markov Models and Gaussian Mixture Models, GMM/HMM Acoustic
Models, DNN/HMM Acoustic Models, End to End Speech Recognition: Connectionist Temporal
Classification (CTC)

Module:5 LANGUAGE MODELING FOR SPEECH 4 hours

RECOGNITION
Importance of Language Model, N-gram Language Models, Smoothing Techniques, LSTM based
Language Models, Transformer Models: GPT-2

Module:6 INTRODUCTION TO TEXT TO SPEECH 5 hours

Overview of Text-To-Speech, Text analysis, Pronunciation Lexicon, Modeling Variation in

Pronunciation, Predicting Prosody from Text

Module:7 MODELS FOR TEXT TO SPEECH 7 hours

Formant synthesis, Diphone synthesis; signal processing for synthesis, Concatenative Synthesis,
Unit-Selection Synthesis, WAVENET for speech synthesis

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Lawrence Rabiner and Biing-Hwang Juang, “Fundamentals of Speech Recognition”,
Pearson Education, 1993.
2. Daniel Jurafsky and James H Martin, “Speech and Language Processing – An Introduction
to Natural Language Processing, Computational Linguistics, and Speech Recognition”,
Draft Edition, 2020.
3. Uday Kamath, John Liu, James Whitaker, “Deep Learning for NLP and Speech
Recognition ”, Springer, 2019.

Reference Books
1 Paul Taylor, “Text-to-Speech Synthesis”, Cambridge University Press, 2009.

2 Xuedong Huang, Alex Acero, Hsiao-Wuen Hon, "Spoken Language Processing: A Guide to
Theory, Algorithm and System Development", Prentice Hall, 2001.

Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests / Final Assessment Test/Assignment / Quiz

/Seminar
List of Projects – Indicative
1. Speech Recognition System for Indian Languages
2. Music Classification based on mood
3. Text to Speech system development
4. Voice Recognition
5. Speech Corpora Development
Mode of Evaluation: Project reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
Course Code Course Title L T P J C
CSE4067 Bioinformatics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite SyllabusVersion
v. 1.0

Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :
1. To describe the role of data mining in analyzing large biological databases
2. To introduce Applied bioinformatics tools
3. To apply and analyze the various feature selection and feature extraction techniques
4. Apply concepts of unsupervised learning using clustering techniques
5. Apply various classification techniques in bioinformatics

Expected Course Outcome:

After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Understand the Basics of Bioinformatics
2. Use various biological databases and apply sequence alignment techniques
3. Use molecular phylogenetics to identify evolutionary relationships among various biological
species
4. Use Microarray data analysis methods for classification of diseases
5. Apply advanced bioinformatics tools and data mining algorithms for real time issues.
Module:1 Introduction to Bioinformatics 6 hours
Introduction, Some Basic Biology, Fundamentals of Genes and Genomes; DNA, RNA and Protein,
Overview on Applications of Bioinformatics
Genomic Technologies: The Human Genome Project - Sequencing Technology – Sanger
Sequencing, Pyro sequencing and Next-Generation Sequencing - Sequence Variation Studies

Module:2 Sequence Alignment Algorithms 8 hours

Biological Databases, Data Formats, Biological Data Storage and Analysis-Challenges, Primary &
Secondary Sequence Databases—GenBank, PROSITE, Searching in Biological Databases,
Sequence Alignment Techniques: Global Versus Local Alignment Techniques, BLAST and FASTA

Module:3 Molecular Phylogenetics 6 hours

Phylogenetics Basics, Phylogenetic Trees, Phylogenetic Tree Construction Methods and Program
Module:4 Introduction to Microarrays 6 hours
Introduction to Microarrays, Sources Of Variation In Microarray Gene Expression Measurements,
Microarray Data Repositories and Warehouses, Simple Statistical Analysis of Microarray data

Module:5 Feature Interpretation for Biological Learning 6 hours

Overview of Feature Selection, Filter Approaches for Feature Selection, Feature Construction and
Extraction, Matrix Factorization, Data Preprocessing for Genomic Sequence Data

Module:6 Clustering Techniques in Bioinformatics 6 hours

Clustering in Bioinformatics, Clustering Techniques, Distance-Based Clustering and Measures, k-
Means Algorithm, k-Modes Algorithm, Applications of Distance-Based Clustering in
Bioinformatics

Module:7 Classification Techniques in Bioinformatics 5 hours

Introduction, Supervised Learning in Bioinformatics, Support Vector Machines (SVMs),
Applications of SVM in Bioinformatics-Protein structure, Naïve Bayes Classification, Application
of Bayesian Classifiers in Bioinformatics

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Sumeet Dua and Pradeep Chowriappa, Data Mining for Bioinformatics, CRC
Press,Taylor&Francis group,2013
2. Rui Jiang,Xuegong Zhang,Michael Q.Zhang ,Basics of Bioinformatics,Springer,2013.
3. Supratim Choudhuri "Bioinformatics for Beginners: Genes, Genomes, Molecular Evolution,
Databases and Analytical Tools", Academic Press, 2014.
Reference Books
1. Arthur M. Lesk, Introduction to Bioinformatics, Oxford University Press, NewDelhi,2003
2. JinXiong, Essential Bioinformatics, Cambridge University Press, 2006
3. Steve Russell, Lisa A. Meadows, Roslin R. Russell "Microarray Technology in Practice",
Academic Press, 2008
Mode of Evaluation: CAT, Quizzes, Assignments, Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects (Indicative)
1 Genome analysis and annotation
2 Comparitive Genomics
3 Sequencing technology
4 Working with whole Genome data
5 Gene expression profile analysis
6 Preprocessing Raw mass spectrometry Data
7 Feature selection and Extraction technique for Data preparation
8 Distance based clustering techniques for biological sequence
9 Protein Secondary Structure prediction using SVM
10 Bayes classification techniques for improving accuracy
Total Hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Project reviews
Recommended by Board of studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
CSE3089 Computer Vision L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• To solve real world problems with image or video as input
• To make use of low level image processing algorithms to provide information about the
scene
• To emphasize on computer vision applications

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students are expected to have skills to
1) Analyze image formation using digital camera and its principles
2) Evaluate feature extraction and feature estimation for image or video
3) Apply 3D vision techniques
4) Identify the computer vision applications

Module:1 IMAGING AND DEPTH ESTIMATION 6 hours

Imaging Optics, Radiometry of Imaging, Photometric image formation, Digital camera and
principles, Epipolar Geometry, Homography
Module:2 FEATURE DETECTION AND MATCHING 5 hours
Points and patches-Feature detectors, Feature descriptors, Feature matching, Feature tracking;
Edges: Edge detection and linking; Phase Correlation method
Module:3 SEGMENTATION 7 hours
Graph-Cut, Mean-Shift, Split & Merge, Markov Random Fields, Normalized cuts, Texture
Segmentation; Object detection
Module:4 MOTION ESTIMATION AND 7 hours
RECOGNITION
Spline-based motion, Parametric motion, Optical flow; FACE algorithm, FAST algorithm,
Exhaustive search block matching, Hierarchical block matching
Module:5 CLASSIFICATION AND 3D 6 hours
RECONSTRUCTION
Bayesian Classification, Fuzzy Classification, Neural Network Classifiers; Shape from X, Active
range finding
Module:6 IMAGE STITCHING AND IMAGE 6 hours
RENDERING
Stitching: Motion models, Global alignment, Compositing; Rendering: Layered depth images,
Light fields and Lumigraphs, Environment Mattes
Module:7 COMPUTER VISION APPLICATIONS 5 hours
Surveillance: Abnormal behavior recognition for intelligent video surveillance systems,
Manufacturing: Framework for Enhanced Quality Control in a Smart Manufacturing System, ,
Agriculture: Fresh tomato maturity detection, Vision based on-board decision making for
remote sensing and precision agriculture
Module:8 RECENT TRENDS ( To be handled by 2 hours
experts from industry)
Total Lecture hours 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Richard Szeliski, Computer Vision: Algorithms and Applications, Springer-Verlag London
Limited, 2011.
2. Prince, Simon JD. Computer vision: models, learning, and inference. Cambridge University
Press, 2012.
Reference Books
1 Richard Hartley and Andrew Zisserman, Multiple View Geometry in Computer Vision, Second
Edition, Cambridge University Press, March 2004.
2 Marco Alexander Treiber, Optimization for Computer Vision: An Introduction to Core
Concepts and Methods, Springer 2013.
3 Alan C. Bovik, Handbook of Image and Video Processing, ISBN- 978-0123885623,
4 ELSEVIER, ACADEMIC PRESS, 2005.
K. Fukunaga; Introduction to Statistical Pattern Recognition, Second Edition, Academic Press,
5 Morgan Kaufmann, 1990.
R.C. Gonzalez and R.E. Woods, Digital Image Processing, Addison- Wesley, 1992.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Projects
1. Developing Photo sketching app
2. Detection of contours for the shapes
3. Panorama Stitching
4. Watermarking of images or video
5. Cartooning an image
6. Counting of people in a room/ Vehicle counting travelling on road
7. Face Recognition
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
th
Approved by Academic Council 60 Date 5-11-2020
CSE3085 Predictive Analytics with case studies L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To provide introduction to healthcare analytics, retail analytics, cyber security
2. To learn how to apply analytics on different domain using difference case studies.
3. To deal with different challenges associated with analysing different domain data.
4. To learn how to use appropriate evaluation measures.
5. To discuss the contemporary issues in predictive analytics

Course Outcomes:
1. Understand the requirement of Analytics in Healthcare.
2. Understand how different analytics is applied on healthcare sensor data.
3. Understand the requirement of text analytics in health care.
4. Understand retail analytics and how data analytics will improve the business.
5. Gain knowledge about requirement of analytics in cyber security domain.
6. Understand different evaluation measures and its challenges.

Module:1 Introduction Health Care 6 hours

An Introduction to Healthcare Data Analytics - Electronic Health Records: Introduction,
Components, Benefits, Challenges
Module:2 Mining of Sensor Data in Healthcare 6 hours
Introduction, Mining Sensor Data in Medical Informatics: Scope and Challenges, Sensor Data
Mining Applications, Nonclinical Healthcare Applications
Module:3 Social Media Analytics for Healthcare 6 hours
Introduction, Social Media Analysis for Detection and Tracking of Infectious Disease Outbreaks,
Social Media Analysis for Public Health Research, Analysis of Social Media Use in Healthcare
Module:4 Retail Analytics 6 hours
Introduction - Modelling Churn prediction system.
Module:5 Recommendation System 6 hours
Introduction – types of recommendation- content – collaborative – Matrix factorization based RS.
Module:6 Malware Data Analytics 6 hours
Intrusion detection – types – Machine learning based Intrusion detection system
Module:7 Evaluation and other challenges in 6 hours
Predictive Analytics
Different Evaluation measures – Challenges in using evaluation measure – Choosing the proper
evaluation measure.
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 3 hours
Total lecture hours: 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman, “Mining of Massive Datasets”
Cambridge University Press, 3rd Edition, 2020.
2. Chandan K. Reddy, Charu C. Aggarwal "Healthcare Data Analytics", CRC Press, 2015
3. Emmanuel Tsukerman, Machine Learning for Cybersecurity Cookbook, Packt Publishing
Limited, 2019.
Reference Books
1. Chris Chapman, Elea McDonnell Feit "R for Marketing Research and Analytics",
Springer, 2015
Mode of Evaluation: Internal Assessment(CAT , Quizzes, Digital Assignments) & Final
Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects
1. EHR data analytics
2. Skin cancer detection
3. TB detection
4. Fraud detection
5. Outbreak Detection
6. Churn Prediction
7. Drug discovery for personalized medicine
8. Customer churn analysis
9. Hospital readmission prediction
10. Movie recommender system
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
 CSE4074 Forensic Analytics L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Prerequisite None Syllabus version
1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To analyze data using formulas and statistical techniques to reconstruct, detect, or otherwise support
a claim of financial fraud
2. To examine structured data (such as data from application systems and underlying databases) and
unstructured data (such as text) with regard to incidents of financial crime to discover and analyze
patterns of fraudulent activities.
3. To explore use of statistical techniques such as Benford's Law, descriptive statistics, correlation, and
time-series analysis to detect fraud and errors
4. To detect financial statement fraud using various statistical approaches
5. To score locations, agents, customers, or employees for fraud risk
6. To prepare reports for reporting fraud to law enforcement agencies or other competent authorities

Course Outcomes:
After completion of this course, the students will be able to:
1. Analyze data using formulas and statistical techniques to reconstruct, detect, or otherwise support a
claim of financial fraud
2. Use statistical techniques such as Benford's Law, descriptive statistics, correlation, and time-series
analysis to detect fraud and errors
3. Detect financial statement fraud using various statistical approaches
4. Analyze the existing and potential financial frauds and their trends for mitigating such incidents.

Module:1 Introduction and Mathematical Foundations 5 hours

Using Access and Excel in forensic investigations, Data collection, sampling, and preprocessing,
Histograms, Statistics: Descriptive Statistics, Inferential statistics, Correlation, Time-series methods, Linear
Regression, High level data overview tests
Module:2 Benford’s Law 6 hours
Benford’s law: basics, assessing conformity to Benford’s Law, the second-order and summation tests, the
number duplication and last two digits tests, Primary Benford’s law tests, Advanced Benford’s law tests,
Associated Benford’s law tests, Data analytical tests and advanced data analytical tests
Module:3 Identifying fraud 10 hours
Examples of fraudulent data, Fraud scenario identification, Fraud detection, prevention and analytics,
Testing the Internal Diagnostics of Current Period and Prior Period Data, Identifying Fraud Using the
Largest Subsets and Largest Growth Tests, Identifying Anomalies Using the Relative Size Factor Test,
Identifying Fraud Using Abnormal Duplications within Subsets, Identifying Fraud Using Correlation,
Identifying Fraud Using Time-Series Analysis, Fraud Risk Assessments, Examples of Risk Scoring
Module:4 Analytics for fraud detection 10 hours
Descriptive analytics for fraud detection, Predictive analytics for fraud detection, Social network analysis
for fraud detection, Data Analytics Strategies for Fraud Detection, Data Analytics in the Fraud Audit, Fraud
Data Analytics for Shell Companies, Fraud Data Analytics for Fraudulent Disbursements, Fraud Data
Analytics for Payroll Fraud, Fraud Data Analytics for Company Credit Cards, Fraud Data Analytics for
Theft of Revenue and Cash Receipts, Fraud Data Analytics for Corruption Occurring in the Procurement
Process
Module:5 Financial Statement Fraud 6 hours
Fraudulent financial statements, Accounting Principles and Fraud, Financial statement fraud schemes, The
Detection of Financial Statement Fraud, Using Analytics on Purchasing Card Transactions, Fraud Data
Analytics for Financial Statements, Fraud Data Analytics for Revenue and Accounts Receivable
Misstatement

Module:6 Case Studies 7 hours

Case studies on application of data analytical tests for skimming and larceny, billing schemes, check
tampering schemes, payroll fraud, expense reimbursement schemes, register disbursement schemes, non-
cash misappropriations, corruption, money laundering
Module:7 Contemporary issues 1 hour
Total Lecture hours: 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Mark J Nigrini, Forensic Analytics – Methods and techniques for forensic accounting investigations,
2nd edition 2020, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1119585763

2. Leonard W Vona, Fraud Data Analytics Methodology, 2017, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New
Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1119186793
Reference Books
1. Bart Baesens, Veronique van Vlasselaer, and Wouter Verbeke, Fraud Analytics Using Descriptive,
Predictive, and Social Network Techniques: A Guide to Data Science for Fraud Detection, 2015,
John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1119133124
2. Sunder Gee, Fraud and Fraud Detection – A Data Analytics Approach, 2014, John Wiley and Sons,
Hoboken, New Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1118779651
3. Mark J Nigrini, Benford’s Law – Applications for forensic accounting, auditing, and fraud
detection, 2012, John Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1118152850
4. Joseph T. Wells, Corporate Fraud Handbook - Prevention and Detection, 2017, Fifth Edition, John
Wiley and Sons, Hoboken, New Jersey, USA ISBN-13: 978-1119351986
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Projects
1. Measuring Conformity Using the Z-Statistic
2. Using Benford’s Law for Journal Entries in an External Audit
3. Analyzing fraudulent data by running the Number Duplication Test in R
4. Identifying anomalous data by running the Largest Subsets Test in R and the largest growth tests
using Excel and Access
5. Identifying duplicate payments and detecting various types of frauds using tests such as subset
number duplication, same-same-same, same-same-different, subset number frequency
6. Analysis of purchasing card data
7. Analysis of grocery store sales
8. Using correlation to detect fraud and errors
9. Risk-scoring to detect errors in sales reports
10. Fraud data analytics for Payroll Fraud
11. Fraud data analytics for Financial Statements
12. Fraud data analytics for Revenue and Accounts Receivable Misstatement
13. Using descriptive analytics for fraud detection
14. Using predictive analytics for fraud detection
15. Using social network analysis for fraud detection
Total hours: 60 hours
Mode of Evaluation: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5-11-2020
CSE3084 Big Data Eco Systems L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Introduce the concept of Big Data and its Characteristics
2. Understand the components of Big Data Eco Systems
3. Learn the use of distributed programming language.
4. To introduce the various ways of ingesting data for data analytics.
5. Understand the use of Sqoop for data transfer between hadoop and RDBMS.
6. Understand the Flume architecture, and also how to download and install open source
Flume from Apache

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand the difference between big data frameworks Hadoop and Spark.
2. Able to process the large data using Pig and develop the user defined functions in Java-Pig.
3. Understand the architecture of HIVE and able to design the schema efficiently
4. Able to use the sqoop and flume for data ingestion in data analytics
5. Understand different eco system tools for better design of real time data analytics.

Module:1 Introduction to Big Data Eco Systems 3 hours

Big Data Overview – Characteristics of Big Data - Importance of Big Data Ecosystems –
Distributed File System – HDFS -Frame Work for Big Data: Hadoop – HDFS – Map Reduce
Frame Work, Spark – RDD – case studies on analyzing big data in Hadoop and Spark Frame work.
Module:2 Introduction to Big Data Ecosystems : DFS, 2 hours
NoSQL, Distributed Programming
NoSql Data bases Overview – Classification of No SQL Data bases: Key Value data Store-
Document oriented data Store – Graph data store- Columnar Data Store – Time series Data Store
– New SQL Databases -Distributed programming- Overview of Apache Spark – Apache Pig – A
parallel Data Flow Language- Getting Started-Pig’s Data Models
Module:3 Distributed Programming – Apache Pig 5 hours
Pig Input –Output- Relational operations – User defined functions – Advanced Relational
operations – Evaluation and Filter Function – Load and Store Function – Embedding Pig Latin in
Scripting languages - Integrating Pig with Hadoop –Apache Pig versus Apache Spark
Module:4 SQL Like Processing 5 hours
SQL like processing – Apache Hive – Getting Started- Data type and File Formats- Data Definition
Language – Data Manipulation language- Hive Queries – Views - Indexing – Schema Design –
Partitioning : Static and Dynamic – Bucketing
Module:5 Data Ingestion: Sqoop 5 hours
Sqoop getting started- Importing data: Entire table importing- subset of the table importing –
incremental importing – Exporting data from Hadoop
Module:6 Data Ingestion : Flume 4 hours
Architecture of Flume- Getting started with Flume- Channels – Sources - Sinks– transporting data
or logs to the development environment- Apache flume versus Spark Streaming
Module:7 Scheduling, MoM and Service Programming 4 hours
Scheduling: - Apache Oozie – Hive Integration with Oozie -Message oriented Middleware: Apache
Kafka -Service programming: Apache Thrift – Zoo Keeper- Case study: Developing an application
which includes the usage of all ecosystem tools.
Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours
Applications of Big Data Eco System tools in industry

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Programming Hive: Data Warehouse and Query Language for Hadoop by Jason
Rutherglen, Dean Wampler, Edward Capriolo Publisher: O’Reilly Media. Release Date:
September 2012 ISBN: 9781449326944
2. Programming Pig, 2nd Edition Dataflow Scripting with Hadoop By Alan Gates, Daniel
Dai Publisher: O'Reilly Media Release Date: November 2016
3. Apache Sqoop Cookbook by Jarek Jarcec Cecho, Kathleen Ting Publisher: O'Reilly Media,
Inc. Release Date: July 2013
4. Apache Flume: Distributed Log Collection for Hadoop - Second Edition by Steve Hoffman
Publisher: Packt Publishing Release Date: February 2015 ISBN: 9781784392178
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Count the words which have only consonants in a text file using Map Reduce Programming
2. Read the files whose name starts with 20MIS (“20MIS*.txt” ) into a single RDD using
SPARK environment
3. Read the txt file and filter the students details who cleared all the subjects using PIG
4. Group the students details based on their Programmes (MCA,MS,BTech,M.Tech) using PIG
group by
5. Do the aggregate operations using PIG
6. Load and Filter the data using HIVE
7. Exercises using Static and Dynamic Partitioning in HIVE
8. Bucketing in Hive
9. Data importing and exporting using SQOOP
10 Simulate the data streaming using FLUME
Total laboratory hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Project Areas
1 Batch processing using Hadoop -Statistical analysis using Map Reduce Framework of large
data set
2 Real time data processing and analysis using Spark Environment
3 Develop an analysis as an UDF in Java and integrate with PIG for data analysis in an easy
manner
4 Stream the data (eg. Network data – data transfer) in real time flume and do the analysis
5 Do the analysis from RDBMS to Hadoop using sqoop
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
th
Approved by Academic Council 60 AC Date 5-11-2020
CSE3090 Data Privacy L T P J C
3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Understand the need for Data privacy and why should we care?
2. Understand the threats to data and methods to identify
3. Understand the synthetic data and privacy protection laws.

Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course, the students should be able to
1. Get some high profile data privacy cases and walk away with some guiding principles for how
to stay out of trouble.
2. Classify the data based on their nature
3. Generate synthetic data and learn the data privacy laws

Module:1 Data Privacy 5 hours

Data Privacy - Methods for protecting data- importance of balancing data privacy and utility,
Nature of data in the enterprise – Multidimensional, transaction, longitudinal, graph and time series
data. Introduction to anonynmization principles.
Module:2 Static data anonymization – 7 hours
Multidimentional data.
Static data anonymization – Multidimentional data. Classification of Privacy Preserving
Methods, Classification of Data in a Multidimensional Data Set, Protecting Explicit Identifiers,
Protecting Quasi-Identifiers, Challenges in Protecting QI, Protecting Sensitive Data (SD), Group-
Based Anonymization, k-Anonymity, l-Diversity, t-Closeness, Algorithm Comparison
Module:3 Complex Data Structures. 7 hours
Complex Data Structures. Privacy Preserving Graph Data, Privacy Preserving Time Series Data,
Privacy Preservation of Longitudinal Data, Privacy Preservation of Transaction Data.
Threats to anonymized data. Threats to Anonymized Data, Threats to Data Structures, Threats by
Anonymization Techniques,
Module:4 Privacy Preserving Data Mining and 7 hours
Test Data Manufacturing (PPTDM):
Privacy Preserving Data Mining and Test Data Manufacturing (PPTDM): Data Mining: Key
Functional Areas of Multidimensional Data, Test Data Fundamentals, Utility of Test Data: Test
Coverage, Privacy Preservation of Test Data, Quality of Test Data, Anonymization Design for
PPTDM, Insufficiencies of Anonymized Test Data.
Module:5 Synthetic Data Generation 7 hours
Synthetic Data Generation: Synthetic data and their use, Privacy and Utility in Synthetic Data.
Dynamic Data Protection: Tokenization, Benefits of Tokenization Compared to Other Methods,
Components for Tokenization.
Module:6 Privacy regulations and protection act 4 hours
Privacy regulations and protection act – Data privacy and protection law in India- IT Act 2000,
Data Breaches and penalty for data preaches in India
Module:7 Anonymization Design Principles and 3 hours
Future Directions
Anonymization Design Principles and Future Directions – best practices, design techniques
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 5 hours
Data Privacy in Healthcare – OLTP (online transaction processing) database, A case study
 Total lecture hours: 45 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Venkataramanan, Nataraj, and Ashwin Shriram. Data privacy: principles and practice. CRC
Press, 2016.
Reference Books
1. Klosek, Jacqueline. Data privacy in the information age. Greenwood Publishing Group,
2000.
2. Hamilton, Angus, and Rosemary Jay. Data protection: law and practice. Sweet & Maxwell,
1999.
3 Javed Alam, Privacy & Data Protection Law in India, Kindle Edition, 2020

Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Quizzes/ Assignments/ Final Assessment Test (FAT)/ Project/
Seminar
Recommended by Board of studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
Course Code Course Title L T P J C
CSE4068 Healthcare Analytics 3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite Machine Learning(CSE4036) Syllabus version
1.0

Course Objectives:
1. To introduce the fundamentals of healthcare analytics.
2. To introduce data analytics for medical information.
3. To elucidate the machine learning methods for healthcare applications.
4. To enable the students for solving real time problems in healthcare domain.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. The student will be able to understand the fundamentals of healthcare analytics
2. Gain knowledge of applying machine learning methods to medical information
3. The student will be able to solve real time problems in healthcare data analytics.

Module:1 Fundamentals of Healthcare Analytics 2 hours

Components of healthcare analytics, Data and information - Measurement, Metrics, and Indicators.
From data to knowledge. Analytics building blocks. Descriptive, predictive, and prescriptive
analytics. Healthcare analytics applications – an introduction.

Module:2 Medical Images and Analytics 8 hours

Overview of Digital Imaging and Communications in Medicine (DICOM) standards. Medical
images - Imaging modalities, object detection, image segmentation, image registration, feature
extraction, computer assisted medical image analysis systems.

Module:3 Biomedical Signals and Analytics 8 hours

Mining of sensor data and challenges of analytics in healthcare. Biosignals - time domain, frequency
domain, cross correlation analysis.

Module:4 Genomic Data and Analytics 6 hours

Genomic data analysis for personalized medicine. Predictive models for integrating clinical and
genomic data – Microarray data, Next-Generation Sequencing, Public Database.
Module:5 Biomedical Information Mining and Social Media Analytics 9 hours
Electronic Health Records (EHR) - components of EHR, coding systems, benefits and challenges of
EHR. Natural language processing, Core NLP Components - Morphological Analysis, Lexical
Analysis, Syntactic Analysis, Semantic Analysis, Data Encoding, mining information from clinical
text, challenges of processing clinical reports, clinical applications. Social media analysis for
detection and tracking of infectious disease. Social Media Analysis for Public Health Research -
Latent Dirichlet Allocation (LDA), factorial LDA, Ailment Topic Aspect Model (ATAM), ATAM+.

Module:6 Advanced Healthcare Data Analytics 6 hours

Statistical prediction models, Alternative clinical prediction models, Survival models, Evaluation
and validation. Temporal data mining for healthcare data - Association analysis, Temporal pattern
mining. Visual analytics for healthcare - Visual analytics for clinical workflow, clinicians and
patients.

Module:7 Applications of Data Analytics in Healthcare Domain 4 hours

Data analytics for pervasive health - Example, Clinical decision support systems, Computer
assisted medical image analysis systems, Mobile imaging and analytics for biomedical data,
Privacy and security of medical data.

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. C. K. Reddy and C. C. Aggarwal, Healthcare data analytics. 2015.
Reference Books
1. Christo El Morr and Hossam Ali-Hassan, Analytics in Healthcare A Practical Introduction,
2019.
2 Adam Bohr and Kaveh Memarzadeh, "Artificial Intelligence in Healthcare", Academic Press,
2020.
3. H. Yang and E. K. Lee, Healthcare Analytics: From Data to Knowledge to Healthcare
Improvement. 2016.
4. Trevor L Strome, Healthcare Analytics for Quality and Performance Improvement. 2013.
5. Richard Bibb, Dominic Eggbeer and Abby Paterson, Medical Modelling, "The Application of
Advanced Design and Rapid Prototyping Techniques in Medicine", 2nd Edition, 2015
Mode of Evaluation: CAT, Quizzes, Digital Assignments, Final Assessment Test
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1 Statistical methods for biosignals 2 hours
2 Statistical methods for medical images 2 hours
3 Medical image analysis 2 hours
4 Genomic data analysis 2 hours
5 Biomedical information mining 2 hours
6 Social information media analytics in healthcare 4 hours
7 Classification of medical data I 2 hours
8 Classification of medical data II 2 hours
9 Visualization of medical data I 2 hours
10 Visualization of medical data II 2 hours
11 Clinical decision support system 4 hours
12 Mobile imaging and analytics for biomedical data 4 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test
Recommended by Board of studies 08/12/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
Course code Course Title L T P J C
CSE3069 Real-Time Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Machine learning(CSE4036) Syllabus
Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
The course enables students to learn
1. Real time streaming challenges and the Architecture of streaming analytics
2. Tools for data flow and analyzing streaming data.
3. Models for real time data streaming

Expected Course Outcome:

On completion of this course, students will be able to
6. Understand the purpose of real time analytics and architecture of streaming analytics.
7. Understand the data flow management and the processing of streaming data.
8. Work in data ingestion and streaming data analyzing tools.
9. Understand the models for the real time data.

Module:1 Introduction 5 hours

Introducing Real-Time analytics: What is bigdata? - Bigdata infrastructure- Realtime analytics-
myth and reality- Advantages and Challenges of Real Time Analytics- Near real time solution-
Lambda architecture. Introduction to Streaming data : sources of streaming data- why streaming
data is different?

Module:2 Streaming analytics architecture 7 hours

Real time architecture components- collection, data flow, processing, storage, delivery. Features
of real time architecture, Languages for real time programming, Real time architecture checklist.

Module:3 Data flow management and Analyzing streaming data 7 hours

Message Queue-Core concepts- Producers, Isolating producers from consumers, Durable
messaging, message delivery semantics,. Security - Fault Tolerance.

Understanding in-flight data analysis- Distributed Stream Processing Architecture-Key features of

stream processing framework.

Module:4 Data Ingestion tools 7 hours

Distributed Data Flow(Data Ingestion) - Tools for data ingestion- Apache Kafka/ Apache Flume/
Logstash/ Fluentd.
Fundamentals- Architecture- Data/Work Flow- Basic operations- Integration with streaming.

Module:5 Tools for analyzing streaming data 7 hours

Processing streaming data - Apache Storm /Apache Flink/ Apache Samza / Spark.
Introduction- Architecture- Workflow- Working example
Module:6 Streaming data management 6 hours

Stream data model- Data Stream management system, Example of stream sources.Counting
distinct elements in a stream - Count Distinct Problem, The Flajolet martin algorithm-Exercises.

Module:7 Mining streaming data 4 hours

Estimating the moments. Classification- Very fast decision tree. Regression. Frequent Pattern
Mining- FP Stream.
Case study: Image Sentiment Analytics, Web content analytics, Market movement prediction,
Social media analytics, Anamoly detection, etc

Module:8 Contemporary issues 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Real-Time Analytics- Techniques to Analyze and Visualize Streaming Data, Byron Ellis,
Wiley, First edition, 2014.
2 Practical Real Time Data Processing and Analytics: Distributed Computing and Event
Processing using Apache Spark, Flink, Storm, and Kafka, Shilpi Saxena, Saurabh Gupta,
Packt, First edition,2017.
3. Streaming data - Understanding the real-time pipeline, Andrew G. Psaltis, Manning, 2017.
Mining of Massive datasets, Jure Leskovec,Anand Rajaraman,Jeffrey D. Ullman,
4. Cambridge university press, second edition, 2014.

Reference Books
1. Real-Time Big data analytics, Shilpi Saxena, Saurabh Gupta, Packt, 2016.

2. Machine Learning for Data Streams: with Practical Examples in MOA, Albert Bifet , Ricard
Gavaldà , Geoff Holmes , Bernhard Pfahringer , MIT Press, 2017.

Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Quizzes, Assignments, Final Assessment

Test
List of Projects (Indicative):
1. Fraud detection.
2. Sentiment Analysis
3. Log monitoring
4. Customer behaviour processing
5. Smart Patient Care
6. Stock market Surveillance
7. Smart Device Applications
8. Geo fencing
9. Wildlife tracking
10. Vehicle tracking
11. Outlier detection
12. Sports analytics
13. Geospatial data analysis
Mode of Assessment: Project reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
CSE4076 Image and Video Analytics L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To impart knowledge on the basic principles and concepts in digital image and video
processing
2. To explore the application of image analysis towards image Interpretation
3. To understand the real time use of image and video analytics

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Understand the principles and techniques of digital image processing in applications
related to imaging system
2. Understand the formation of video
3. Understand segmentation and change detection
4. Understand sentiments by extracting the background of the images
5. Understand object detection in images
6. Apply knowledge of image analysis to make business decisions
7. Apply algorithms to address solutions to real world problems

Module:1 Introduction to Image Processing 4 hours

Digital representation of images - Steps of image processing system - Visual Perception – Pixel
relationship – Image Operations – Color Models
Module:2 Video Formation, Perception and 4 hours
Representation
Digital Video Sampling, Video Frame classifications, I , P and B frames, Digital Video formats,
Digital video quality measure - Video Capture and display: Principle of color video camera,
video camera, digital video - Sampling of video Signals
Module:3 Image Sequence Segmentation and Change 4 hours
Detection
Spatial segmentation - frame-by-frame, temporal segmentation-scene cut detection, spatio-
temporal segmentation, spectral analysis using DCT – Change detection
Module:4 Foreground extraction 5 hours
Background estimation- Averaging- Gaussian Mixture Model- Optical Flow based- Image
Segmentation- Region growing- Region splitting-Morphological operations- erosion-
DilationTracking in a multiple camera environment
Module:5 Image Analytics Process 4 hours
Object detection – Object Labelling and Annotation – Object Classification – Shadow detection
and removal – local binary patterns
Module:6 Video Analytics 4 hours
Object Tracking using active contours – motion estimation and compensation – gesture
recognition and analysis – action segmentation
Module:7 Applications 3 hours
Case Study: Crowd Analysis, facial emotion detection and analysis, Customer behavior analysis
Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Reference Books
1 Digital Image Processing , Dr.S.Sridhar,2nd edition, Oxford university press, 2016
2 Digital Image Processing, Gonzalez & woods, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2018
3 Multidimensional Signal, Image, and Video Processing and Coding, 2nd Ed., John W. Woods,
2011
4 A.MuratTekalp, “Digital Video Processing”, Pearson, 1995
5 Yao Wang, JornOstermann and Ya-Qin Zhang, “Video Processing and Communications”,
Prentice Hall, 2001.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1 To read an image and understand the statistical features, color models
2 Segmentation of objects from an image
3 Extraction of features from the segmented object
4 To detect changes in the subsequent video frames
5 Background and foreground separation from a video frame
6 Object detection and labelling
7 Motion estimation
8 Event detection in a video
9 Estimating sentiments of people in crowd
10 Gesture analysis
Total laboratory hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects
1 Gender identification from facial features
2 Original and fake image detection
3 Categorize images based on sentiments
4 Spotting and counting a branded car in a video
5 Tagging a person in videos taken in a situation
6 Estimating the age of a person from his/her photograph
7 Strategic marketing
8 Peak shopping duration
9 Gender and estimated age group
10 Facial recognition to check fraud cases
11 Number of people entering and exiting the shop
12 Dwelling time in shopping mall
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
Course code Course Title L T P J C
CSE4069 Social Media Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Familiarize the learners with the concept of social media analytics and understand its
significance.
2. Familiarize the learners with the tools of social media analytics.
3. Enable the learners to develop skills required for analysing the effectiveness of social media
for mitigating real world problems.

Expected Course Outcome:

After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Extract, monitor, and evaluate digital traces from online social platforms.
2. Choose the effective social media tools and metrics for decision making process

Module:1 Introduction to Social Media Analytics 3 hours

(SMA)
Social media landscape, Analyzing the social web, need for SMA; SMA in Small organizations;
SMA in large organizations; Application of SMA in different areas.

Module:2 Network Essentials 7 hours

Basics- Node, Edges, Degree and Degree of Distribution; Representing Networks, Basic Network
Structures, Network Models, Measures and Visualization.

Module:3 Graph Essentials 7 hours

Graph Representation, Types of Graphs, Connectivity in Graphs, Special Graphs, Graph
Algorithms.

Module:4 Community Analysis and Information 6 hours

Diffusion
Community Detection, Community Evaluation, Herd Behaviour, Information Cascades, Diffusion
of Innovation, Epidemics

Module:5 Influence and Homophily, Behavior 7 hours

Analytics
Measuring Assortativity, Measuring and Modeling Influence, Measuring and Modeling
Homophily, Distinguishing Influence and Homophil.

Behavior Analytics - Individual Behavior, Collective Behavior.

Module:6 Social Spam & Privacy in Social Networks 5 hours

Social Spam and Malicious Behavior, Geospatial social data mining, Privacy in a Networked
World, Predicting the future with social media, Social tagging and folksonomies.

Module:7 Analyzing and visualizing data from 8 hours

various Social platforms.
Harnessing Social Data - Connecting, Capturing, and Cleaning; Uncovering Brand Activity,
Popularity, and Emotions on Facebook; Analyzing Twitter Using Sentiment Analysis and Entity
Recognition-conventional and deep learning based sentiment analysis; Campaigns and Consumer
Reaction Analytics on YouTube – Structured and Unstructured; Scraping and Extracting
Conversational Topics on Internet Forums.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Reza Zafarani, Mohammad Ali Abbasi, Huan Liu, “Social Media Mining”, Cambridge
University Press 2014.

Reference Book(s)
1. Jennifer Golbeck, “Analyzing the Social Web”,Morgan Kaufmann 2013, (1st edition)

2. Siddhartha Chatterjee, Michal Krystyanczuk , “Python Social Media Analytics”, Packt

Publishing 2017.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Assignment , Quiz , Final Assessment Test,
Seminars
Indicative List of Projects
1. Identifying SPAM tweets
2. Classifying BOTS and HUMANS on Twitter
3. Calculating Influence of Twitter Handle
4. Building a network map of people who are following each other
5. Deriving intent of the Tweets. Intent can be like buying intent for lead generation
Mode of Assessment: Project reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
Course code Course Title L T P J C
CSE3067 Text And Web Mining 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Machine Learning (CSE4036) Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
• Familiarize the learners with the concepts of web and text data analytics and understand its
significance.
• Familiarize the learners with the methods and algorithms for web and text mining.
• Enable the learners to develop skills required for analysing the effectiveness of web and text
data for mitigating real world problems.
Expected Course Outcome:
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to

1. Understand how to obtain, monitor, and evaluate web data from websites.
2. Chose the effective algorithms, tools and metrics for understanding the web and text data.

Module:1 Introduction 4 hours

Introduction to Web Mining - Introduction of WWW – Architecture of the WWW – Web
Document Representation- Web Search Engine – Challenges.
Introduction to Text Mining - Text representation and Text preprocessing, Applications of Text
Mining.

Module:2 Feature Representation of Text 3 hours

Vector Space Model, Topic Modeling, Word embeddings

Module:3 Text Classification & Text Clustering 5 hours

Classification: Naïve Bayes Classifier, Support Vector Machines.
Clustering: K-means Clustering, Hierarchical Clustering, Text Visualization- Word Cloud

Module:4 Web Structure Mining 4 hours

Link Analysis - Social Network Analysis - Co-Citation and Bibliographic Coupling - Page Rank-
Weighted Page Rank- HITS - Community Discovery - Web Graph Measurement and Modelling-Using
Link Information for Web Page Classification.

Module:5 Web Content Mining 5 hours

Data/information extraction, Web information integration and schema matching, Opinion
extraction from online sources, Knowledge synthesis, Segmenting Web pages and detecting noise

Module:6 Web Usage Mining 5 hours

Web Usage Mining - Click stream Analysis - Log Files – Data Collection and Pre-Processing -
Data Modelling for Web Usage Mining - The BIRCH Clustering Algorithm - Modelling web user
interests using clustering- Affinity Analysis and the A Priori Algorithm – Binning –Web usage
mining using Probabilistic Latent Semantic Analysis – Finding User Access Pattern via Latent
Dirichlet Allocation Model.

Module:7 Recommender Systems 3 hours

Recommendation Systems- Collaborative filtering models, Content based filtering models, Hybrid
models, Matrix Factorization and Advanced Techniques, Recommender Systems: Evaluation and
Metrics.
Module:8 Contemporary issues: 1 hour
Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Bing Liu, “ Web Data Mining: Exploring Hyperlinks, Contents, and Usage Data (Data-
Centric Systems and Applications)”, Springer; 2nd Edition 2009.
2. Aggarwal, Charu C., Zhai, ChengXiang, “Mining Text Data”, Springer; 2012.

Reference Book(s)
1. Zdravko Markov, Daniel T. Larose, “Data Mining the Web: Uncovering Patterns in Web
Content, Structure, and Usage”, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 2007.
2. Michael W. Berry and Jacob Kogan, “Text Mining: Applications and Theory”, Wiley 2010.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Assignment , Quiz , Final Assessment Test,
Seminars
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1 Sentiment Analysis 5
2 Recommendation Systems 5
3 Fake Review Identification 2
4 Author Profiling 2
5 Personality Trait Recognition from Micro-blogs 3
6 Extracting a Knowledge Graph from Wikipedia 3
7 Finding the Social Roots of Controversy in Wikipedia 3
8 Techniques to improve detection of trending topics on Twitter 3
9 Mining Hospital Records for Predicting Patient Drop-off 4
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous Assessment & Final Assessment Test
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Analyzing open-ended survey responses
2. Automatic processing of messages, emails, etc.
3. Investigating competitors by crawling their websites
4. Mining Biomedical Data from Hypertext Documents
5. Text Summarization
6. Question Answering System
Mode of Assessment: Project reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council 61 Date 18/02/2021
CSE4075 Massive Data Mining L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Big data Frameworks Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :

1. To understand the process of handling and storing large datasets and reducing the
dimensions of the datasets.
2. To study about frequent item set mining and clustering and apply to large datasets.
3. To understand data-stream processing and algorithms for dealing with stream data.
4. To analyse social network graphs and apply clustering techniques on graphs.
5. To evaluate the process involved in implementing machine learning techniques to large
datasets.

Course Outcomes:
1. To store high dimensional and large datasets using the appropriate techniques.
2. To represent stream data and Social network graphs using appropriate technologies.
3. To apply frequent item set mining and clustering techniques on data streams and social
network graphs using appropriate algorithms.
4. To implement machine learning techniques on large datasets.

Module:1 INTRODUCTION TO LARGE 4 hours

DATABASES
Introduction to Data Mining and Machine Learning Applications, Overview of Distributed File
Systems -Hadoop and Apache Spark
Module:2 DIMENSIONALITY REDUCTION 3 hours
Eigenvalues and Eigenvectors of matrix- Principle Component Analysis – Singular Value
Decomposition, CUR Decomposition
Module:3 FREQUENT ITEMSET MINING & 5 hours
CLUSTERING
Frequent Itemset mining - Handling Larger Datasets: Apriori map reduce algorithm – PCY
Algorithm. Clustering on large datasets / high dimensional data: K-Means using Map reduce-
BFR Algorithm, CURE Algorithm
Module:4 MINING STREAM DATABASES 5 hours
Data Stream Mining – Data model – Sampling Data in a stream- Filtering Streams –Counting
distinct elements in a stream-Counting frequent Items in a stream, Clustering for streams-BDMO
Algorithm
Module:5 LINK ANALYSIS 3 hours
Link Analysis –Page Rank and its Computations, Topic- Sensitive PageRank, Link Spam ,Hubs
and Authorities – HITS Algorithm
Module:6 SOCIAL NETWORK GRAPHS 4 hours
Mining Social Network graphs – Clustering of social network graphs –Between ness- The Girvan
–Newman Algorithm, Direct Discovery of Communities –Find Cliques and Bipartite Subgraphs-
Case studies
Module:7 LARGE SCALE MACHINE 4 hours
LEARNING
Large Scale Machine Learning – Machine Learning Model – Perceptron- Support-Vector
Machines – Learning from Nearest Neighbors –Convolutional Neural Networks (CNN) –
Architecture – Implementation and Training
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours

Total lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Mining of Massive Datasets. Jure Leskovec, Anand Rajaraman, Jeffrey David Ullman.
Cambridge University Press. 2014
2. Streaming Data - Understanding the real-time pipeline, Andrew G. Psaltis ,May 2017
3 Data Mining: The Textbook. Charu Aggarwal. Springer. 2015
4 The Elements of Statistical Learning: Data Mining, Inference, and Prediction. Trevor Hastie,
Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman. Springer. 2013
5 Data Mining and Predictive Analytics -Book by Chantal D. Larose and Daniel T. Larose
(2015)
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Test (CAT), Quizzes, Assignments & Final
Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Storing large scale database of your choice in Hadoop framework and 3 hours
process using map reduce to produce valuable insights.
2. Apply a PCA algorithm using Apache Spark on healthcare dataset to reduce 3 hours
dimensionality and visualize the results
3. Using this sample twitter stream link: 3 hours
https://www.pubnub.com/developers/realtime-data-streams/twitter-stream/
• Apply frequent itemset mining to the streaming database and mine the
associated tweets
• Cluster the similar tweets based on any parameter of your choice.
4. For a sample Data Stream (Any dataset of your choice) perform the 3 hours
following operations: Querying, Counting, Bucketing
5. Choose a large scale dataset of your choice, store it in an efficient way and 3 hours
apply the following Machine learning techniques and analyse the findings.
Decision Tree, SVM
6. Clustering high dimensional data using any algorithm of your choice. 3 hours
7. Sample datasets are provided by Stanford University 3 hours
http://snap.stanford.edu/data/index.html Use any Social networks and
implement
• Community detection
• Modularity
• Betweenness, Models and
• Maximum Likelihood Estimation
8. Web Applications of Massive dataset mining – Advertising: Online Matching, 3 hours
Biding Algorithms .
9. Apply any one recommendation algorithm of your choice to a large scale 6 hours
dataset (MovieLens database)
Total Laboratory Hours: 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Test, Final Assessment test (FAT)
List of Projects (Indicative)
Consider any of the sample Datasets
 • SNAP network datasets
• DBpedia: A richly labeled graph of Wikipedia entities.
• Freebase: An entity graph of people, places and things.
• Ratings and purchases (movies, music, etc.)
• Amazon product co-purchasing network: 600k products and all their metadata.
• KDD Cup 2011: 300M ratngs from 1M users on 600k songs, albums and artists.
• IMDB database: Everything about every movie ever made.
• Movielens: User movie rating data.
• Sample datasets from kaggle.com

Develop a project by implement any of the following on the above datasets or any large scale
dataset of your choice.
1. Preprocess the data , Store the data in Hadoop Framework
2. Apply appropriate Dimensionality reduction techniques and visualize the results
3. Apply Machine learning techniques to classify and cluster the datasets and visualize the
results
4. Apply recommendation Techniques to the datasets
5. Find the association among the attributes in the high dimensional dataset
6. For Social Network databases , Implement the appropriate algorithms to Analyze the
networks
7. Measure the Efficiency of different algorithms and analyze its performance
8. Mine data streams and apply streaming algorithms of your choice to study the performance
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60 Date 5-11-2020
CSE3086 NoSQL Databases L T P J C
2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite DBMS Syllabus Version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. Explore the origins of NoSQL databases and difference between the NoSQL database and
Traditional relational database management systems.
2. Describe the architectures and common features of the main types of NoSQL databases (key-
value stores, document databases, column-family stores, graph databases)
3. Discuss the criteria that decision makers should consider when choosing between relational
and non-relational databases and techniques for selecting the NoSQL database that best
addresses specific use cases.

Course Outcomes:
On completion of this course, students will be able
1. To understand the detailed architecture of NoSQL databases.
2. To understand the major types( Columnar, Key-Value, Document and Graph Based data
models) of NoSQL databases including its primary use cases .
3. To identify the appropriate NoSQL database model for the real time applications

Module:1 Introduction to NoSQL Concepts 4 hours

Data base revolutions: First generation, second generation, third generation, Managing
Transactions and Data Integrity, ACID and BASE for reliable database transactions, Achieving
horizontal scalability with database sharding, Brewer’s CAP theorem.
Module:2 NOSQL DATA ARCHITECTURE 3 hours
NoSQL Data model: Aggregate Models- Document Data Model- Key-Value Data Model-
Columnar Data Model, Graph Based Data Model – Graph Data Model, NoSQL system ways to
handle big data problems: Moving Queries to data, not data to the query, hash rings to distribute
the data on clusters, replication to scale reads.
Module:3 KEY –VALUE DATA STORES 6 hours
From array to key –value databases, Essential features of key – value Databases, Properties of
keys, Characteristics of Values, Key-Value Database Data Modeling Terms, Key-Value
Architecture and implementation Terms, Designing Structured Values, Limitations of KeyValue
Databases, Design Patterns for Key-Value Databases, Case Study: Key-Value Databases for text
mining application
Module:4 DOCUMENT ORIENTED DATABASE 4 hours
Document, Collection, Naming, CRUD operation, querying, indexing, Replication, Sharding,
Consistency Implementation: Distributed consistency, Eventual Consistency, Capped Collection,
Case studies: document oriented database: MongoDB
Module:5 COLUMNAR DATA MODEL - I 5 hours
Data warehousing schemas: Comparison of columnar and row-oriented storage, Column-store
Architectures: C-Store and Vector-Wise, Column-store internals and, Inserts/updates/deletes,
Indexing, Adaptive Indexing and Database Cracking.
Module:6 COLUMNAR DATA MODEL - II 2 hours
Advanced techniques: Vectorized Processing, Compression, Write penalty, Operating Directly on
Compressed Data Late Materialization Joins , Group-by, Aggregation and Arithmetic Operations,
CRUD operations and case studies - Cassandra
Module:7 DATA MODELING WITH GRAPH 4 hours
Comparison of Relational and Graph Modeling, Property Graph Model Graph Analytics: Link
analysis algorithm- Web as a graph, PageRank- Markov chain, page rank computation: Iterative
processing, Random walk distribution, Neo4j: Introduction to Cypher, case study: Building a
Graph Database Application
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Total Lecture hours 30 hours
Text Book(s)
1. Guy Harrison, “Next Generation database: NoSQL New SQL and Big Data”, Apress, Ist
Edition, 2015
2. Daniel G. McCreary and Ann M. Kelly “Making Sense of NoSQL” Manning publisher,
Edition illustrated, 2013
Reference Books
1 Shanshak Tiwari, “Professional NoSQL”, Wrox, Ist Edition, 2011
2 Matthew O. Ward, Georges Grinstein, Daniel Keim "Interactive Data Visualization:
Foundations,
3 Daniel Abadi, Peter Boncz, Stavros Harizopoulos, “The Design and Implementation of Modern
Column-Oriented Database Systems”, Now Publisher, 2013.
4 Kristina Chodorow, “Mongo DB the Definitive Guide” O’Reilly Media, 2013.
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1. Import the Hubway data into Neo4j and configure Neo4j. Then, answer the 3 hours
following questions using the Cypher Query Language:
a. List top 10 stations with most outbound trips (Show station name
and number of trips)
b. List top 10 stations with most inbound trips (Show station name and
number of trips)
c. List top 5 routes with most trips (Show starting station name, ending
station name and number of trips) (4) List the hour number (for
example 13 means 1pm -2pm) and number of trips which start from
the station "B.U. Central"
d. List the hour number (for example 13 means 1pm -2pm) and number
of trips which end at the station "B.U. Central" 2.
2. The flight data can be found at http://stat- 3 hours
computing.org/dataexpo/2009/thedata.html . You need to download just
one year and from there you can sample a subset of at least 10000 records.
You can use the data from a full year if you want but we recommend using
a smaller dataset for simplicity. Hint: If you need to unzip the data file,
you can use the command: bzip2 – d datafile from a terminal. For example,
for the 2008, you download the file and unzip it using: bzip2 -d
1987.csv.bz2. The airport data can be found at http://stat-
computing.org/dataexpo/2009/supplemental-data.html .
1. Download the flight dataset and airport dataset.
2. Clean the dataset (for example: remove columns you do not need,
remove records with missing information, remove duplicate records
and so on).
3. Give the header to csv files
4. Import the data into Neo4j.
5. Write the queries to answer following questions:
• List top 10 airports with most outbound flights.
 • List top 10 airports with most inbound flights.
• List top 5 routes with most flights in weekdays.
• List top 5 routes with most flights in weekends.
• List the hour number (for example 13 means 1pm -2pm) and
number of flights, which depart from a specific airport in your
data (e.g., Boston Logan Airport).
6. List the hour number (for example 13 means 1pm -2pm) and
number of flights, which arrive at specific airport in your data (e.g.,
Boston Logan Airport).
3. Answer the following using the database given in question 2
In your report, you should answer the following questions:
a. List the year of the flights that you downloaded and prepared for
this assignment. You can get a sample set from one-year data.
However, the number of flights cannot be smaller than 10k.
b. Describe how you clean the data (Which columns you remove and
why? Which rows you remove and why?). Hint: You can clean your
data by writing a small program in Java, Python, C, or any kind of
programming language.
c. Describe the header you give to the csv files.
Write down the command for importing data.
e. Write and execute the queries from step (5) of Question 2.
4. Download a zip code dataset at http://media.mongodb.org/zips.json. Use 3 hours
mongo import to import the zip code dataset into MongoDB. After
importing the data, answer the following questions by using aggregation
pipelines:
a. Find all the states that have a city called "BOSTON".
b. Find all the states and cities whose names include the string
"BOST".
c. Each city has several zip codes. Find the city in each state with the
most number of zip codes and rank those cities along with the states
using the city populations.
d. MongoDB can query on spatial information.
Assume we have a spatial position as [-72, 42], and in the range of
2 (it can be [-71.5, 41.5] or [-72.5, 42.5] or somewhere else), there
may exist a number of zip codes . Try to find the states in that range.
You should return the total populations and the number of cities of
each state in that range. Rank the states based on the number of
cities.
e. Consider a certain rectangular area, in which the vertices are [ -80 ,
30 ] , [ -90 , 30 ] , [ -90 , 40 ] and [ -80 , 40 ]. Find and report the
top 10 largest cities (by population) in this area.
5. Restaurants analysis System using Mongodb 3 hours
Sample queries :
a. Write a MongoDB query to display the fields restaurant_id, name,
borough and cuisine for all the documents in the collection
restaurant
b. Write a MongoDB query to find the restaurants who achieved a
score more than 90.
c. Write a MongoDB query to find the restaurants that achieved a
score, more than 80 but less than 100.
 d. Write a MongoDB query to find the restaurants that do not prepare
any cuisine of 'American' and their grade score more than 70 and
latitude less than -65.754168
6. Product Catalog Analysis using MongoDB 3 hours
a. Find Albums by Genre and Sort by Year Produced.
b. Find Products Sorted by Percentage Discount Descending. While
most searches will be for a particular type of product (e.g album,
movie, etc.,) in some situations you may want to return all products
in a certain price range, or discount percentage.
c. Find Movies Based on Starring Actor.
7. Create a database that stores road cars. Cars have a manufacturer, a type. 3 hours
Each car has a maximum performance and a maximum torque value. Use
ifconfig to determine a machine’s IP address. To check if Cassandra is
running in the background,
Do the following:
a. Test Cassandra’s replication schema and consistency models.
b. Network Partition without Replication
c. Network Partition with Replication and Weak Consistency
d. Network Partition with Replication and Quorum Consistency
8. Create a database that stores road cars. Cars have a manufacturer, a type. 3 hours
Each car has a maximum performance and a maximum torque value. Use
ifconfig to determine a machine’s IP address. To check if Cassandra is
running in the background,
Do the following:
a. Cars have different powertrains. Each type can be described with
different parameters:
b. Internal combustion engine: fuel type, displacement, maximum
torque, maximum power
c. Electric motor: maximum torque, maximum power
d. Both: all of the above and the combined maximum torque and
power values
e. The class hierarchy for different powertrain types
f. Extend the cars column family to store the powertrain of each car.
g. Write a query that collects the cars with an internal combustion
engine.
h. Write a query that collects the cars with an internal combustion
engine or an electric motor.
9. Radis basic commands 3 hours
10. Design of a simple URL shortener service using radis Insertion: the user 3 hours
provides a long URL and obtains a short URL from the system;
a. Query: the user provides a short URL and obtains a long URL from
the system, if it exists;
b. Takes as input a (short) string;
c. Provides a long URL associated to the string, if it exists, otherwise
returns an error;
d. Registers the number of times that a short string has been asked.
e. Statistics: the systems provides a set of statistics on the service.
f. The number of insertions made by each user;
g. The average number of times the short URLs have been asked.
Total Laboratory Hours: 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Test, Final Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Analyzing and Visualizing social networks like Facebook and twitter using NoSQL
Databases using Neo4j
2. Using Sample datasets from http://www.rdatamining.com/resources/data, UCLA Repository,
kaggle dataset etc., and analyzing those using NoSQL databases.Any NoSQL Database
tools.
3. Twitter provides a fire hose of data. Automatically filtering, aggregating,analyzing such
data can allow a way to harness the full value of the data,extracting valuable information. T
he idea of this project is investigating streamprocessing technology to operate on social strea
ms.
4. a. Real-time analytic using Redis with Top scores, Top ranked contributors, Top posts,
Many Q&A platforms like use Redis Sorted Sets to rank the highest voted answers for
each proposed question to ensure the best quality content is listed at the top of the page.
b. Online gaming apps leverage Redis Sorted Sets to maintain their high score lists, as
scores can be repeated, but the strings which contain the unique user details.
c. Redis Sorted Sets are a great tool for a task scheduling service, as you can associate a
score to rank the priority of a task in your queue. For any task that does not have a score
noted, you can use the WEIGHTS option to a default of 1.
d. The Redis geo indexing API uses a Sorted Set for the Geo Hash technique which allows
you to index locations based on latitude and longitude, turning multi dimensional data
into linear data.
e. Your application needs to instantaneously track and show the top bid, the top score or
the top opinion.

5. MongoDB Projects
a. E-Commerce System with MongoDB: product categories, shopping carts, and orders
using JavaScript using the MongoDB shell
b. Personalization engines create customized online experiences for your customers in
real time based on analysis of behavioral and demographic profiles, historical
interactions, and preferences. They are built on top of legacy customer data management
systems or they replace them altogether.
c. Risk Analytics & Reporting. Financial institutions need to consolidate and analyze
multiple risk metrics to create a single view of exposure across asset classes or
counterparties. MongoDB’s dynamic query language to allow granular access to any
data attribute. MongoDB’s native aggregation framework gives them a powerful tool for
grouping and reshaping of data at massive scale for intraday analysis.

6. Neo4j Sample Projects.

a. Recommendation engines
b. Fraud analytics
c. Network analysis
Mode of assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 30-10-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 60 Date 5-11-2020
SWE1011 Soft Computing L T P J C
3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite MAT5015 Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the fundamentals of neural network and its applications
2. To learn about the concept of fuzzy logic components
3. To expose the ideas about genetic algorithm

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand the basics of artificial neural network and supervised learning
network
2. Apply knowledge and understanding of associative memory networks
3. Apply knowledge and understanding of unsupervised learning network
4. Comprehend fuzzy sets and of fuzziness involved in various systems
5. Understand the concepts of fuzzy logic, knowledge representation
6. Understand fuzzy concepts and develop a Fuzzy inference system to derive
decisions.

7. Understand the concepts of genetic Algorithm

8. Apply soft computing techniques for real life applications

Module:1 Neural networks 7 hours

Introduction to Soft computing, basics. Neural networks, introduction, evolution, basic models,
terminologies of ANN, Pitts model, Perceptron, Adaline, Back-propagation network, RBF
network.

Module:2 Memory Models 5 hours

Pattern association, auto & hetero associative memory models, Radial Basis Function, BAM,
Hopfield network

Module:3 Unsupervised Networks 6 hours

Kohonen Self-organizing maps, LVQ network, ART, Recurrent networks and deep learning

Module:4 Fuzzy sets 6 hours

Introduction, fuzzy sets and crisp sets, operations, fuzzy relations, fuzzification & defuzzification

Module:5 Fuzzy logic and approximate reasoning 7 hours

Membership functions, Fuzzy truth values, fuzzy propositions, fuzzy rules, formation,
decomposition and aggregation of rules, fuzzy reasoning.

Module:6 Fuzzy Decision making 6 hours

FIS, Fuzzy controller. Individual decision making, multi-objective and multi-attribute decision
making, Industrial applications.
Module:7 Search Strategies 6 hours
Basic concepts of search strategies, Genetic Algorithm working principle, procedures of GA, flow
chart of GA, Genetic representations, (encoding) Initialization and selection, Genetic operators,
Mutation, Generational Cycle, Applications

Module:8 Contemporary Issues: Applications of soft 2 hours

computing in industry

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Principles of Soft Computing, 2nd Edition by Sivanandam & Deepa, Wiley India, 2011.
Reference Books
1. Introduction to Soft Computing, by Samir Roy and Udit Chakraborty, Pearson, 2013
2. Fundamentals of Neural networks: architectures, algorithms and applications by Laurene
Fausett, Pearson India, 2008
3. Fuzzy logic with Engineering Applications, 3rd Edition by T.J. Ross, Wiley India, 2010

Recommended by Board of Studies 5-3-2016

Approved by Academic Council No. 40th Date 18-3-2016
CSE4077 Recommender Systems L T P J C

3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite None Syllabus Version
1.0
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :
1. To provide a foundation of recommender systems concepts
2. To expose to a variety of recommender systems algorithms
3. To provide a knowledge on the different evaluation methods of Recommender Systems
4. To build up the capability to develop a recommender system solution

Course Outcomes:
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Characterize different types of Recommender Systems, map a given real world problem to
appropriate model, understand and identify the stages and issues in the deployment of the
system
2. Apply principles and techniques of recommender systems in applications related to
recommender systems design and analysis
3. Analyze and evaluate various recommender algorithms
4. Implement appropriate recommender system for real world applications

Module:1 INTRODUCTION 6 hours

Basic Models – Domain Specific Challenges – Applications - NEIGHBORHOOD-BASED
COLLABORATIVE FILTERING
Rating Matric - Predicting Ratings with Neighborhood-based Methods - Clustering -
Dimensionality Reduction and Neighborhood Methods - A Regression Modeling View of
Neighborhood Methods - Graph Models for Neighborhood-Based Methods
Module:2 MODEL-BASED COLLABORATIVE 6 hours
FILTERING
Decision and Regression Trees - Rule-Based Collaborative Filtering – Associative Rule based
Filtering - Naive Bayes Collaborative Filtering - Latent Factor Models -Integrating Factorization
and Neighborhood Models
Module:3 CONTENT-BASED RECOMMENDER 6 hours
SYSTEMS
Basic Components of Content-Based Systems - Preprocessing and Feature Extraction - Learning
User Profiles and Filtering - Content-Based Versus Collaborative Recommendations - Using
Content-Based Models for Collaborative Filtering
Module:4 KNOWLEDGE-BASED 6 hours
RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS
Constraint-Based Recommender Systems - Case-Based Recommenders - Persistent
Personalization in Knowledge-Based Systems
Module:5 CONTEXT SENSITIVE 6 hours
RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS
Context-Sensitive Recommender Systems - The Multidimensional Approach -Contextual Pre-
filtering: A Reduction-Based Approach - Post-Filtering Methods - Contextual Modeling
Module:6 STRUCTURAL 7 hours
RECOMMENDATIONS IN
NETWORKS
Ranking Algorithms - Recommendations by Collective Classification - Recommending Friends:
Link Prediction - Social Influence Analysis and Viral Marketing
SOCIAL AND TRUST-CENTRIC RECOMMENDER SYSTEMS
Multidimensional Models for Social Context - Network-Centric and Trust-Centric Methods - User
Interaction in Social Recommenders
Module:7 EVALUATING RECOMMENDER 6 hours
SYSTEMS
Evaluating Recommender Systems - Evaluation Paradigms - Design Issues in Offline
Recommender Evaluation - Accuracy Metrics in Offline Evaluation
Module:8 Contemporary Issues 2 hours
Total lecture hours: 45 hours
Reference Books
1. Charu C. Aggarwal, “Recommender Systems : The Textbook”, First Ed., Springer,
2016.
2. K. Falk, Practical recommender systems. Shelter Island, NY: Manning Publications
Company, 2019.( ISBN : 9781617292705)
3 D. Jannach, Recommender systems. New York: Cambridge University Press, 2011.
(ISBN: 9780521493369)
4 D. Agarwal and B. Chung-Chen, Statistical methods for recommender systems. New
York, NY: Cambridge University Press, 2016.( ISBN: 9781107036079 )
5 R. Banik, Hands-On Recommendation Systems with Python. Birmingham, United
Kingdom: PACKT Publishing Limited, 2018.( ISBN: 9781788993753 )
6 S. Berkovsky, I. Cantador and D. Tikk, Collaborative Recommendations: Algorithms,
Practical Challenges and Applications. UK: World Scientific Publishing Co, 2019.(ISBN:
9789813275348)
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Test (CAT)/ Quizzes/ Assignments / Final
Assessment Test (FAT)
List of Projects
1. Movie Recommendation - Dataset: Netflix Prize and MovieLens Datasets
2. 2 Search + Recommendation System -- Dataset: BestBuy
3. Predict Influencers in the Social Network - Dataset: PeerIndex
4. Music Recommender System – Dataset :
5. Recommendation System based on Graph Database
6. Songs Recommendation System in Android
7. YouTube Ad Recommendation
8. Recommender system for recipes with social elements
9. Recommender System for Fonts
10. Recommender Systems for E-learning
11. Recommendation system for Tourist
12. RECOMMENDATIONS FOR SKIN CARE COSMETICS
13. Real estate location recommender system
14. Recommender system for Favourite TV Show for better user Experience
15. Books Recommender System
16. Social Network Recommender System for Infogram
17. Recommending Legislative Candidates Through Bi-Dimensional Political Modelling
18. Recommendation system for Decor Home & Offices
19. Recommender System for Public E-Services
20. Camera settings recommender system for photographers
21. A Course Recommender System for VIT Students
Total hours 60 hours
Mode of Assessment: Reviews
Recommended by Board of studies 30/10/2020
Approved by Academic Council 60th AC Date 5/11/2020
Course code Course title L T P J C
CSE3068 Sequential and Spatial Data Mining 3 1 0 0 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
The objectives of this course are :
1. To provide a basics of Sequential and Spatial Data Mining concepts
2. To expose to a variety of Sequential and Spatial Data Mining Techniques
3. To provide a knowledge on the different SDM Principals
4. To develop the ability to apply a sequential and spatial data mining techniques in various
applications.

Expected Course Outcome:

After successfully completing the course the student should be able to

1. Understand the different types of Sequential & Spatial data mining techniques and map a given
real world problem.
2. Apply the sequential & spatial data mining techniques and algorithms for better insights and
analysis
3. Analyze and evaluate various sequential and spatial data mining techniques.
4. Implement appropriate sequential and spatial data mining techniques for real world applications

Module:1 Introduction Sequence Data mining 5 hours

Examples and Applications of Sequence Data - Examples of Sequence - Examples of Sequence
Mining Applications - Basic Definitions - Sequences and Sequence Types - Characteristics of
Sequence Data - Sequence Patterns and Sequence Models

Module:2 Frequent and Closed Sequence Patterns 5 hours

Sequential Patterns - GSP (Generalized Sequential Pattern): An Apriori-like Method - PrefixSpan:
A Pattern-growth, Depth-first Search Method - Apriori-like, Breadth-first Search versus
Patterngrowth, Depth-first Search - Span - Pseudo-Projection - Mining Closed Sequential Patterns
- Closed Sequential Patterns - Efficiently Mining Closed Sequential Patterns.

Module:3 Predictions, Features and Distances of 7 hours

Sequence Data
Three Tasks on Sequence Classification/Clustering - Sequence Features - Sequence Feature Types
- Sequence Feature Selection - Distance Functions over Sequences - Overview on Sequence
Distance Functions - Edit, Hamming, and Alignment based Distances - Conditional Probability
Distribution based Distance - An Example of Feature based Distance: Web Session Similarity.
Classification of Sequence Data - Support Vector Machines - Artificial Neural Networks -
Evaluation of Classifiers and Classification Algorithms. Clustering Sequence Data - Popular
Sequence Clustering Approaches - Quality Evaluation of Clustering Results.

Module:4 Introduction to Spatial Data Mining 6 hours

Motivation for Spatial Data Mining (SDM) - Superfluous Spatial Data - Hazards from Spatial Data
- Attempts to Utilize Data. The State of the Art of SDM - Theoretical Techniques - Applicable
Fields. Bottleneck of - Excessive Spatial Data - High-Dimensional Spatial Data - Polluted Spatial
Data - Uncertain Spatial Data - Mining Differences - Problems to Represent the Discovered
Knowledge.

Module:5 Spatial Data Mining Principles 6 hours

SDM Principles - SDM Concepts - SDM Characteristics - Understanding SDM from Different
Views. SDM Pyramid, Web SDM, From Spatial Data to Spatial Knowledge. Spatial Numerical -
Spatial Data - Spatial Information -Spatial Knowledge - Unified Action - SDM Space - Attribute
Space - Feature Space Conceptual Space - Discovery State Space - SDM View - SDM User -
SDM Method - SDM Application – SDM Hierarchy - SDM Granularity - SDM Scale

Module:6 Spatial Knowledge to Discovery 7 hours

Spatial Knowledge to Discovery - General Geometric Rule and Spatial Association Rule -
Spatial Characteristics Rule and Discriminate Rule - Spatial Clustering Rule and Classification
Rule - Spatial Predictable Rule and Serial Rule - Spatial Exception or Outlier - Spatial
Knowledge Representation - Natural Language - Conversion Between Quantitative Data and
Qualitative Concept - Spatial Knowledge Measurement - Spatial Rules Plus Exceptions.

Module:7 Methods and Techniques in Spatial Data 7 hours

Mining
Methods and Techniques in SDM - Crisp Set Theory - Probability Theory - Evidence Theory -
Spatial Statistics - Spatial Clustering - Spatial Analysis - Extended Set Theory - Fuzzy Sets - Rough
Sets - Bionic Method - Artificial Neural Network - Genetic Algorithms . Others -Rule Induction -
Decision - Visualization Techniques

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

45 hours
Total Lecture hours:
Text Book(s)
1. Guozhu Dong and Jian Pei, “Sequence Data Mining”, Springer Publication, 2007.
2. Li, Deren, Wang, Shuliang, Li, Deyi, “Spatial Data Mining Theory and Application”
Springer Publications, 2015.

Reference Books
1. John Wang, “Sequential Pattern Mining”, IGI Global Publications, 2009.
2. D. Li and Shuliang Wang, “Spatial Data mining Theory and Application”, Springer
Publication, 2015.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Final Assessment Test, Assignments, Quiz,
Seminar
Indicative List of Tutorial Problems

1. Market Basket Analysis using frequent mining, Dataset: Supermarket dataset

2. Clustering Sequences of Categorical Values
3. Similarity Analysis of DNA Sequence
4. Protein sequence based classification – Example Tumour classification
5. Biological sequence Analysis
6. Classification on Financial Donors based on the different features (like age, income etc.,)
7. Prediction on Sales and profit based on the location using Spatial associations
 8. Tax (house / land) calculation using spatial data mining techniques
9. Finding particles on the Remotely sensed Image
10. Water source and quality predication using spatial data mining
11. Social sensing (Task of identifying Human mobility patterns)
Total Tutorial hours: 15 hours
Recommended by Board of Studies 08/02/2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18/02/2021
Course code Course Title L T P J C
MGT3014 Operations Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand basic aspects of analytics and evaluation
2. To learn various analytical techniques applied in complex real life situations
3. To be able to scale up an academic model to workable practical model by carrying the
process of analytical framework.

Expected Course Outcome:

On completion of this course, students will be able to
4. Predict the efficiency of the various business processes.
5. Perform predictive analytics in decision making
6. Optimize the processes using prescriptive analytics

Module:1 Introduction to Operations analytics 4 hours

Predictive analytics – Prescriptive analytics-inventory and queuing models

Module:2 Predictive analytics – I 6 hours

Replacement Problems: Replacement models that deteriorate with time – Replacement of items
whose maintenance costs increase with time and value of money also changes with time –
Replacement of items that fail suddenly

Module:3 Predictive analytics – II 8 hours

Materials Management and Procurement: Inventory Problems: Deterministic model – Costs –
Decision variables-Economic order Quantity with and without shortage – Quantity discount –
Probabilistic Inventory model – Inventory systems – Safety stock – Instantaneous and non-
instantaneous receipt of goods – Re-order level – ABC Analysis.

Module:4 Decision Making Models 8 hours

Decision Making under uncertainty - Decision making under certainty and Risk– Decision Tree

Module:5 Prescriptive analytics – Optimization 6 hours

Game theory: Two person zero-sum game with saddle point – Game problems of Mixed strategy -
Method of dominance – Graphic method for 2Xn or mX2 games – Mixed strategies for 3X3 game
– Method of linear programming

Module:6 Queuing Models – I 5 hours

Introduction to Queuing Theory – (M/M/1): (∞/FCFS), (M/M/1): (N/FCFS)

Module:7 Queuing Models – II 5 hours

(M/M/C): (∞/FCFS), (M/M/C): (N/FCFS)

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Andersen, Sweeney etal, (2016), Quantitative Methods for Business, 13th edition, Cengage
Learning.
2. Wayne L. Winston, S. Christian Albright, (2016), Practical Management Science, 5th
edition, Cengage Learning.
Reference Books
1. Hamdy Taha, (2016), Operations Research, 10th edition, Prentice Hall India.
2. S.D.Sharma, KedarNath, (2014), Operations Research, Ram Nath & Co.
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Predictive analytics in demand forecasting
2. Decision Tree classifier using ML Techniques
3. Assessing the queuing models for reducing waiting time
4. Optimizing resources with game theory for operational excellence
5. Developing a mixed strategy using method of dominance in project execution
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT4003 Lean Six Sigma Principles 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand and implement the applications of lean six sigma concepts in decision
making.
2. To understand the general issues relating to improvement of productivity and quality
measures.

Expected Course Outcome:

On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Comprehend the concepts of lean six sigma in process improvement
2. Gain an understanding of what waste is and how to identify it so that it can be reduced.
3. Analyze the implementation of six sigma concepts in managerial decisions

Module:1 Define Phase – Basics of Six Sigma 5 hours

Meanings of Six Sigma – General History of Six Sigma & Continuous Improvement – Voice of the
Customer, Business and Employee - The Fundamentals of Six Sigma – Defining a Process –
Critical to Quality Characteristics (CTQ’s) Costs of Quality – Pareto Analysis (80:20 rule) – Basic
Six Sigma Metrics - DPU, DPMO, FTY, RTY Cycle Time

Module:2 Selecting Lean Six Sigma Projects 5 hours

– Building a Business Case & Project Charter – Developing Project Metrics – Financial Evaluation
& Benefits Capture – The Lean Enterprise – Understanding Lean – The History of Lean – Lean
& Six Sigma – The Seven Elements of Waste – 5S

Module:3 Measure Phase 6 hours

Process Definition – Process Mapping, SIPOC, Value Stream Map – Failure Modes & Effects
Analysis (FMEA) – Six Sigma Statistics – Basic Statistics – Descriptive Statistics – Normal
Distributions & Normality – Graphical Analysis – Measurement System Analysis – Precision &
Accuracy – Bias, Linearity & Stability – Process Capability – Capability Analysis – Concept of
Stability – Attribute & Discrete Capability – Monitoring Techniques

Module:4 Analyze Phase 7 hours

Patterns of Variation – Inferential Statistics – Sampling Techniques & Uses – Central Limit
Theorem – Hypothesis Testing – General Concepts & Goals of Hypothesis Testing – Significance;
Practical vs. Statistical – Risk; Alpha & Beta - Types of Hypothesis Test - Hypothesis Testing with
Normal Data – 1 & 2 sample t-tests – ANOVA

Module:5 Hypothesis Testing with Non-Normal Data 7 hours

Mann-Whitney - Kruskal-Wallis – Friedman Test – Sample Sign Test – Sample Wilcoxon – One
and Two-Sample Proportion – Chi-Square Test

Module:6 Improve Phase 5 hours

Correlation – Regression – Residuals Analysis – Non- Linear Regression – Multiple Linear
Regression - Data Transformation, Box Cox

Module:7 Control Phase 7 hours

Lean Controls – Control Methods for 5S – Kanban – Poka-Yoke (Mistake Proofing) – Statistical
Process Control (SPC) – Data Collection for SPC – Control Charts – CumSum Chart – EWMA
Chart
Six Sigma Control Plans – Cost Benefit Analysis - Elements of the Control Plan - Elements of the
Response Plan

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Evans, J R and W M Lindsay (2015). An Introduction to Six Sigma and Process Improvement,
Cengage. 2nd Ed.
2. The Six Sigma Handbook, Fourth Edition, McGraw-Hill
3. Pascal Dennis (2007), Lean Production Simplified: A Plain-Language Guide to the World's
Most Powerful Production System, (Second edition), Productivity Press, New York.
4. McCarty, Daniels, Bremer and Gupta (2011), The Six Sigma Black Belt Handbook, McGraw-
Hill
5. Steve Borris, (2012), Strategic Lean Mapping, McGraw Hill.
6. Yasuhiro Monden, (2011) “Toyota Production System: An Integrated Approach to Just-in-
Time”, 4th edition, CRC Press.
Reference Books
1. Steven Jones (2016), Lean Six Sigma: The Ultimate Guide To Lean Six Sigma With Tools For
Improving Quality And Speed! (Lean, Six Sigma, Quality Control), CreateSpace Independent
Publishing Platform
2. Thomas Pyzdek & Paul Keller (2018) The Six Sigma Handbook, 5E, McGraw-Hill Education
3. James Turner (2019), Lean Six Sigma: The Ultimate Intermediate Guide to Learn Lean Six
Sigma Step by Step, Nelly B.L. International Consulting Ltd
4. Chuck Mignosa, Frank Voehl, Rich Charron H. James Harrington, (2020) The Lean Six Sigma
Black Belt Handbook : Tools and Methods for Process Acceleration
5. Peter Ortega (2020), Lean Six SIGMA: An Essential Guide to Lean Six SIGMA, Charlie
Creative Lab
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Operational Excellence through lean principles
2. Optimizing resources through lean principles for on-time project delivery
3. Six Sigma to Improve process Quality and Outcomes
4. Software Vendor Partnership Cost Reduction with Six Sigma
5. Design for six sigma for achieving competitive advantage
6. Six Sigma Focus on Total Customer Satisfaction
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3011 Econometrics 3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To help the students to understand the basic econometric concepts in order to build a solid
foundation.
2. To mold and develop skills to identify and apply appropriate econometric methods.
3. To explore the knowledge of OLS, cross sectional, time series and panel data concepts and
applications
4. To explore the application of appropriate software tools for solutions and decisions
5. To help the students to understand the real world situations and making better decisions

Expected Course Outcome:

At the end of this course students are able to
1. Apply mathematics / business problem solving techniques in business applications
2. Design a Quantitative / product / service solutions applying all the relevant standards and with
realistic constraints, in different managerial contexts.
3. Translate vast data in to abstract concepts and to understand database reasoning

Module:1 Introduction to Econometrics 2 hours

Econometrics – Scope- Importance of Business forecasting-Economic theory- Econometric
models-Concept of a random variable - Discrete and Continuous

Module:2 Hypothesis Testing 5 hours

Variable selection-Ordinary least squares estimators (OLS) method-Critical evaluation of the
classical Linear Regression model (Autocorrelation, Multicollinearity, Heteroscedasticity and
Model specification errors) - Functional forms of regression model-Endogeneity-
Z test-T test –F test-T test -Chi-Square distribution- -Measures of forecast performance: Mean
square error and Root mean square error-Limitations of econometric forecasts

Module:3 Cross Sectional Data Econometrics 6 hours

Qualitative Explanatory variables Regression models-Multinomial-Ordinal regression models-
Limited dependent variable-models -Modelling count data: the Poisson and negative binomial
Regression models

Module:4 Time Series Data Econometrics 8 hours

Stationary Stochastic process - Non stationary stochastic process - Unit root - Trend stationary and
difference stationary- AutoRegressive moving average [ARMA], Auto Regressive Integrated
moving average [ARIMA]-Vector autoregression (VAR)- Granger causality test-

Module:5 ARCH /GARCH Models in Econometrics 6 hours

Cointegration and error correction model-Volatility models: Auto Regressive Conditional
Heteroskedasticity [ARCH], Generalised Auto Regressive Conditional Heteroskedasticity
[GARCH]
Module:6 Panel Data Econometrics 8 hours
Panel data regression models - Pooled OLS-Random Effects Model (REM) and Fixed effects least
squares dummy variables (LSDV) models - random effects - Hausman test - one way and two way
models - Random coefficient model (Hierarchical /multilevel models)

Module:7 Portfolio Optimization Models 8 hours

William sharp CAPM Model, 3 Factor FAMA Model, model Markowitz, Black Scholes-
Monte carlo Simulations- Textual data feed and its impact on forecasting- Portfolio optimization
models and option pricing tools

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Damodar N. Gujarat, Dawn C Porter, Sangeetha Gunasekar, (2011),Basic Econometrics, 5th
edition, McGraw- Hill
2. Gujarati. D, (2014), Econometrics by example, Palgrave Macmillan.
Brooks. C, (2014), Introductory Econometrics for Finance, Cambridge university press.
Reference Books
1. Wooldridge. J, (2015), Introductory econometrics: A modern approach, Nelson Education.
2. Maddala. G. S,Lahiri. K, (2009), Introduction to econometrics, Wiley.
3. Koutsoyiannis. A, (1977), Theory of econometrics: an introductory exposition of econometric
methods, Macmillan.
4. Davenport, T. H, Harris. J. G, (2007), Competing on analytics: The new science of winning,
Harvard Business Press.
5. Cooper, D. R, Schindler. P. S, (2003), Business research methods, Tata Mc Hill Publication.
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Experiments (Indicative)
1. Hypothesis Testing 6 hours
2. Cross Sectional Data 4 hours
3. Time Series Forecasting models 4 hours
4. ARCH/GARCH Models 4 hours
5. Panel Data regression models 6 hours
6. Portfolio Optimization Models 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous assessment, Final Assessment Test
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3015 Supply Chain Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:
• Understand the importance of the basics of Business Analytics and Optimization
• Understand the importance of the basics of Supply Chain Analytics and Optimization
• Analyze the level of uncertainty associated with the supply of products and services to targeted
customer segments and justify the choice of a supply chain strategy and its fit with competitive
strategy.
• Explain the role and applications of Descriptive, Predictive and Prescriptive Analytics in a
Supply Chain
• Learn the basics of Modeling through programming.

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Basic insight in mathematical formulation of operations and supply chain management
problems.
2. Understand the strengths and weaknesses of various modelling approaches.
3. Perform practical quantitative analysis related to operations and supply chain management.
4. Understand the relevance of quantitative analysis related to operations and supply chain
management and the implication related to competence requirements in the companies.

Module:1 Introduction to supply chain analytics 5 hours

Understanding functional activities or data set relevance to logistics and supply chain management-
Strategies for data collection and aggregation-Approaches to analysis of functional data-Integrating
results of functional analyses to better understand logistics and supply chain performance-
Developing improvement strategies based on results of data analyses

Module:2 Supply planning analytics - I 5 hours

Procurement and Strategic Sourcing - Inventory Modeling-aggregate planning and resource
allocation decisions- Procurement Analytics- Production Modeling

Module:3 Supply planning analytics - I 6 hours

Prescriptive Analytics: Making the Best Decisions in Settings with Low Uncertainty- Decision
Trees, Making the Best Decisions in Settings with High Uncertainty- Warehouse location and the
GRG Multistart and Evolutionary Solver engines-case studies

Module:4 Demand Fulfillment analytics 6 hours

Demand Fulfillment- Price optimizing-optimizing inventory levels in distribution network -
Transportation modeling- delayed differentiation, mass customization- Predictive Analytics: Risk
and Evaluation of Alternatives - Using Solver to solve transportation or distribution problems-
Demand Uncertainty, Forecasting, and the Newsvendor Problem-case studies

Module:5 Supply Chain Network Design analytics 8 hours

Value of Supply Chain Network Modeling- Intuition Building with Center of Gravity Models-
Locating Facilities Using a Distance-Based Approach- Alternative Service Levels and Sensitivity
Analysis- Adding Capacity to the Model- Adding Outbound Transportation to the Model-
 Introducing Facility Fixed and Variable Costs- Baseline and Optimal Baselines- Three Echelon
Supply Chain Modeling- Adding Multiple Products and Multi-Site Production Sourcing- Multi-
Objective Optimization- The Art of Modeling- Data Aggregation in Network Design

Module:6 Integrated supply chain analytics 6 hours

Advanced and business supply chain related topics like CPFR, DDSN, Make/Buy - Total Supply
Chain Cost- computation of transfer prices -revenue management-yield management -product
changes/economies of scale- Recommendation production and prioritization case studies

Module:7 Advanced Analytics in supply chain 6 hours

Big data analytics, Machine Learning, Sustainability analytics including life cycle assessment
(LCA), Analytic Hierarchy Process, Data Envelopment Analysis(DEA), Multi criteria decisions
making(MCDM) Fuzzy Logic and Techniques-Application in SCM

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Raman A, Fisher M, (2010), How Analytics Are Transforming the Supply Chain and Improving
Performance, HBS Press.
2. Watson M, (2014), Supply Chain Network Design: Applying Optimization and Analytics to
the Global Supply Chain, Pearson Education.
3. Joel D Wisner, G. Keong Leong, Keah-Choon Tan, (2012), Supply Chain Management – A
Balanced Approach , 3rd edition Cengage Learning.

Reference Books
1. Tayur S,Ganeshan R, Michael, (1999), M. Quantitative Models for Supply Chain Management.
Kluwer Academic Publishers.
2. Winston, Wayne L, S. Christian Albright, (2001), Practical Management Science,3rd edition,
Pacific Grove, CA: Duxbury.
3. Feigin G, (2011), Supply Chain Planning and Analytics: The right product to the right place at
the right time, Business Expert Press, New York, USA.
4. Fisher M, Raman A, (2010), The New Science of Retailing: How Analytics are Transforming
the Supply Chain and Improving Performance, Harvard Business Press, Boston, Massachusetts,
USA.
5. Handfield R, (2006), Supply Market Intelligence: A managerial handbook for building sourcing
strategies, Taylor and Francis Group, Auerbach Publications, New York, USA.
6. Chopra S,Meindl P, (2016), Supply Chain Management: Strategy, Planning and Operation, 6th
edition, Pearson Education, USA.
7. Plenert, G. J, (2014), Supply Chain Optimization through Segmentation and Analytics, 1st
edition, CRC Press.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Identification of Reorder Level
2. Stock-out Prediction
3. Network planning
4. Route optimization
5. Vendor sourcing
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3006 Neuro Marketing 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus
Nil
version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. Coverage of neuroscience to marketing research.

2. Evaluation methods comparison of various neuro marketing techniques
3. Provide the an overview of marketing concepts

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Get conversed with fundamentals of Neuroscience & Neuro-marketing
2. Understand the application of various neuro marketing techniques and practices.
3. Understand the buying behavior of consumers based on neuroscience
4. Correlate Nervous System and Brand Communication
5. Demonstrate Neuroscience, Marketing Decisions and Ethical Issues
6. Familiarise Experience Economy

Module:1 Basics of Neuroscience & Neuro marketing 6 hours

Structure of nervous system, Senses & Cognition, Memory and Learning

Module:2 Involvement of Feelings in Consumption Situation 6 hours

Delight, Want & Reinforcements, Feel of Comfort, Beauty through Buyers’ Brain

Module:3 Experience Economy 6 hours

Positive Experience as a Sensory Impression, Emotional Involvement, Mood Affects & Buyer
Behavior

Module:4 Neuroscience & Neuro marketing in Buying Situations 6 hours

Risk Adjustments, Choice Confusion, Memory-Learning & Intuitions, Branding & Brain
Functions

Module:5 Neuroscience, Marketing Decisions and Ethical Issues 6 hours

Using neuroscience for marketing Decisions, Feeling as outcome, Ethical issues in Neuro
marketing

Module:6 Autonomic Nervous System and Brand Communication 4 hours

Customer Brand Value-Optimizing brand value-CLV and shareholder value

Module:7 Research Experiments in Neuro marketing-I 9 hours

Advertising research, Neuro-images of advertising, Advertising and brain, Thinking and
feeling, Impact of media, product and message on brain waves.
Research Experiments in Neuro marketing II Familiar brands affected by contextual inference,
attribute size and brand purchase

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues
 Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. J K Sharma, Deepali Singh, K K Deepak, D P Agarwal (2016), Neuromarketing : A Peep
Into Customer’s Minds, Eastern Economy Edition.
Reference Books
1. Patrick M Georges, Anne-Sophie Bayle-Tourtoulou, Michel Badoc (2014),
Neuromarketing in Action - How to Talk and Sell to the Brain Kogan Page India Private
2. Stephen J Genco, Andrew P Pohlmann, Peter Steidn(2013). Neuromarketing For Dummies,
Wiley India
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Forecasting sales at point-of-sale based on functional brain activation using fMRI
2. Neuroforecasting Crowdfunding Outcomes
3. Measuring narrative engagement for better story telling
4. Willingness to pay lip service? Applying a neuroscience-based method to WTP for green
electricity
5. Intuition, risk, and the formation of online trust
6. A Neuropsychological Study on How Consumers Process Risky and Secure E-payments
7. Graphical elements that can invoke trust in online web shops
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3012 Financial Analytics 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To explore the application of Financial concepts in real world data
2. Analyze the application of finance in different industry.
3. Interpret the relationship between the market return.

Expected Course Outcome:

At the end of this course students are able to:
1. Understand the different markets in Finance and its application
2. Analyze projects and its outcome.
3. Interpret the market behavior with changing trends.
4. A clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
5. Problem solving ability – solving social issues and business problems
6. Having critical thinking and innovative skills.

Module:1 Introduction to Financial Analysis 4 hours

Introduction to financial analytics – Application in Industry, Banking and Stock Market, Future of
Financial Analytics in India.

Module:2 Capital Budgeting Analysis 4 hours

Capital Budgeting : Various Project Scenario, Mutually Exclusive Projects, Projects funded by
Private Equity

Module:3 Stock Price Behavior and Analysis 4 hours

Understanding stock price behavior – Movements and Trends in Stock Prices – Stock Split and
Revised Stock Split

Module:4 Modern Portfolio Theory 4 hours

Construction of efficient frontier, Diversification, Capital Allocation Line, Arbitrage Pricing model,
CAPM.

Module:5 Asymmetric Information 4 hours

Market information, Company Information, Government information and Cross border information.

Module:6 Option Strategy 4 hours

Options and Strategies – Risk Neutral Model – Binomial model – Black-Scholes model.
Module:7 Algorithmic Trading 4 hours
Algorithmic Trading –Process of Algorithmic trading – Trend following Strategies – Back Testing
– Technical Indicators

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. David Ruppert, David Matterson (2015), Statistics and Data Analysis for Financial Engineering
(with R examples), Springer
2. Ruey S. Tsay (2013), An Introduction to Analysis of Financial Data with R, Wiley
Reference Books
1. Damodar Gujarathi (2007 )Basic Econometrics, McGraw-Hill Education (India) Pvt Limited
2. Robert Kissell (2013) The science of Algorithmic Trading and Portfolio Management,
Academic Press
3. Prasanna Chandra(2019) Financial Management, Mc Graw Hill India
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Experiments (Indicative)
1. Project Scenario 4 hours
2. CAR 4 hours
3. Stock Split 4 hours
4. Text data 4 hours
5. Option Models 8 hours
6. SML and CML 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Comparing inter and intra companies turnover with the competitors
2. Sanctioning of Capital Budgeting project for Metro Rail, Airports, and Toll Plaza.
3. Gold Mine decision tree analysis.
4. Production analysis with categorical random numbers using Monte Carole Simulation.
5. Stock price behaviors using cross border market movements.
6. Binomial Models for options.
7. BSM Models and risk neutral models.
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3003 Customer Relationship Management 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. Understand the basics of customer relationship management

2. Comprehend the metrics used in CRM

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Apply the tools used to build customer value through CRM
2. Comprehend the management of customer life cycle management using CRM metrics
3. Appreciate the nuances of CRM implementation issues

Module:1 Introduction to CRM 6 hours

Introduction to CRM-Relationship Marketing –CRM technology and data platforms –Role of BI in
CRM- CRM frame work

Module:2 Customer Loyalty and Customer Lifetime Value (CLV) 6 hours

Concept of Customer Life Cycle-Customer Loyalty-Metrics for evaluating Customers -Evolution of
Loyalty programmes-Linking loyalty to profitability-CLV- Customer retention and defections -
Measuring CLV

Module:3 Measuring CLV 6 hours

Cross selling and upselling –CRV Computation –Customer engagement –Understanding Referral
marketing

Module:4 Maximizing CLV 6 hours

CRM in B2B and Business Reference value (BRV)-Customer knowledge value-Multi channel
analysis-Employee engagement

Module:5 Managing customers and salesperson 6 hours

Brands and word of mouth –Customer influence value (CIV)- Salesperson Future Value (SFV)

Module:6 Customer selection Tools 6 hours

Customer Brand Value-Optimizing brand value-CLV and shareholder value

Module:7 Privacy and Future of CRM 6 hours

Implementation – Operational issues in implementation of CRM- Privacy and ethics in CRM
implementation –Future of CRM

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest lecture by industry experts

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. V. Kumar (2018). Profitable Customer Engagement: Concept, Metrics and Strategies, Sage
Publications India.
2. V. Kumar and J. Andrew Petersen (2014). Statistical Methods in Customer Relationship
Management, Wiley & Sons
Reference Books
1. V. Kumar and W. Reinartz (2014).Customer Relationship Management: Concept, Strategy and
Tools, Springer,
2. Roderick J. Brodie, Linda D. Hollebeek and Jodie Conduit (2016), Customer Engagement,
Contemporary Issues and Challenges, Routledge
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final Assessment
Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Automating a consistent response
2. Predicting the trends and adopting changes on customer relationships
3. CRM as a way to connect and manage client social media responses
4. CRM to track customer activity
5. Creating the efficiency of syncing between mobile phones, calendars, reporting, and other client
interactions
6. Improve sales by upsell or cross-sell a client if they purchase a particular product
7. Creating after-the-sale support in the form of a helpful how-to or tips on how to upgrade.
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3010 Accounting Analytics 3 0 2 0 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To understand the basic accounting practices in all fields.
2. To analyze and interpret the financial statements.
3. To understand better business decisions about the emerging roles of accounting analytics.

Expected Course Outcome:

At the end of this course students are able to:
1. Apply business problem solving techniques in Accounting applications
2. Analyze the Accounting practices across the globe in managerial contexts.
3. Interpret the financial performance of the companies.
4. Clear understanding of Analytics in each application.
5. Multiple usages of experiments in various dynamics.
6. Standards in compliance with the different analysis.

Module:1 Introduction and Application to Accounting 7 hours

Introduction to Accounting – Single Entry, Double entry, Branch Accounting and Departmental
Accounting.

Module:2 Accounting Consolidation 7 hours

Application Using: Accounting Standard, IFRS, GAAP, Ind AS, and International Accounting
Standard

Module:3 Earnings Management 7 hours

Earnings Management: Revenue Before Cash Collection - Revenue After Cash Collection -
Capitalizing vs. Expensing- Reserve Accounts and Write-Offs.

Module:4 Accruals and Expenditures 7 hours

Accruals and Expenditures: Discretionary Accruals Case - Discretionary Expenditures -
Refinements and Cases - Fraud Prediction Models.

Module:5 Financial Statement Analysis 7 hours

Cash Flow Statement, Funds flow Statement, Balance Sheet, Buy and Sell Decisions.

Module:6 Application of Ratio Analysis 4 hours

Review of Financial Statements - Ratio Analysis - Dupont Analysis - Profitability and Turnover
Ratios - Liquidity Ratios.

Module:7 FinTech Accounting 4 hours

Accounting for Fintech Companies – Block Chain Technology, Triple entry, Distributed ledger
Transaction.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Romney, Steinbart, (2018) Accounting Information Systems, Global Edition, Pearson, 14th
edition
2. Richardson Professor, Vernon, Katie L Terrell, Ryan A Teeter (2018), Data Analytics for
Accounting, ebook
Reference Books
1. Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson. (2012) Big Data: The Management
Revolution, Harvard Business Review
2. Hugo Bowne-Anderson (2018), What Data Scientists Really Do, According to 35 Data
Scientists., Harvard Business Review
3. Jonathan Cornelissen(2018), The Democratization of Data Science., Harvard Business Review
4. Nicolaus Henke, Jordan Levine, and Paul McInerney (2018) You Don’t Have to Be a Data
Scientist to Fill This Must-Have Analytics Role., Harvard Business Review
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Experiments (Indicative)
1. Branch Accounting 4 hours
2. Departmental Accounting 4 hours
3. Ratio Analysis 4 hours
4. Earning 4 hours
5. Accruals 4 hours
6. Financial Statement 4 hours
7. DLT 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3013 Risk And Fraud Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To know and understand the different types of risks and fraud analytics in banks.
2. To identify, measure and control risks.
3. To understand the regulatory frame works in regard to risk and fraud management in
Banks.

Expected Course Outcome:

On completion of this course, students will be able to
1. Knowledge of risk management issues in banks.
2. Understand different risk and fraud management framework and process. .
3. Understand advanced risk and fraud management methods of banks.
4. Problem solving techniques in business applications.
5. Understanding the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues.
6. Critical thinking and innovative skills

Module:1 Introduction To Risk 6 hours

Understanding Risk - Nature of Risk, Source of Risk, Need for risk management, Benefits of Risk
Management, Risk Management approaches. Risk Classification using ERM Wheel. Information
Technology support in Mitigating the risk management. Role of Chief finance office, Chief risk
officer and Chief information officer in mitigation of risk in banks.

Module:2 Market Risk Analytics 6 hours

Market Risk – Identification-measurement-mitigation-risk and regulatory capital - Concept of
Value at Risk - Types of VaR measures - VaR reporting to RBI - Comparison between VaR and
cVaR.

Module:3 Interest Risk Analytics 6 hours

Interest rate risk-relationship between interest rates and option free bond prices. Duration and
Price volatility. GAP and earnings sensitivity. Measuring Interest rate risk with duration gap.
Economic value of equity sensitivity analysis

Module:4 Fraud Data Analytics 6 hours

Introduction to Fraud Data Analytics
The evolution of fraud analytics - the schematics of fraud and fraud analytics - the analytical process
and the fraud analytical approach - fraud cycle - new trends in fraud analytics and tools

Module:5 Fraud Analytics Methodology 6 hours

Fraud scenario identification - how to build a fraud data analytics plan - fraud data analytics for
fraudulent disbursements - data analytics in the fraud audit - fraud data analytics for financial
statements – fraud data analytics for corruption occurring in the procurement process

Module:6 Fraud Detection 6 hours

Fraud detection – introduction, characteristics, types - statistics and sampling – big data for fraud
detection - fraud-detection techniques - descriptive for fraud detection: outlier detection – break
point analysis, peer group analysis, association rule analysis, clustering, predictive analytics for
fraud detection – linear regression, logistic regression.

Module:7 Fraud Prevention 7 hours

Error of Principal, Electronic payments fraud prevention, Error in compliances, Preventive models
and its accuracy – Preventive measures.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Leonard W. Vona (2017), Fraud Data Analytics Methodology: The Fraud Scenario Approach
to Uncovering Fraud in Core Business Systems, Wiley
2. Zabihollah Rezaee, Richard Riley (2009) Statement Fraud: Prevention and Detection , Wiley
3. Sunder Gee (2014) Fraud and Fraud Detection: A Data Analytics Approach, Wiley
4. Delena D. Spann Fraud Analytics: Strategies and Methods for Detection and Prevention,
Wiley
Reference Books
1. Jay Leiner and George Young (2011), Forensic Accounting and Fraud Examination, McGraw-
Hill Companies, Inc.
2. Mankiw, (2019) G. Principles of Economics, Cengage Lerning, Cengage
3. Boardman, T. et al. (2001) Cost-Benefit Analysis: Concepts and Practice, Prentice-Hall
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Operational Excellence through lean principles
2. Optimizing resources through lean principles for on-time project delivery
3. Six Sigma to Improve process Quality and Outcomes
4. Software Vendor Partnership Cost Reduction with Six Sigma
5. Design for six sigma for achieving competitive advantage
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3005 Marketing Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. Demonstrate skill and knowledge in Marketing analytics

2. Pilot product and market segmentation strategies
3. Infer the customer value analysis and customer analytics

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Handle basic business analytics
2. Demonstrate Marketing research tools
3. Apply tools for market segmentation and positioning
4. Contribute for new product introduction decisions
5. Workout customer values analysis
6. Evaluate market by customer analysis

Module:1 Marketing Analytics 5 hours

Basics of Marketing and Marketing Management – Analytics and Analysis – Basics of business
analytics – Why marketing analytics –Marketing decision models and marketing response models.

Module:2 Marketing Research Tools Exposure 6 hours

Understanding appropriateness of Marketing Research tools –Principal Component Analysis ,
Multi-dimensional Scaling, Discriminant Analysis , One way and Two way Analysis of Variance
– Practical Case studies for Forecasting Tools : Simple Linear regression-– Multiple Regression
– Moving Average Forecasting Methods

Module:3 Tools for Segmentation and Positioning 6 hours

The segmentation process – Tools used for segmentation (Theory Only): Factor analysis , Clustering
methods , Regression Analysis – Differentiation and Positioning : Analytical tools for differentiation
and positioning – role of Perceptual Maps in segmentation – Models for Strategic marketing decision
making

Module:4 New Product Decisions 8 hours

Conjoint Analysis for Product Design – Forecasting Sales of New products – Advertising :
Measuring the effectiveness of Advertising – Media Selection models – Channel Decision:
Marketing Channel Decision models and tools – Pricing: Price Bundling – Price Skimming and
Sales

Module:5 Customer Analytics 5 hours

Customer centricity – Consumer psychology introduction - Customer metrics: Customer Lifetime
Value Analysis, Customer experience, Customer loyalty, Churn rate, Revenue per customer, share
of wallet – Customer choice case discussion – Market basket analysis and RFM Analysis.

Module:6 Marketing Metrics 6 hours

Introduction to marketing metrics - Functional Marketing Measurement : Channel Management ,
Advertising Effectiveness ,Promotion Effectiveness - Result oriented metrics: Market Share, Brand
equity, Profitability - ROMI Models

Module:7 Promotion analytics & Pricing 6 hours

Campaign effectiveness - Shopper behavior - Profitable promotions - Recommender System -
Demand Forecasting & Pricing - Product information management and price classification

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Wayne L. Winston (2014). Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft
Excel, Wiley.
Reference Books
1. Stephan Sorger (2013). Marketing Analytics, Pearson Prentice Hall.
2. Paul W. Farris (2010). Marketing Metrics, Pearson Education.
3. Gary L. Lilien (2004). Marketing Engineering: Computer-Assisted Marketing Analysis and
Planning, Pearson Education, USA.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Customer journey funnel analysis
2. Trends diagnostic analysis
3. Sales Conversion predictive analysis
4. Assessing customer experience (CX)
5. Predicting Market behavior
6. Predicting ROI on marketing campaign
7. Price optimization analytics
8. Determining best promotional alternative using data
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3004 Digital and Social Media Marketing 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:
1. Know the impact of digital and social media on marking
2. Explore and use digital and social media for effective marking
Design and develop tools and metrics

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand the architecture & models of online marketing practices
2. Gain idea on Web-based consumer decision making process
3. Knowledge on challenges faced by millennial marketers
4. Awareness on web-based tools that helps the customers in product and related search

Module:1 Introduction 6 hours

The digital and social media ecosystem- the challenges- rewriting of traditional operational space-
the role of digital and social marketing communications in contemporary world.- the principles-
tools available with the managers.

Module:2 The digital platform 6 hours

The impacts of digital environment on information procurement and consumption- the reworking of
decision making process (DMP) and the decision making unit (DMU) under the contemporary
technological settings. Digital communication mix- its impacts- assessment tools – models.

Module:3 The social media platform 6 hours

Consumer Tribes and Communities, Users and Cocreation of Value, Brand and Anthropomorphic
Marketing, Understanding Platforms in Social Media Marketing, Understanding Content in Social
Media Marketing, Electronic Word of Mouth (eWOM),Understanding Context in Social Media
Marketing, Measurement, Metrics and Analytics, Cross Cultural Aspects and Implications, Privacy

Module:4 Social media and networking 6 hours

Social media and Web 2.0- participatory nature- collaboration aspects- development of new social
media in the last decade- Distinctions of Social Communities- Networking & Sharing effects-
Distinctions with traditional marketing.

Module:5 Understanding the digital consumer 6 hours

Their character-their necessities and priorities- interface with marketing field- distinguishing
between hype, noise, reputation management, and compulsion. Technology vs. Communication-
Five mind-set shifts

Module:6 Advertising and Brand Building with SMM 6 hours

Brand strategies on social media-Best marketing practices for paid and unpaid social media -
B2B marketing and social media.

Module:7 Issues in DM & SMM 6 hours

Ethical and measurement issues in Digital and social media marketing. Social Media Analytics and
Monitoring- types of data to be collated and used- distinguishing between mere reporting and
genuine analysis- overview of frameworks- Awareness, attention, engagement and influence in
SMM-linear/nonlinear approaches to audience interaction- categorizing social media metrics- Use
of Google Analytics.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 3 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Lon Safko (2016). The Fusion Marketing Bible: Fuse Traditional Media, Social Media, &
Digital Media to Maximize Marketing, McGraw-Hill Professional
Reference Books
1. Smith, N. (2016). Successful Social Media Marketing in a Week, Teach Yourself
2. Macarthy, A (2013).500 Social Media Marketing Tips, Create Space Independent Publishing.
3. Barker, Barkar, Bormann & Neher (2016) Social Media Marketing : A Strategic Approach,
Cengage Learning
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Blogging for brand awareness
2. Applying Digital Metrics for Email Marketing
3. Utilizing Facebook for business
4. Email Marketing for sales development
5. Understand and choose the digital tools of the game of data
6. Keep Researching & Writing on consumer trend
7. Social networking analysis for better customer relationship
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3009 Behavioral Analytics 2 0 2 4 4

Pre-requisite Syllabus version

v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
To emphasize the significance of predicting behavior for enhancing productivity, performance and
retention in an organization such as;
1. understanding attitudes, personality traits of the employees in the world of work
2. making informed decisions based on perceptions and attitudes
3. group dynamics, forming cohesive groups and group decision making
4. capturing emotions, motivation levels, Learning, Impact of leadership decision making and
delivering superior results
5. understanding diversity, stress and conflict management

Expected Course Outcome:

At the end of this course students will be able to:
1. Understand employee behavior dimensions impacting performance and to drive individual
and group specific strategies for learning and development
2. Form cohesive teams, Collective bargaining, people development strategies for business
success
3. Understand what motivates employees to remain engaged, learn, perform and stay in the
organization.
4. Understand successful leadership styles and its impact on business performance

Module:1 Introduction to Behavioural analytics 4 hours

Introduction to analytics – importance – nature and scope and elements of OB- understanding
Individuals, Groups, Technology and Structures in the organization and its impact on business
results

Module:2 Attitude, Personality and Perception 4 hours

Link employee perception, personality with individual - group performance , competency
mapping and development, role of attitude and job satisfaction in relationships and results, talent
acquisition practices consistent with organization goals, talent hiring in relation to organization
culture and climate

Module:3 Motivation and Morale 4 hours

Evaluating employee morale and motivation, motivation and its impact on performance, Motivation
strategies and Leadership styles, Pay for performance and develop HIPOs for engagement and
results

Module:4 Orgnanisation Design, Structure and Job 4 hours

Design
Orgn. Structure, Job Design JA, JS, JE and Analysis of work patterns and behavior at work,
Efficiency and Effectiveness, Productivity analysis, Time study, Motion Study, Principles of
Scientific Management, Hawthrone studies, Skill development, Skill Gap Analysis

Module:5 Leadership and Effectiveness 4 hours

Leadership – Measuring Managerial and Leadership effectiveness, ownership, risk taking,

accountability for results, Integrity and fairness, Employee feedback and leadership score

Module:6 Group Decision Systems 4 hours

Group formation, Synergy, Group Decision making, Collective bargaining, Employee participation
in Management, Initiative and Risk taking, Entrepreneurship, Management by objectives, Orgn.
Problem solving approach, Empowerment and ownership of results

Module:7 Employee Learning Management Analytics 4 hours

Learning curve, On-the-job improvement plans, Employee Skill, Knowledge and Behaviour
development, Kirk Patrick analysis on ROI, Leadership development, Learning culture and
development focus

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Fundamentals of HR Analytics: A Manual on Becoming HR Analytical, by Fermin
iez , Mark Bussin, Venessa Lee, Emerald Publishing Limited, ISBN : 1789739640,2019
Reference Books
1. Andrew McAfee and Erik Brynjolfsson. Big Data: The Management Revolution, Harvard
Business Review, October 2012.
2. Hugo Bowne-Anderson. What Data Scientists Really Do, According to 35 Data
Scientists, Harvard Business Review, and August 15, 2018.
3. Jonathan Cornelissen. The Democratization of Data Science., Harvard Business Review, July
27, 2018.
4. Nicolaus Henke, Jordan Levine, and Paul McInerney. You Don’t Have to Be a Data Scientist
to Fill This Must-Have Analytics Role., Harvard Business Review, February 5, 2018
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Experiments (Indicative)
1. Converting behaviors into data 6 hours
2. Listing impact factors for productivity, performance enhancement 6 hours
3. Data analysis for retention 6 hours
4. 1. Cause and Effect analysis: Attitude/Perception/Personality
2. Industrial Disputes: Strikes : Cost – Benefit analysis
3. Leadership behavior & decision making analysis
4. Group Decision Making Analysis
 5. Learning Curve
6. Training and Development: Cost benefit analysis
7. Individual/Group : Conflict
8. Stress: Conflict: Power: Impact on results
9. OD: Issues and Impact
10. Job: Skill: Gap Analysis
5. Linking HR outcomes with Business Results 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous assessment, Final assessment test
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3007 Retail Analytics 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. To develop a sound understanding of retail operations and the impact of management decisions
2. To develop a sense of appreciation of changing trend on the retail management friend
3. To get insight into tools and techniques to make sense of retail transaction data

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Comprehend the Indian and international retailing arena and the latest trends
2. Analyze retailing concepts in order to make managerial decisions
3. Analyze retail data to enable decision making

Module:1 Introduction to Retailing 7 hours

The Role of Analytics in Retail sector – Retail Analytics Framework - Retailing marketplace, market
space and understanding technological aspects - Overview on R/R-Studio - Data access and basic
analysis using R.

Module:2 Retail analytics – the basics 8 hours

Computing Lift for Two Products - Computing Three-Way Lifts - Using Lift to Optimize Store
Layout - Competitor Threat Analytics – Willingness to pay and Regular Price versus Promoted price.

Module:3 Measuring Promotion response and retail location 6 hours

analytics
RFM Analysis and Optimizing Direct Mail Campaigns: RFM Analysis for analyzing customer value -
Using the Evolutionary Solver to Optimize a Direct Mail Campaign - Random coefficient logit models
- Nonparametric models. Retailers’ site location decision: Trade Area modeling – Site Selection
Modeling – Spatial analysis: descriptive and Spatial Regression - Omni-channel in retailing with
Difference-in-differences (DID) models

Module:4 Using the SCAN*PRO Model and Its Variants 7 hours

Introducing the SCAN*PRO Model - Modeling and forecasting retail Sales - Predicting Revenue -
Modifying the Model to Improve Forecast Accuracy – Inventory Management – Vendor Management

Module:5 Store Operations 7 hours

Allocating Retail Space and Sales Resources: Identifying the Sales to Marketing Effort
Relationship - Modeling the Marketing Response to Sales Force Effort - Optimizing Allocation of
Sales Effort - Using the Gompertz Curve to Allocate Supermarket Shelf Space - Fraud Detection &
Loss Prevention

Module:6 Omni channel analytics 3 hours

Omni channel retailing – Trends – Need for data integration – Use of AI systems in Omni channel
retailing-Merchandize planning and price optimization-customer insight- demand and supply planning

Module:7 Loyalty Marketing and Management 5 hours

Loyalty Marketing -Loyalty Programs –Types and versions-Data usage and program design - Loyalty
Management –Customer life time value (CLV)- Rewards systems-Retention schemes - Social media
and loyalty programs

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Wayne L. Winston (2016), Marketing Analytics: Data-Driven Techniques with Microsoft Excel,
Wiley India, ISBN: 978-1-118-37343-9
2. met Cox (2014), Retail Analytics: The Secret Weapon, Wiley India, ISBN: 978-1-118-09984-1
3. Sachs, Anna-Lena (2015), Retail Analytics: Integrated Forecasting and Inventory Management for
Perishable Products in Retailing, Springer, ISBN 978-3-319-13305-8
Reference Books
1. Jennifer LeClaire, Danielle Dahlstrom, and Vivian Braun (2014), Business Analytics in
Retail for Dummies, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. ISBN: 978-1-118-81689-9
2. Brittany Bullard (2018), Style and substance: The art of retail analytics, Wiley, ISBN-13: 978-
8126578283
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final Assessment
Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Point of sale analytics
2. Market basket analytics for customer choice
3. Foot traffic analytics in order to increase visitors
4. Combine online and offline data for understanding purchase decisions
5. Customer Review analysis using text mining
6. Assessing and improving Customer in store experience
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT4001 Product Life cycle Management 3 0 0 0 3
Pre-requisite Nil Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. Comprehend Product development life cycle

2. Managing products over its life cycle

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Understand the steps in product design
2. Familiarize with the product development process
3. Calculate financial feasibility of product
4. Manage products successfully over life cycle

Module:1 Introduction to Product Development Lifecycle 7 hours

PDLC- Concepts -Approaches – Environment Analysis

Module:2 Product Design 8 hours

Concept generation - Product Architecture - Industrial Design Process - Management of Industrial
design Process and Assessing the quality of Industrial Design - Establishing the product specification

Module:3 Product Development 6 hours

Criteria for selection of product - Product development process - Design for Manufacture - Estimate
the manufacturing cost - Reduce the support cost – Prototyping - Economics of Product development
projects.

Module:4 Product Economic Feasibility 7 hours

Elements of Economic analysis - financial models - Sensitive analysis and influence of the
quantitative factors.

Module:5 PLC Management 7 hours

PLC stages – PLM and products - Business process and PLC –PLC Management techniques

Module:6 Service Life cycle 3 hours

Service life cycle management – Interactions between product and service life cycle
management – Integration of product and service life cycle management

Module:7 Implementation issues 5 hours

PDLC – Market growth opportunities- Technology opportunities for companies - Case studies

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. John Stark (2019), Product Life cycle management- 21st century paradigm for product
realization, Springer
Reference Books
1. Uthayan Elangovan (2020), Product Lifecycle Management (PLM),Aa Digital Journey
Using Industrial Internet of Things (IIoT), CRC Press, Taylor and Francis
2. Antti Saaksuvori, Anselmi Immonen (2014),Product Life cycle management , Springer
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT4002 INVESTMENT AND BANKING ANALYTICS 3 0 0 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v. 1.0
Course Objectives:
The course aims at providing insightful understanding of:
1. To understand the investment behavior of investors and company.
2. To prepare the students to better understand and analyze the real-world banking problems.
3. To understand the role that analytics and analytical models play in banking and investment
domain.

Expected Course Outcome:

On completion of this course students will be able to understand:
1. Understand Indian banking system, products and regulatory aspects of banking.
2. Understand and evaluate various risk management problems in banking domain.
3. Knowledge of investment products, regulation and effective risk management techniques.
4. Assimilate the advanced analytics techniques for managing contemporary issues in banking
and investment.
5. Problem solving ability – solving social issues and business problems
6. Ability to use techniques, skills and modern managerial tools & techniques necessary for
business practice

Module:1 Introduction Investment Analytics 6 hours

Asset Classes and the Asset Allocation Decision: Various classification of investment –
Investment Analytics to small as well as Big four companies.

Module:2 Investment Models of Risk and Uncertainty 6 hours

Investment Models: Warren Buffets Model, Portfolio model, Two factors and Three factor Model.
Risk and Return in Investment.

Module:3 Asset Diversification 6 hours

Asset Diversification: Classification of Asset Models, Defensive and Aggressive Investment,
Constant Rupee and Ratio plan.

Module:4 Equity Portfolio Management 6 hours

Advances in Quantitative Equity Portfolio Management
Portfolio Constraints, Portfolio Optimization, Portfolio Selection, Risk Decomposition, Portfolio
Performance Evaluation

Module:5 Banking And Its Impact 6 hours

Introduction to Banking: Changing role of banking RBI’s latest monetary policies- Analysis of
Banks’ financial statements- New Banking technology.

Module:6 Various Risk Parameters 6 hours

Risk Parameters: Credit Risk Management –Credit risk- Market risk and operational risk
management- Bank Capital – Risk, Regulation and Adequacy- Other Banking risks.

Module:7 Credit Risk And Application 7 hours

Credit risk: Introduction and functions for credit risk analysis, Retrieving T-bill, T-Note and T-
Bond yield data using R, Moody’s historical yields for corporate bonds matrices.

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Michael McMillan, Jerald E. Pinto, Wendy L. Pirie, Van de Venter, Gerhard, (2011)
Investments: Principles of Portfolio and Equity Analysis, Wiley
2. Frank J. Fabozzi, Dessislava A. Pachamanova, (2016) Portfolio Construction and Analytics,
Wiley
3. Edwin J. Elton, Martin J. Gruber, Stephen J. Brown, William N. Goetzmann, Modern Portfolio
Theory and Investment Analysis, TextBook
Reference Books
1. Dennis Cox, Michael Cox (2006), The Mathematics of Banking and Finance, The Wiley
Finance Series
Mode of assessment: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final
Assessment Test.
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. Various Asset classification and return on investment.
2. Classification of Assets and the investment strategy in Big 4 companies.
3. Aggressive and defensive investment.
4. Investment in hard Core and soft capital.
5. Warren Buffets model for various investment categories
6. Warren Buffets model and Robo Advisors investment strategy
7. Zero Knowledge Proof Investments
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course code Course title L T P J C
MGT3008 HR Analytics 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Human Resource Management (MGT1059) Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
On successfully completing this course you will be able to:

1. Prepare MBA students for a career as HR Business Partner and deep diving in to the world of
HR and People Analytics
2. Predicting behavior and outcomes by analysis and interpreting data
3. Using HR Metrics, Dashboards and approach to data driven decision making

Expected Course Outcome:

1. Apply HR Analytical techniques in the areas of Talent Acquisition, Productivity and
Performance Improvement, Compensation and Benefits, Employee engagement and relations,
Training and Human Capital development etc.
2. Demonstrate HR function’s value add to business, Linking HR initiatives and deliverables to
business outcomes, Operational excellence
3. Analyze the value of intangibles in the business context
4. Predicting behavior and employee turnover, engagement and solve organization problems
5. Using data for visualization and leadership decision making

Module:1 Introduction to HR Analytics 4 hours

The new role of HR, Business Case for Analytics, Understanding the people dimension of business,
Skill, Knowledge inventory, Role of Data analytics in Productivity improvement, Performance
enhancement and employee retention

Module:2 Human Resource Planning and Talent Acquisition 4 hours

Quantitative and Qualitative Dimensions of HR Planning, Use of AI for hiring talent, Strategic
Deployment and allocation of resources, linking TA with PMS, Retention and other HR subsystems

Module:3 Behavioral Assessment and HR Accounting 4 hours

Converting Behavior into Data, analysis of behavioral trends, Absenteeism, Accident, Quality, Process
Compliance, Analysis of Job- Satisfaction, Collective bargaining, Industrial dispute resolution,
employee welfare costs, HR Budgets, HR Accounting, HR Audit and HR Balance sheet

Module:4 Performance Management, Compensation, Benefits & 4 hours

Rewards,
Linking Productivity, Performance with Compensation, Promotion, Rewards and Recognition
Identifying and developing Key Performance Indicators (KPI) ‐ create, Build and maintain a HR
Scorecard, Identifying performance drivers, Benefits administration

Module:5 Approaches to measuring HR with Linkage to Business 6 hours

HR Scorecards & Workforce Scorecards, use of analytics in workforce analytics, Linking HR and
Business Strategy and placing HR as a Business Partner, Employee engagement, satisfaction and
customer satisfaction, HR Metrics, Metrology, Organisation problem solving, hypothesis and data
driven leadership decision making

Module:6 Analytics in HR Operational Excellence & Tools 2 hours

Dash boards, HRIS and MIS, Attendance, Leave and Payroll management, HR process automation,
digitization

Module:7 Training Analytics L&D Metrics - Training Metrics 4 hours

Analyzing and Classifying training needs, Measuring training effectiveness, Predicting training
effectiveness with performance
Pre Learning, Learning, Post Learning, Impact Level

Module:8 Contemporary issues: 2 hours

Guest Lecture from industry experts on contemporary issues

Total Lecture hours: 45 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Sesil. J, (2014), Applying advanced analytics to HR management decisions: Methods for
recruitment, managing performance and improving knowledge management. Prentice Hall.
Reference Books
1. Barnett K, Berk J, (2012), Human Capital Analytics. Word Association Publication.
2. Fitz‐Enz J, (2010), The HR Analytics: Predicting the Economic Value of your Company's
Human Capital Investments, AMACOM.
Mode of Evaluation: Continuous Assessment Tests, Seminars, Quiz, Assignments, Final Assessment
Test.
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative)
1 Analysis of data for productivity enhancement 6 hours
2 Analysis of data for performance enhancement 6 hours
3 Predictive analytics of employee turnover 6 hours
4 Learning Metrics and analytics 6 hours
5 Data analytics of Employee Engagement, R&R and C&B 6 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of Assessment: Continuous assessment, Final assessment test
List of Projects (Indicative)
1. HR Analytics in Manufacturing industry
2. HR Analytics in Retail Industry
3. HR Analytics in IT industry
4. HR Analytics in Telecom and Communications
5. HR Analytics in Services segment
Mode of assessment: Project Reviews
Recommended by Board of Studies 18.01.2021
Approved by Academic Council No. 61 Date 18.01.2021
Course Code Information Security Analysis and Audit L T P J C
CSE3501 Job Role: SSC/Q0901 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v.1.0
Objective of the course
1. To introduce system security related incidents and insight on potential defenses, counter measures
against common threat/vulnerabilities.
2. To provide the knowledge of installation, configuration and troubleshooting of information security
devices.
3. To make students familiarize on the tools and common processes in information security audits and
analysis of compromised systems.

Expected Outcome
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Contribute to managing information security
2. Co-ordinate responses to information security incidents
3. Contribute to information security audits
4. Support teams to prepare for and undergo information security audits
5. Maintain a healthy, safe and secure working environment
6. Provide data/information in standard formats
7. Develop knowledge, skills and competence in information security

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 1,2,17

1. Having an ability to apply mathematics and science in engineering applications
2. Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
17. Having an ability to use techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for engineering
practice

1 Information Security Fundamentals 7 hours

Definitions & challenges of security, Attacks & services, Security policies, Security Controls, Access control
structures, Cryptography, Deception, Ethical Hacking, Firewalls, Identify and Access Management (IdAM).

2 System Security 6 hours

System Vulnerabilities, Network Security Systems, System Security, System Security Tools, Web
Security, Application Security, Intrusion Detection Systems,
.
3 Information Security Management 3 hours
Monitor systems and apply controls, security assessment using automated tools, backups of security devices,
Performance Analysis, Root cause analysis and Resolution, Information Security Policies, Procedures,
Standards and Guidelines

4 Incident Management 5 hours

Security requirements, Risk Management, Risk Assessment, Security incident management, third
party security management, Incident Components, Roles.

5 Incident Response 4 hours

Incident Response Lifecycle, Record, classify and prioritize information security incidents using standard
templates and tools, Responses to information security incidents, Vulnerability Assessment, Incident
Analysis

6 Conducting Security Audits 3 hours

Common issues in audit tasks and how to deal with these, Different systems and structures that may need
information security audits and how they operate, including: servers and storage devices, infrastructure and
networks , application hosting and content management, communication routes such as messaging, Features,
configuration and specifications of information security systems and devices and associated processes and
architecture, Common audit techniques, Record and report audit tasks, Methods and techniques for testing
compliance.

7 Information Security Audit Preparation 2 hours

Establish the nature and scope of information security audits, Roles and responsibilities, Identify the
procedures/guidelines/checklists, Identify the requirements of information security, audits and prepare for
audits in advance, Liaise with appropriate people to gather data/information required for information security
audits.

8 Self and Work Management 2 hours

Establish and agree work requirements with appropriate people, Keep the immediate work area clean and
tidy, utilize time effectively, Use resources correctly and efficiently, Treat confidential information
correctly, Work in line with organization’s policies and procedures, Work within the limits of their job role.

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. William Stallings, Lawrie Brown, Computer Security: Principles and Practice, 3rd edition, 2014.
2. Nina Godbole, Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best
Practices, Wiley, 2017
3. Nina Godbole, Sunit Belapure, Cyber Security- Understanding cyber-crimes, computer forensics and
legal perspectives, Wiley Publications, 2016
4. Andrew Vladimirov Michajlowski, Konstantin, Andrew A. Vladimirov, Konstantin V. Gavrilenko,
Assessing Information Security: Strategies, Tactics, Logic and Framework, IT Governance Ltd,
O’Reilly, 2010
Reference Books
1. Charles P. Pfleeger, Security in Computing, 4th Edition, Pearson, 2009.
2. Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security Risks, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2004
3. Peter Zor, The Art of Computer Virus Research and Defense, Pearson Education Ltd, 2005
4. Lee Allen, Kevin Cardwell, Advanced Penetration Testing for Highly-Secured Environments - Second
Edition, PACKT Publishers, 2016
5. Chuck Easttom , System Forensics Investigation and Response, Second Edition, Jones & Bartlett
Learning, 2014
6. David Kennedy, Jim O’Gorman, Devon Kearns, and Mati Aharoni, Metasploit The Penetration Tester’s
7 Guide, No Starch Press, 2014
8. Practical Malware Analysis by Michael Sikorski and Andrew Honig, No Starch Press, 2015
9. Ref Links:
https://www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html
https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/detail/sp/800-55/rev-1/final
https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/threats/paper/34180
https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q0901/

List of Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,17

• Install and configure information security devices
• Security assessment of information security systems using automated
tools.
• Vulnerability Identification and Prioritization
• Working with Exploits
• Password Cracking
• Web Application Security Configuration
 • Patch Management
• Bypassing Antivirus Software
• Static Malware Analysis
• Dynamic Malware Analysis
• Penetration Testing
• MySQL SQL Injection
• Risk Assessment
• Information security incident Management
• Exhibit Security Analyst Role

Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours

Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council Date
Course Code Information Security Management L T P J C
CSE3502 Job Role: SSC/Q0901 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v.1.0
Objective of the course
4. To introduce system security related incidents and insight on potential defenses, counter
measures against common threat/vulnerabilities.
5. To provide the knowledge of installation, configuration and troubleshooting of information
security devices.
6. To make students familiarize on the tools and common processes in information security audits
and analysis of compromised systems.

Expected Outcome
After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
8. Contribute to managing information security
9. Co-ordinate responses to information security incidents
10. Contribute to information security audits
11. Support teams to prepare for and undergo information security audits
12. Maintain a healthy, safe and secure working environment
13. Provide data/information in standard formats
14. Develop knowledge, skills and competence in information security

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 1, 2, 17

1. Having an ability to apply mathematics and science in engineering applications
2. Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
17. Having an ability to use techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice
1 Information Security Devices 5 hours
Identify And Access Management (IdAM), Networks (Wired And Wireless) Devices,
Endpoints/Edge Devices, Storage Devices, Servers, Infrastructure Devices (e.g. Routers, Firewall
Services) , Computer Assets, Servers And Storage Networks, Content management, IDS/IPS

2 Security Device Management 6 hours

Different types of information security devices and their functions,
Technical and configuration specifications, architecture concepts and design patterns and how these
contribute to the security of design and devices.

3 Device Configuration 5 hours

Common issues in installing or configuring information security devices, Methods to resolve these
issues, Methods of testing installed/configured information security devices,

4 Information Security Audit Preparation 5 hours

Establish the nature and scope of information security audits, Roles and responsibilities, Identify the
procedures/guidelines/checklists, Identify the requirements of information security, audits and
prepare for audits in advance, Liaise with appropriate people to gather data/information required for
information security audits. Security Audit Review -
Organize data/information required for information security audits using standard templates and
tools, Audit tasks, Reviews, Comply with the organization’s policies, standards, procedures,
guidelines and checklists, Disaster Recovery Plan
5 Team Work and Communication 2 hours
Communicate with colleagues clearly, concisely and accurately , Work with colleagues to integrate
their work effectively, Pass on essential information to colleagues in line with organizational
requirements, Identify any problems they have working with colleagues and take the initiative to
solve these problems, Follow the organization’s policies and procedures for working with colleagues

6 Managing Health and Safety 2 hours

Comply with organization’s current health, safety and security policies and procedures, Report any
identified breaches in health, safety, and Security policies and procedures, Identify, report and correct
any hazards, Organization’s emergency procedures, Identify and recommend opportunities for
improving health, safety, and security.

7 Data and Information Management 3 hours

Fetching the data/information from reliable sources, Checking that the data/information is accurate,
complete and up-to-date, Rule-based analysis of the data/information, Insert the data/information into
the agreed formats, Reporting unresolved anomalies in the data/information.

8 Learning and Self Development 2 hours

Identify accurately the knowledge and skills needed, Current level of knowledge, skills and
competence and any learning and development needs, Plan of learning and development activities
to address learning needs, Feedback from appropriate people, Review of knowledge, skills and
competence regularly and appropriate action taken

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Information Systems Security: Security Management, Metrics, Frameworks and Best Practices,
Nina Godbole, Wiley, 2017
2. Rhodes-Ousley, Mark. Information Security: The Complete Reference, Second Edition, .
Information Security Management: Concepts and Practice. New York, McGraw-Hill, 2013.
3. Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security Risks, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2004
Reference Books
1. Andrew Vladimirov Michajlowski, Konstantin, Andrew A. Vladimirov, Konstantin V. Gavrilenko,
Assessing Information Security: Strategies, Tactics, Logic and Framework, IT Governance Ltd,
O’Reilly 2010
2. Christopher J. Alberts, Audrey J. Dorofee , Managing Information Security Risks, Addison-Wesley
Professional, 2004
3. Chuck Easttom , System Forensics Investigation and Response, Second Edition, Jones & Bartlett
Learning, 2014
4. David Kennedy, Jim O’Gorman, Devon Kearns, and Mati Aharoni, Metasploit The Penetration
5. Tester’s Guide, No Starch Press, 2014
Ref Links:
https://www.iso.org/isoiec-27001-information-security.html
https://www.sans.org/reading-room/whitepapers/threats/paper/34180
https://csrc.nist.gov/publications/detail/sp/800-40/version-20/archive/2005-11-16
https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q0901/

List of Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,17

1. • Install and configure information security devices
• Penetration Testing
• MySQL SQL Injection
• Information security incident Management
 • Intrusion Detection/Prevention
• Port Redirection and Tunneling
• Exploring the Metasploit Framework
• Working with Commercial Tools like HP Web Inspect and IBM
AppScan etc.,
• Explore Open Source tools like sqlmap, Nessus, Nmap etc
• Documentation with Security Templates from ITIL
• Carry out backups of security devices and applications in line with
information security policies, procedures and guidelines
• Information security audit Tasks - Procedures/guidelines/checklists for
the audit tasks

Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours

Recommended by Board of Studies
Approved by Academic Council Date
Course Code Foundations of Data Analytics L T P J C

CSE3505 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite NIL Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
1. To establish clearly the objectives and scope of the predictive analysis
2. Use R programming language to identify suitable data sources to agree the
methodological approach
3. Validate and review data accurately and identify anomalies
4. To appreciate the current trends in data analysis procedure
5. Carry out rule-based analysis of the data in line with the analysis plan
6. Apply statistical models to perform Regression Analysis, Clustering and
Classification
7. Present the results and inferences from your analysis using R tool
8. To improve document management and team work

Expected Course Outcome:

Students will be able to:
1. Understand R with Business Intelligence, Business Analytics, Data and Information
2. Contextually integrate and correlate information automatically to gain faster
insights
3. Implement statistical analysis techniques for solving practical problems.
4. Graphically interpret data and Find a meaningful pattern in data
5. Perform statistical analysis on variety of data.

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 1,2,5,9,12

[1] Having an ability to apply mathematics and science in engineering applications
[2] Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
[5] Having design thinking capability
[9] Having problem solving ability- solving social issues and engineering problems
[12] Having adaptive thinking and adaptability
Module:1 Introduction to Analytics 4 hours
Analytics life cycle - Business analytics - lending analytics- recommendation analytics-
Healthcare Analytics- financial analytics - sports analytics
Module:2 R programming Basics 5 hours
Introduction to R, R Studio (GUI): R Windows Environment, introduction to various data types,
Numeric, Character, date, data frame, array, matrix etc.,

Module:3 Working with datasets and files: 6 hours

Reading Datasets, Working with different file types .txt,.csv , R studio, Files, Datasets, Extracting
Datasets, Preparing datasets. Data Cleaning, Data imputation, Data conversion Analysis

Module:4 Introduction to statistical learning and R-Programming 6 hours

Basic statistics: mean, median, standard deviation, variance, correlation, covariance - Outliers,
Combining Datasets in R, Functions and loops. Summary Statistics - Summarizing data with R -
Correlation and Regression
Module:5 Document Creation and Knowledge Sharing: 3 hours
Access existing documents, language standards, templates and documentation tools from their
organization’s knowledge base. Confirm the content and structure of the documents with
appropriate people, Create documents using standard templates and agreed language standards.
Review documents with appropriate people and incorporate their inputs

Module:6 Self and work Management: 3 hours

Establish and agree their work requirements with appropriate people - Keep their immediate
work area clean and tidy - utilize their time effectively - Use resources correctly and efficiently -
Treat confidential information correctly - Work in line with organization’s policies and
procedures - Work within the limits of their job role

Module:7 Team Work and Communication 3 hours

Communicate with colleagues clearly, concisely and accurately - Work with colleagues to
integrate their work effectively with them - Pass on essential information to colleagues in line
with organizational requirements - Work in ways that show respect for colleagues - carry out
commitments they have made to colleagues - Let colleagues know in good time if they cannot
carry out their commitments, explaining the reasons - Identify any problems they have working
with colleagues and take the initiative to solve these problems

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Trevor Hastie and Rob Tibshirani, “An Introduction to Statistical Learning with Applications
in R”, Springer, 2017.
2. Mark van der Loo, Edwin de Jonge, “Learning R Studio for R Statistical Computing”, Packt
Publishing, 2012.
3. Jure Leskovek, Anand Rajaraman and Jeffrey Ullman. “Mining of Massive Datasets”.
Cambridge University Press. 2014.
Reference Books
1. Hadley Wickham and Garrett Grolemund, “R for Data Science: Import, Tidy, Transform,
Visualize, and Model Data”, O’Reilly, 2017.
2. Grolemund, Garrett. “Hands-on programming with R”, O’ Reilly Media, Inc., 2014.
3. Christopher D. Manning, Prabhakar Raghavan, Hinrich Schutze, “Introduction to Information
Retrieval”, Cambridge University Press, First South Asian Edition, 2008.
4. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani, Jerome Friedman, “The Elements of Statistical Learning”,
Springer, Second Edition, 2011.
5. https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q2101/
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO:
1,2,5,9,12
1. Understanding of R System and installation and configuration of R- 3 hours
Environment and R-Studio, Understanding R Packages, their installation and
management
2. Understanding of nuts and bolts of R: 3 hours
a. R program Structure
b. R Data Type, Command Syntax and Control Structures
c. File Operations in R
3. Dataframes and lists 3 hours
4. Excel and R integration with R connector. 3 hours
5. Preparing Data in R 3 hours
a. Data Cleaning
b. Data imputation
c. Data conversion
6. Manipulating Matrices in R 3 hours
7. Outliers detection using R 3 hours
8. Correlation and N-Fold cross validation in R 3 hours
9. Debugging and Program Efficiency in R 3 hours
10. Visualizing data using R with different type of graphs and charts 3 hours

Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours

Mode of assessment: Assessment Examination, FAT Lab Examination
Recommended by Board of Studies 08-02-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 26-02-2020
Course Code Essentials of Data Analytics L T P J C
CSE3506 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite NIL Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
9. To understand the concepts of analytics using various machine learning models.
10. To appreciate supervised and unsupervised learning for predictive analysis
11. To understand data analytics as the next wave for businesses looking for competitive
advantage
12. Carry out rule-based analysis of the data in line with the analysis plan
13. Validate the results of their analysis according to statistical guidelines
14. Validate and review data accurately and identify anomalies
15. To learn aspects of computational learning theory
16. Apply statistical models to perform Regression Analysis, Clustering and Classification

Expected Course Outcome:

6. Identify and apply the appropriate supervised learning techniques to solve real world
problems with labelled data.
7. Choose and implement typical unsupervised algorithms for different types of applications
with unlabelled data.
8. Implement statistical analysis techniques for solving practical problems.
9. Understand different techniques to optimize the learning algorithms.
10. Aware of health and safety policies followed in organization, data and information
management and knowledge & skill development.

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 1,2,4, 12, 14

[1] Having an ability to apply mathematics and science in engineering applications
[2] Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
[4] Having Sense-Making Skills of creating unique insights in what is being seen or observed
[12] Having adaptive thinking and adaptability
[14]Having an ability to design and conduct experiments, as well as to analyze and interpret
data
Module:1 Regression Analysis 6 hours
Linear regression: simple linear regression - Regression Modelling - Correlation, ANOVA,
Forecasting, Autocorrelation

Module:2 Classification 6 hours

Logistic Regression, Decision Trees, Naïve Bayes-conditional probability - Random Forest - SVM
Classifier

Module:3 Clustering 4 hours

K-means, K-medoids, Hierarchical clustering
Module:4 Optimization 3 hours
Gradient descent - Variants of gradient descent - Momentum - Adagrad - RMSprop - Adam -
AMSGrad
Module:5 Managing Health and Safety 4 hours
Comply with organization’s current health, safety and security policies and procedures - Report
any identified breaches in health, safety, and security policies and procedures to the designated
person - Identify and correct any hazards that they can deal with safely, competently and within
the limits of their authority - Report any hazards that they are not competent to deal with to the
relevant person in line with organizational procedures and warn other people who may be
affected.

Module:6 Data and Information Management 4 hours

Establish and agree with appropriate people the data/information they need to provide, the formats
in which they need to provide it, and when they need to provide it - Obtain the data/information
from reliable sources - Check that the data/information is accurate, complete and up-to-date

Module:7 Learning and Self Development 3 hours

Obtain advice and guidance from appropriate people to develop their knowledge, skills and
competence - Identify accurately the knowledge and skills they need for their job role - Identify
accurately their current level of knowledge, skills and competence and any learning and
development needs - Agree with appropriate people a plan of learning and development activities
to address their learning needs

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Cathy O’Neil and Rachel Schutt. “Doing Data Science, Straight talk from the Frontline”,
O’Reilly. 2014.
2. Dan Toomey, “R for Data Science”, Packt Publishing, 2014.
3. Trevor Hastie, Robert Tibshirani and Jerome Friedman. “Elements of Statistical Learning”,
Springer , Second Edition. 2009.
4. Kevin P. Murphy. “Machine Learning: A Probabilistic Perspective”, MIT Press; 1st Edition,
2012.
Reference Books
1. Glenn J. Myatt, “Making Sense of Data : A Practical Guide to Exploratory Data Analysis and
Data Mining”, John Wiley & Sons, Second Edition, 2014.
2. G. K. Gupta, ―Introduction to Data Mining with Case Studies”, Easter Economy Edition,
Prentice Hall of India, 2006.
3. Michael Berthold, David J. Hand, “Intelligent Data Analysis”, Springer, 2007.
4. Colleen Mccue, “Data Mining and Predictive Analysis: Intelligence Gathering and Crime
Analysis”, Elsevier, 2007.
5. R N Prasad, Seema Acharya, “Fundamentals of Business Analytics”, Wiley; Second edition,
2016.
6. https://www.sscnasscom.com/qualification-pack/SSC/Q2101/
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,4,
12, 14
1. Linear regression analysis 3 hours
2. Forecasting - weather dataset using R 3 hours
3. Gradient descend implementation using R 3 hours
4. Text Analytics – Sentiment Analysis using R, Word cloud analysis using R 3 hours
5. Time Series Components( Trend, Seasonality, Cyclicity and Level) 3 hours
6. Banking Sector: Understand customer spend & repayment behavior, along 3 hours
with evaluating areas of bankruptcy, fraud, and collections. Also, respond to
customer requests for help with proactive offers and service.
7. Retail Case Study: A retail store requires analyzing the day-to-day 3 hours
transactions and keeping a track of its customers spread across various
locations and their purchases/returns across various categories. The objective
of the case study is to understand customer behavior in-terms of purchase and
returns through various Data Manipulation steps in R.
8 Movie Recommendation System: To understand the functioning of how a 3 hours
recommendation system works. Develop an Item Based Collaborative Filter
using Netflix dataset
9. Case study on Stock Market Analysis and applications. Stock data can be 3 hours
obtained from Yahoo! Finance, Google Finance. A team of students can apply
statistical modeling on the stock data to uncover hidden patterns. R provides
tools for moving averages, auto regression and time-series analysis which
forms the crux of financial applications.
10. Detect credit card fraudulent transactions - The dataset can be obtained from 3 hours
Kaggle. The team will use a variety of machine learning algorithms that will
be able to discern fraudulent from non-fraudulent one.
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Assessment Examination, FAT Lab Examination
Recommended by Board of Studies 08-02-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 26-02-2020
Course Code IoT Fundamentals L T P J C
ECE3501 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite NIL Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
7. To impart knowledge on the infrastructure, sensor technologies and networking
technologies of IoT.
8. To analyse, design and develop IoT solutions.
9. To explore the entrepreneurial aspect of the Internet of Things
10. To apply the concept of Internet of Things in the real world scenarios

Expected Course Outcome:

After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
1. Identify the main component of IoT
2. Program the controller and sensor as part of IoT
3. Assess different Internet of Things technologies and their applications

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 2,5,6,17

2. Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
5. Having design thinking capability
6. Having an ability to design a component or a product applying all the relevant standards and
with realistic constraints
17. Having an ability to use techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.

Module:1 Introduction 2 hours

IT-ITeS/BPM Industry – An Introduction, the relevance of the IT-ITeS sector, Future Skills –
An Introduction, General overview of the Future Skills sub-sector
Module:2 Internet of Things - An Introduction 3 hours
Evolution of IoT and the trends, Impact of IoT on businesses and society, Existing IoT use cases
and applications across industries.
Module:3 IoT Security and Privacy 6 hours
Security and privacy risks, analyze security risks, Technologies and methods that mitigate
security, Privacy standards and regulations, Social and privacy impacts
Module:4 IoT Solutions 6 hours
IoT use case development, Need and Goals for IoT solution, Adoption of IoT solutions, Planning
for IoT Solution: Evaluate costs, competition, technology challenges and internal resource
considerations, Need for stakeholder buy-in
Module:5 Prototyping the Pilot execution 5 hours
Prototype developing Stages, deploy real-time UI/UX visualizations, Methods and metrics to
analyze and convey business outcomes, feedback and data obtained from execution.

Module:6 Scalability of IoT Solutions 5 hours

Roadmap for developing complete IoT solutions, Strategies for implementation, key
Milestone, Scalability of IoT Solutions, Methods, platforms and tools. Web and Mobile
Interfaces
Module:7 Build and Maintain Relationships at the Workplace,
3 hours
Team Empowerment

Total Lecture hours 30 hours

Text Book(s)
1. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things: A hands-on Approach”,
University Press, 2015.
2. Adrian McEwen & Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley,Nov
2013, (1 st edition)
3. Claire Rowland, Elizabeth Goodman, Martin Charlier, Ann Light, Algred Lui,”
Designing Connected Products: UX for the consumer internet of things”, O’Reilly, (1 st
edition),2015
Reference Books
1. Rethinking the Internet of things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything by
Francis daCosta, Apress, 2014
2. Learning Internet of Things by Peter Waher, Packt Publishing, 2015
3. Designing the Internet of Things, by Adrian Mcewen, Hakin Cassimally , Wiley India
Private Limited
4. Cloud Computing, Thomas Erl, Pearson Education, 2014
5. Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV, QoE, IoT, and Cloud, William
Stallings, Addison-Wesley Professional; 1 edition
6. https://nsdcindia.org/sites/default/files/MC_SSCQ8210_V1.0_IoT-
Domain%20Specialist_09.04.2019.pdf

Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar

List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,14
1. Measure the light intensity in the room and output data to the web API. 3 hours
2. Control your home power outlet from anywhere using raspberry pi. 3 hours
3. Build a web based application to automate door that unlocks itself using facial 3 hours
recognition.
4. Drinking water monitoring and analytics, consists of IoT device, cloud, and 3 hours
mobile and web app.
5. Smart Parking System 3 hours
6. IoT based Healthcare application 3 hours
7. Real-time environmental monitoring and weather prediction 3 hours
8. Traffic pattern prediction 3 hours
9. Smart Street light 3 hours
10. Plant health monitoring 3 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Assessment Examination, FAT Lab Examination
Recommended by Board of Studies 08-02-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 26-02-2020
Course Code IoT Domain Analyst L T P J C
ECE3502 2 0 2 4 4
Pre-requisite Syllabus version
v.1.0
Course Objectives:
11. To impart knowledge on the infrastructure, sensor technologies and networking
technologies of IoT.
12. To analyse, design and develop IoT solutions.
13. To explore the entrepreneurial aspect of the Internet of Things
14. To apply the concept of Internet of Things in the real world scenarios

Expected Course Outcome:

After successfully completing the course the student should be able to
4. Identify the main component of IoT
5. Program the controller and sensor as part of IoT
6. Assess different Internet of Things technologies and their applications

Student Learning Outcomes (SLO) 2,5,6,17

2. Having a clear understanding of the subject related concepts and of contemporary issues
5. Having design thinking capability
6. Having an ability to design a component or a product applying all the relevant standards
and with realistic constraints
17. Having an ability to use techniques, skills and modern engineering tools necessary for
engineering practice.

Module:1 IoT Solution Models 3 hour

Models applied in IoT solutions, Semantic models for data models, Application of semantic
models, information models, information models to structure data, relationships between data
categories.
Module:2 Data Models 3 hours
Tags to organize data, tag data to pre-process large datasets, predictive models for forecasting,
Application of predictive models.
Module:3 Simulation Scenarios 4 hours
Models to simulate real-world scenarios, Application of the models, stages of data lifecycle, reuse
existing IoT solutions, reusability plan.
Module:4 Use Case Development 4 hours
Approaches to gather business requirements, defining problem statements, business requirements
for use case development, Assets for development of IoT solutions.
Module:5 Value engineering and Analysis 4 hours
Principles and phases of Value Engineering and Analysis, Frameworks for Value Engineering in IoT
solutions, cost-function analysis of IoT solution components, action plans to incorporate Value
Engineering, Data modelling requirements, Development models: Waterfall, Agile, Spiral, V models,
monetization models for IoT use cases - ‘Outcomes As A Service’ model.
Module:6 Data Analytics for IoT Solutions: 6 hours
Data generation, Data gathering, Data Pre-processing, data analyzation, application of analytics,
vertical-specific algorithms, Exploratory Data Analysis.
Module:7 Deployment of Analytics Solutions 6 hours
Anomaly Detection and Data Clustering, Predictive Analytics and Streaming Analytics, cloud/edge
methods, integrating analytics models, performance of analytical models, Templates for data
insights, deriving insights.

Total Lecture hours: 30 hours

Text Book(s)
4. Arshdeep Bahga, Vijay Madisetti, “Internet of Things: A hands-on Approach”, University
Press, 2015.
5. Adrian McEwen & Hakim Cassimally, “Designing the Internet of Things”, Wiley,Nov 2013,
(1 st edition)
6. Claire Rowland, Elizabeth Goodman, Martin Charlier, Ann Light, Algred Lui,” Designing
Connected Products: UX for the consumer internet of things”, O’Reilly, (1 st edition),2015

Reference Books
7. Rethinking the Internet of things: A Scalable Approach to Connecting Everything by
Francis daCosta, Apress, 2014
8. Learning Internet of Things by Peter Waher, Packt Publishing, 2015
9. Designing the Internet of Things, by Adrian Mcewen, Hakin Cassimally , Wiley India Private
Limited
10. Cloud Computing, Thomas Erl, Pearson Education, 2014
11. Foundations of Modern Networking: SDN, NFV, QoE, IoT, and Cloud, William Stallings,
Addison-Wesley Professional; 1 edition
12. https://nsdcindia.org/sites/default/files/MC_SSCQ8210_V1.0_IoT-
Domain%20Specialist_09.04.2019.pdf
Mode of Evaluation: CAT / Assignment / Quiz / FAT / Project / Seminar
List of Challenging Experiments (Indicative) SLO: 1,2,14
1.Measure the light intensity in the room and output data to the 3 hours
web API.
2.Control your home power outlet from anywhere using raspberry 3 hours
pi.
3.Build a web based application to automate door that unlocks 3 hours
itself using facial recognition.
4.Drinking water monitoring and analytics, consists of IoT device, 3 hours
cloud, and mobile and web app.
5.Smart Parking System 3 hours
6.IoT based Healthcare application 3 hours
7.Real-time environmental monitoring and weather prediction 3 hours
8.Traffic pattern prediction 3 hours
9.Smart Street light 3 hours
10. Plant health monitoring 3 hours
Total Laboratory Hours 30 hours
Mode of assessment: Assessment Examination, FAT Lab Examination
Recommended by Board of Studies 08-02-2020
Approved by Academic Council No. 58 Date 26-02-2020